DmSwitch Command Reference

Contact Information

In order to contact the DATACOM technical support, or sales department:

• Support:

• E-mail: suporte@datacom.ind.br

• Phone: +55 51 3933-3122

• Fax: +55 51 3933-3003

• Sales:

• E-mail: comercial@datacom.ind.br

• Phone: +55 51 3933-3000

• Fax: +55 51 3933-3003

• Internet:

• www.datacom.ind.br

• Address:

• DATACOM - Telemática

• Rua América, 1000 - Eldorado do Sul, RS - Brasil

• CEP: 92990-000

Conventions

This guide uses these conventions to convey instructions and information:

Command descriptions use these conventions:

• Comands and keywords are in boldface text.

• Arguments for which you supply values are in italic.

• Square brackets ([ ]) mean optional elements.

• Braces ({ }) group required choices, and vertical bars (|) separate the alternative elements.

• Braces and vertical bars within square brackets ([{ | }]) mean a required choice within an optional element.

Interactive examples use these conventions:

• Terminal sessions and system displays are in screen font.

• Information you enter is in boldface screen font.

• Nonprinting characters, such as passwords or tabs, are in angle brackets (< >).

Table of Contents1. Introduction............................................................................................................................................1

The Command Line Interface ............................................................................................................1

2. Root Commands.....................................................................................................................................2bpdu-protect manual-unblock ............................................................................................................2cfm delay-measurement .....................................................................................................................4cfm linktrace ......................................................................................................................................6cfm loopback......................................................................................................................................8clear cfm...........................................................................................................................................10clear counter .....................................................................................................................................12clear cpu arp-table ............................................................................................................................14clear cpu memory-cache ..................................................................................................................16clear cpu packets ..............................................................................................................................17clear elmi..........................................................................................................................................18clear interface counters ....................................................................................................................20clear interface test ............................................................................................................................22clear ip..............................................................................................................................................24clear logging.....................................................................................................................................26clear mac-address-table....................................................................................................................28clear spanning-tree counters.............................................................................................................29clear spanning-tree detected-protocols.............................................................................................31clock set............................................................................................................................................33configure...........................................................................................................................................35copy ..................................................................................................................................................36debug ................................................................................................................................................39diff ....................................................................................................................................................41erase .................................................................................................................................................43exit....................................................................................................................................................45help...................................................................................................................................................46license add........................................................................................................................................48log.....................................................................................................................................................50ping...................................................................................................................................................52reboot ...............................................................................................................................................54select.................................................................................................................................................55remote-devices force ethernet ..........................................................................................................57show access-lists ..............................................................................................................................58show authentication..........................................................................................................................60show backup-link .............................................................................................................................62show bpdu-protect ............................................................................................................................64show cfm ..........................................................................................................................................66show cfm delay-statistics .................................................................................................................68show cfm error .................................................................................................................................70show cfm linktrace ...........................................................................................................................72show cfm ma ....................................................................................................................................74show cfm md ....................................................................................................................................76show cfm mep ..................................................................................................................................78

iv

show cfm probe delay-measurement................................................................................................80show cfm md ....................................................................................................................................82show clock........................................................................................................................................84show counter ....................................................................................................................................85show cpu...........................................................................................................................................87show cpu arp-table ...........................................................................................................................90show cpu-dos-protect .......................................................................................................................91show cpu egress-block .....................................................................................................................93show debugging................................................................................................................................95show eaps .........................................................................................................................................97show elmi .........................................................................................................................................99show erps........................................................................................................................................101show filter.......................................................................................................................................103show firmware ................................................................................................................................105show flash.......................................................................................................................................107show flash-config ...........................................................................................................................109show hardware-status .....................................................................................................................111show interfaces bundle ...................................................................................................................113show interfaces counters ................................................................................................................115show interfaces description ............................................................................................................117show interfaces l3...........................................................................................................................119show interfaces link........................................................................................................................121show interfaces loopback ...............................................................................................................123show interfaces pw.........................................................................................................................125show interfaces status.....................................................................................................................127show interfaces switchport .............................................................................................................129show interfaces table cesop ............................................................................................................131show interfaces table utilization.....................................................................................................133show interfaces tdm........................................................................................................................135show interfaces test ........................................................................................................................137show ip ...........................................................................................................................................139show ip as-path access-list .............................................................................................................141show ip bgp ....................................................................................................................................143show ip default-gateway.................................................................................................................145show ip dhcp ..................................................................................................................................146show ip host-table ..........................................................................................................................148show ip host-table aging-time ........................................................................................................149show ip http ....................................................................................................................................150show ip ospf ...................................................................................................................................152show ip prefix-list...........................................................................................................................154show ip http ....................................................................................................................................156show ip rip......................................................................................................................................157show ip route ..................................................................................................................................159show ip routing...............................................................................................................................161show ip snmp-server.......................................................................................................................162show ip snmp-server traps..............................................................................................................164show ip ssh .....................................................................................................................................166show ip telnet .................................................................................................................................168

v

show l2protocol-tunnel...................................................................................................................169show lacp counters .........................................................................................................................171show lacp group .............................................................................................................................173show lacp internal ..........................................................................................................................175show lacp neighbors .......................................................................................................................177show lacp sysid ..............................................................................................................................179show license ...................................................................................................................................181show link-state-track ......................................................................................................................183show lldp ........................................................................................................................................185show lldp counters..........................................................................................................................187show lldp neighbor .........................................................................................................................189show log .........................................................................................................................................191show logging ..................................................................................................................................193show loopback-detection................................................................................................................195show mac-address-table .................................................................................................................197show mac-address-table aging-time...............................................................................................199show management ..........................................................................................................................200show managers ...............................................................................................................................202show meter .....................................................................................................................................203show monitor..................................................................................................................................205show nat-rules ................................................................................................................................207show oam .......................................................................................................................................208show pli ..........................................................................................................................................210show public-key .............................................................................................................................211show qinq .......................................................................................................................................213show qos.........................................................................................................................................215show qos queue ..............................................................................................................................217show radius-server..........................................................................................................................219show remote-devices ......................................................................................................................221show rmon alarm............................................................................................................................223show rmon event ............................................................................................................................225show rmon history..........................................................................................................................227show rmon statistics .......................................................................................................................229show route-map..............................................................................................................................231show running-config.......................................................................................................................233show sntp........................................................................................................................................235show spanning-tree.........................................................................................................................237show startup-config ........................................................................................................................240show sync-source ...........................................................................................................................242show system ...................................................................................................................................244show tacacs-server..........................................................................................................................246show tech-support ..........................................................................................................................248show terminal .................................................................................................................................250show this.........................................................................................................................................252show uptime ...................................................................................................................................253show users ......................................................................................................................................254show vlan .......................................................................................................................................256show vlan-group.............................................................................................................................258

vi

show vlan-translate table................................................................................................................260show vlan-translate usage ..............................................................................................................262ssh...................................................................................................................................................264telnet...............................................................................................................................................266traceroute........................................................................................................................................268

3. Configure Commands........................................................................................................................270access-list name accept ..................................................................................................................270access-list name drop .....................................................................................................................273access-list name insert....................................................................................................................276access-list name reject....................................................................................................................279access-policy ..................................................................................................................................282authentication login........................................................................................................................284banner login....................................................................................................................................286cfm .................................................................................................................................................288clock timezone ...............................................................................................................................290counter............................................................................................................................................292cpu egress-block.............................................................................................................................294cpu-dos-protect...............................................................................................................................296cpu protocol bpdu-protect ..............................................................................................................299cpu protocol-priority tunnel ...........................................................................................................301eaps domain....................................................................................................................................303eaps domain control-vlan ...............................................................................................................305eaps domain failtime ......................................................................................................................307eaps domain hellotime ...................................................................................................................309eaps domain hw-forwarding...........................................................................................................311eaps domain name..........................................................................................................................313eaps domain port ............................................................................................................................315eaps domain port-block-aware .......................................................................................................317eaps domain protected-vlans ..........................................................................................................319eaps mode.......................................................................................................................................321elmi.................................................................................................................................................323erps domain ....................................................................................................................................325erps domain control-vlan ...............................................................................................................327erps domain control-vlan ...............................................................................................................329erps domain guard-time .................................................................................................................331erps domain holdoff-time...............................................................................................................333erps domain hw-forwarding ...........................................................................................................335erps domain name ..........................................................................................................................337erps domain port0...........................................................................................................................339erps domain port1...........................................................................................................................341erps domain protected-vlans_vlan-group.......................................................................................343erps domain restore-time................................................................................................................345eaps mode.......................................................................................................................................347evc ..................................................................................................................................................349external-alarm ................................................................................................................................351fetch tftp .........................................................................................................................................353filter ................................................................................................................................................355

vii

hostname ........................................................................................................................................359interface bundle ..............................................................................................................................360interface ethernet............................................................................................................................362interface mgmt-eth .........................................................................................................................363interface loopback ..........................................................................................................................364interface port-channel.....................................................................................................................366interface pw....................................................................................................................................368interface tdm...................................................................................................................................370interface vlan..................................................................................................................................372ip as-path access-list.......................................................................................................................374ip default-gateway ..........................................................................................................................376ip host-table aging-time .................................................................................................................378ip dhcp server .................................................................................................................................380ip http .............................................................................................................................................382ip nat-helper ...................................................................................................................................384ip prefix-list ....................................................................................................................................386ip protocol-management-address ...................................................................................................388ip route ...........................................................................................................................................390ip routing ........................................................................................................................................392ip snmp-server................................................................................................................................394ip snmp-server traps .......................................................................................................................396ip ssh ..............................................................................................................................................399ip telnet...........................................................................................................................................401ip tftp ..............................................................................................................................................403l2protocol-tunnel ............................................................................................................................405lacp mode .......................................................................................................................................407link-state-track group .....................................................................................................................409lldp .................................................................................................................................................411lldp notification-interval.................................................................................................................413lldp reinitialize-delay .....................................................................................................................415lldp transmit-delay .........................................................................................................................417lldp transmit-hold ...........................................................................................................................419lldp transmit-interval ......................................................................................................................421logging debug.................................................................................................................................423logging facility ...............................................................................................................................425logging history ...............................................................................................................................427logging host....................................................................................................................................429logging on ......................................................................................................................................431logging sendmail ............................................................................................................................433logging trap ....................................................................................................................................435loopback-detection action ..............................................................................................................437loopback-detection destination-address .........................................................................................439mac-address-table aging-time ........................................................................................................441mac-address-table static .................................................................................................................443management ...................................................................................................................................445meter...............................................................................................................................................447monitor ...........................................................................................................................................449nat-rule ...........................................................................................................................................451

viii

qos queue cos-map .........................................................................................................................454qos queue sched-mode ...................................................................................................................456radius-server acct-port....................................................................................................................458radius-server auth-port ...................................................................................................................460radius-server host ...........................................................................................................................462radius-server key ............................................................................................................................464radius-server retries ........................................................................................................................466radius-server timeout......................................................................................................................468remote-devices auto-force ..............................................................................................................470remote-devices devices-vlan ..........................................................................................................472remote-devices enable ....................................................................................................................474remote-devices mode .....................................................................................................................476remote-devices rate-limit ...............................................................................................................478remote-devices service ...................................................................................................................480rmon ...............................................................................................................................................482rmon alarm .....................................................................................................................................484rmon event......................................................................................................................................486key chain ........................................................................................................................................488route-map .......................................................................................................................................490router bgp .......................................................................................................................................492router ospf ......................................................................................................................................494router rip.........................................................................................................................................495sntp .................................................................................................................................................496spanning-tree ..................................................................................................................................498spanning-tree bpdufilter .................................................................................................................500spanning-tree bpduguard................................................................................................................502spanning-tree instance bpdu-tag ....................................................................................................504spanning-tree instance forward-delay ............................................................................................506spanning-tree instance hello-time ..................................................................................................508spanning-tree instance max-age.....................................................................................................510spanning-tree instance max-hops...................................................................................................512spanning-tree instance priority.......................................................................................................514spanning-tree instance root ............................................................................................................516spanning-tree instance vlan-group .................................................................................................518spanning-tree mode ........................................................................................................................520spanning-tree mst ...........................................................................................................................522storm-control ..................................................................................................................................524sync-source.....................................................................................................................................526sync source advanced.....................................................................................................................528sync-source hierarchy.....................................................................................................................530tacacs-server acct-port....................................................................................................................532tacacs-server acct-type ...................................................................................................................534tacacs-server authe-port .................................................................................................................536tacacs-server authe-type .................................................................................................................538tacacs-server autho-port .................................................................................................................540tacacs-server host ...........................................................................................................................542tacacs-server key ............................................................................................................................544terminal login-timeout....................................................................................................................546

ix

terminal paging ..............................................................................................................................548terminal timeout .............................................................................................................................550username ........................................................................................................................................552vlan qinq.........................................................................................................................................554vlan-group ......................................................................................................................................556vlan-translate egress-table..............................................................................................................558vlan-translate ingress-table add......................................................................................................560vlan-translate ingress-table replace ................................................................................................562

4. CFM MD Commands ........................................................................................................................564fault-alarm-address.........................................................................................................................564ma...................................................................................................................................................566mhf .................................................................................................................................................568sender-id-tlv ...................................................................................................................................570

5. CFM MA Commands ........................................................................................................................572ais alarm-suppression .....................................................................................................................572ais enable........................................................................................................................................574ais level...........................................................................................................................................576ais period ........................................................................................................................................578ais priority ......................................................................................................................................580ais recovery-limit ...........................................................................................................................582ais vlan-notify ................................................................................................................................584ccm-interval....................................................................................................................................586fault-alarm-address.........................................................................................................................588mep.................................................................................................................................................590mep-list...........................................................................................................................................592mhf .................................................................................................................................................594mip .................................................................................................................................................596sender-id-tlv ...................................................................................................................................598

6. CFM MEP Commands......................................................................................................................600auto-linktrace .................................................................................................................................600action shutdown event ....................................................................................................................602enable .............................................................................................................................................604fault-alarm-address.........................................................................................................................606fault-alarm-priority.........................................................................................................................608fault-alarm-time..............................................................................................................................610generate-ccm ..................................................................................................................................612primary-vid.....................................................................................................................................614priority............................................................................................................................................616

7. CFM Probe Commands ....................................................................................................................618delay-measurement ........................................................................................................................618

8. CFM Probe Delay-Measurement Commands.................................................................................620interval............................................................................................................................................620ma...................................................................................................................................................622

9. E-LMI Commands.............................................................................................................................624uni-c ...............................................................................................................................................624uni-n ...............................................................................................................................................626

x

10. E-LMI UNI-C Commands ..............................................................................................................628polling-counter ...............................................................................................................................628polling-timer...................................................................................................................................630status-counter .................................................................................................................................632

11. E-LMI UNI-N Commands ..............................................................................................................634evc ..................................................................................................................................................634evc-map-type..................................................................................................................................636id.....................................................................................................................................................638polling-verification-timer ...............................................................................................................640status-counter .................................................................................................................................642

12. Interface Bundle Commands ..........................................................................................................644circuit-name ...................................................................................................................................644destination-bundle ..........................................................................................................................646destination-ip-address ....................................................................................................................648dscp ................................................................................................................................................650ip-next-hop .....................................................................................................................................652jitter-buffer .....................................................................................................................................654lost-pkt-fill......................................................................................................................................656packet-delay ...................................................................................................................................658packet-loss-threshold......................................................................................................................660shutdown ........................................................................................................................................662source-ip-address ...........................................................................................................................664tdm-channel....................................................................................................................................666test ..................................................................................................................................................668timeslots .........................................................................................................................................670udp-port ..........................................................................................................................................672vlan.................................................................................................................................................674

13. Interface Ethernet/Port-channel Commands................................................................................676capabilities .....................................................................................................................................676description ......................................................................................................................................678l2protocol-tunnel ............................................................................................................................680lacp .................................................................................................................................................682lldp admin-status ............................................................................................................................684lldp notification ..............................................................................................................................686lldp tlvs-tx-enable ..........................................................................................................................688loopback-detection .........................................................................................................................690mdix ...............................................................................................................................................692monitor source................................................................................................................................694negotiation......................................................................................................................................696oam.................................................................................................................................................698qos dscp-mapping ..........................................................................................................................700qos map dscp-table.........................................................................................................................702qos queue buffer .............................................................................................................................704qos queue max-bw .........................................................................................................................706qos queue wfq ................................................................................................................................708rate-limit.........................................................................................................................................710

xi

rmon collection history ..................................................................................................................712rmon collection stats ......................................................................................................................714shutdown ........................................................................................................................................716spanning-tree bpdufilter .................................................................................................................718spanning-tree bpduguard................................................................................................................720spanning-tree edge-port..................................................................................................................722spanning-tree instance....................................................................................................................724spanning-tree link-type ..................................................................................................................726spanning-tree restricted-role ..........................................................................................................728spanning-tree restricted-tcn............................................................................................................730speed-duplex ..................................................................................................................................732switchport backup-link...................................................................................................................734switchport bpdu-block....................................................................................................................736switchport bpdu-protect .................................................................................................................738switchport egress-block ethernet....................................................................................................740switchport mtu................................................................................................................................742switchport native vlan ....................................................................................................................744switchport port-security .................................................................................................................746switchport priority default..............................................................................................................748switchport qinq...............................................................................................................................750switchport storm-control ................................................................................................................752switchport tpid................................................................................................................................754switchport vlan-translate ................................................................................................................756trap-enable......................................................................................................................................758

14. Interface Loopback Commands .....................................................................................................760ip address........................................................................................................................................760shutdown ........................................................................................................................................762

15. Interface MGMT Ethernet Commands.........................................................................................764ip address........................................................................................................................................764lldp admin-status ............................................................................................................................766lldp notification ..............................................................................................................................768lldp tlvs-tx-enable ..........................................................................................................................770

16. Interface Port-channel Commands ................................................................................................772load-balance ...................................................................................................................................772set-member ethernet .......................................................................................................................774

17. Interface PW Commands................................................................................................................776idle-byte .........................................................................................................................................776monitor source................................................................................................................................778source-ip-address ...........................................................................................................................780vlan id priority................................................................................................................................782

18. Interface TDM Commands.............................................................................................................784line-type .........................................................................................................................................784shutdown ........................................................................................................................................786test ldl .............................................................................................................................................788sync-source.....................................................................................................................................790

xii

19. Interface VLAN Commands...........................................................................................................792internal network .............................................................................................................................792ip address........................................................................................................................................794ip l3 access-group...........................................................................................................................796ip l3 address ...................................................................................................................................798ip l3 address ...................................................................................................................................800ip l3 ospf authentication-key..........................................................................................................802ip l3 ospf authentication .................................................................................................................804ip l3 ospf cost .................................................................................................................................806ip l3 ospf dead-interval...................................................................................................................808ip l3 ospf hello-interval ..................................................................................................................810ip l3 ospf message-digest-key ........................................................................................................812ip l3 ospf network...........................................................................................................................814ip l3 ospf priority............................................................................................................................816ip l3 ospf retransmit-interval ..........................................................................................................818ip l3 ospf transmit-delay ................................................................................................................820ip l3 rip authentication ...................................................................................................................822ip l3 rip receive version ..................................................................................................................824ip l3 rip send version ......................................................................................................................826ip l3 rip split-horizon......................................................................................................................828mgmt-inner-vlan.............................................................................................................................830mac-address-table learn..................................................................................................................832name ...............................................................................................................................................834set-member tagged .........................................................................................................................836set-member untagged .....................................................................................................................838shutdown ........................................................................................................................................840

20. Key Chain .........................................................................................................................................842key ..................................................................................................................................................842

21. Key.....................................................................................................................................................844key-string........................................................................................................................................844

22. Route-map Commands....................................................................................................................846continue ..........................................................................................................................................846match as-path .................................................................................................................................848match ip address.............................................................................................................................850match ip next-hop...........................................................................................................................852match ip route-source.....................................................................................................................854match metric...................................................................................................................................856set as-path.......................................................................................................................................858set local-preference ........................................................................................................................860set metric ........................................................................................................................................862set next-hop ....................................................................................................................................864set origin.........................................................................................................................................866set weight .......................................................................................................................................868

xiii

23. Router BGP ......................................................................................................................................870aggregate-address ...........................................................................................................................870bgp always-compare-med ..............................................................................................................872bgp client-to-client reflection .........................................................................................................874bgp cluster-id..................................................................................................................................876bgp confederation identifier ...........................................................................................................878bgp confederation peers .................................................................................................................880bgp dampening...............................................................................................................................882bgp default local-preference...........................................................................................................884bgp deterministic-med....................................................................................................................886bgp log-neighbor-changes..............................................................................................................888bgp router-id...................................................................................................................................890neighbor advertisement-interval.....................................................................................................892neighbor description.......................................................................................................................894neighbor ebgp-multihop.................................................................................................................896neighbor maximum-prefix..............................................................................................................898neighbor next-hop-self ...................................................................................................................900neighbor passive.............................................................................................................................902neighbor remote-as.........................................................................................................................904neighbor remove-private-as............................................................................................................906neighbor route-reflector-client .......................................................................................................908neighbor shutdown .........................................................................................................................910neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound...........................................................................................912neighbor timers ..............................................................................................................................914network...........................................................................................................................................916redistribute......................................................................................................................................918timers bgp.......................................................................................................................................920

24. Router OSPF ....................................................................................................................................922abr-type ..........................................................................................................................................922area id/ip-address_id authentication ..............................................................................................924area id/ip-address_id default-cost ..................................................................................................926area id/ip-address_id range ............................................................................................................928area id/ip-address_id stub ..............................................................................................................930area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address authentication-key ..................................................932area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address dead-interval ...........................................................934area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address .................................................................................936area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address hello-interval...........................................................938area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address message-digest-key.................................................940area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address retransmit-interval ..................................................942area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address transmit-delay .........................................................944auto-cost reference-bandwidth .......................................................................................................946compatible rfc1583 ........................................................................................................................948default-metric .................................................................................................................................950log-adjacency-changes ...................................................................................................................952neighbor .........................................................................................................................................954network...........................................................................................................................................956passive-interface.............................................................................................................................958

xiv

redistribute......................................................................................................................................960router-id..........................................................................................................................................962timers spf........................................................................................................................................964

25. Router RIP .......................................................................................................................................966default-information ........................................................................................................................966default-metric .................................................................................................................................968neighbor .........................................................................................................................................970network...........................................................................................................................................972passive-interface.............................................................................................................................974redistribute......................................................................................................................................976timers basic ....................................................................................................................................978version ............................................................................................................................................980

26. Obsolete Commands........................................................................................................................982Root Commands.............................................................................................................................982Configure Commands ....................................................................................................................984

xv

Chapter 1. Introduction

The Command Line Interface

The DmSwitch Command Reference Guide was built to help network managers in their daily tasks. Thisguide shows the commands that can be entered in the input prompt of the command line interface.

The commands are described with all the available parameters. Moreover, the guide also has commandusage examples, related commands, usage guidelines, default values and other descriptions that will helpyou understand how to operate the DmSwitch.

1

Chapter 2. Root Commands

bpdu-protect manual-unblock

bpdu-protect manual-unblock { ethernet { port-number } | port-channel {portchannel-number } }

DescriptionAllows to unblock BPDU protect manually for an interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ethernet port-number Specifies the ethernet interface number.

port-channel portchannel-number Specifies the port channel interface number.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesWhen a port is in fail state, entering this command, will manually unblock the specified interface.

Example

This example shows how to manually unblock BPDU protect for interface ethernet 1.

DmSwitch#bpdu-protect manual-unblock ethernet 1DmSwitch#

2

Chapter 2. bpdu-protect manual-unblock

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show interfaces counters user EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

cpu protocol bpdu-protect Control BPDU packets per second.

switchport bpdu-block Block reception of BPDUs for an interface.

switchport bpdu-protect Protect BPDUs configuration for an interface.

3

cfm delay-measurement

cfm delay-measurement two-way ma ma-name mep id mep-id remote-mep { id mep-id |mac mac-address } [ count number [ interval { 1s | 10s | 1min | 10min } [ wait-reply ] |wait-reply ] | wait-reply ]

DescriptionSends Ethernet frame delay measurement.

Syntax

Parameter Description

two-way Specifies mode Two-way Ethernet frame delaymeasurement.

ma ma-name Specifies Maintenance Association (MA) name.

mep id mep-id Inserts a source MEP ID value. (Range: 1-8191)

remote-mep id mep-id Inserts a destination MEP ID. (Range: 1-8191)

remote-mep mac mac-address Inserts a destination MEP MAC address.(XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX)

count number (Optional) Inserts a frame count number. (Range:1-65535)

interval (Optional) Specifies a time between frames transmission.(1s, 10s, 1min or 10min)

wait-reply (Optional) Prints reply information if two-way mode waschosen.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesMa, mep id and remote mep must exists and CFM protocol must be enabled.

4

Chapter 2. cfm delay-measurement

Example

This example shows how to create a delay measurement.

DmSwitch#cfm delay-measurement two-way ma MA mep id 1 remote-mep id 2 wait-replyDelay Measurement to remote MEP ID 2 waiting for reply message...delay from 00:05:00:19:25:e9: 1714 us

Delay Measurement statistics:1 packet(s) sent, 1 received, 0% packet lossAverage delay: 1714 (microsecond)DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

cfm linktrace Sends Linktrace Messages.

cfm loopback Sends loopback messages.

5

cfm linktrace

cfm linktrace ma ma-name mep id mep-id remote-mep { mac mac-address | id mep-id } [ttl value ]

DescriptionSends Linktrace Messages.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ma ma-name Specifies Maintenance Association (MA) name.

mep id mep-id Inserts a source MEP ID value. (Range: 1-8191)

remote-mep id mep-id Inserts a destination MEP ID. (Range: 1-8191)

remote-mep mac mac-address Inserts a destination MEP MAC address.(XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX)

ttl value (Optional) Inserts a TTL value for link trace command.(Range: 2-255)

DefaultDisabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesMa, mep id and remote mep must exists and CFM protocol must be enabled.

Example

This example shows how to send linktrace messages.

DmSwitch#cfm linktrace ma MA mep id 1 remote-mep id 2Linktrace to remote MEP ID 2, waiting for reply message...Sent to 00:05:00:19:25:e9Transaction ID 3

6

Chapter 2. cfm linktrace

1 00:05:00:19:25:e9, TTL 63DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

cfm delay-measurement Sends Ethernet frame delay measurement.

cfm loopback Sends loopback messages.

7

cfm loopback

cfm loopback ma ma-name mep id mep-id remote-mep { id mep-id | mac mac-address } [count number ]

DescriptionSends loopback messages.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ma text Specifies Maintenance Association (MA) name.

mep id mep-id Inserts a source MEP ID value. (Range: 1-8191)

remote-mep id mep-id Inserts a destination MEP ID. (Range: 1-8191)

remote-mep mac mac-address Inserts a destination MEP MAC address.(XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX)

count number (Optional) Inserts a number of Loopback Messages to besent. (Range: 1-10)

DefaultDisabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesMa, mep id and remote mep must exists and CFM protocol must be enabled.

Example

This example shows how send loopback messages.

DmSwitch#cfm loopback ma MA mep id 1 remote-mep id 2 count 5Loopback to remote MEP ID 2 waiting for reply messageReceived from 00:05:00:19:25:e9, transaction ID 0Received from 00:05:00:19:25:e9, transaction ID 1

8

Chapter 2. cfm loopback

Received from 00:05:00:19:25:e9, transaction ID 2Received from 00:05:00:19:25:e9, transaction ID 3Received from 00:05:00:19:25:e9, transaction ID 4DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

cfm delay-measurement Sends Ethernet frame delay measurement.

cfm linktrace Sends Linktrace Messages.

9

clear cfm

clear cfm { delay-statistics { md md-name ma ma-name mep id mep-id } | linktrace {md md-name ma ma-name mep id mep-id } }

DescriptionClears CFM elements.

Syntax

Parameter Description

delay-statistics Clears CFM delay-measurement last statistics.

linktrace Clears CFM linktrace database.

md md-name Specifies Maintenance Domain (MD) name.

ma ma-name Specifies Maintenance Association (MA) name.

mep id mep-id Inserts a source MEP ID value. (Range: 1-8191)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesMd, ma and mep id must exist.

Example

This example shows how to clear cfm delay-statistics.

DmSwitch#clear cfm delay-statistics md MD ma MA mep id 1DmSwitch#

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show cfm privileged EXEC command.

10

Chapter 2. clear cfm

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

11

clear counter

clear counter [ filter-counter-id ]

DescriptionClears filter counters.

Syntax

Parameter Description

filter-counter-id (Optional) Clears only the counter with the specified ID.(Range: 1-32)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesEntering this command without parameters, all filter counters will be cleared.

Example

This example shows how to clear all filter counters.

DmSwitch#clear counterDmSwitch#

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show counter privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

No related command.

12

Chapter 2. clear counter

Command Description

show counter Shows counters values and configuration

13

clear cpu arp-table

clear cpu arp-table [ ip-address ]

DescriptionDeletes entries from the CPU ARP table.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address (Optional) Clears only the entry that contains the specified IP address.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced. Before this was called clear cpuarp-table.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to delete the entry that contains the specified IP address.

DmSwitch#clear cpu arp-table 192.168.0.1DmSwitch#

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show cpu arp-table privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show cpu_arp-table Shows CPU arp-table packet entries.

14

Chapter 2. clear cpu arp-table

15

clear cpu memory-cache

clear cpu memory-cache

DescriptionFrees as much memory as possible from the cpu memory-cache. Useful for determining how much memory isreally free in the equipment at a given point in time. Use of this command temporarily causes a small perfor-mance hit. The cache is automatically restored with normal use.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis command is useful for determining how much memory is really free at one time in the equipment. Butclearing the cache will slightly and temporarily lower the equipment’s performance while the cache is beingautomatically restored by normal use, so it’s usage is discouraged in performance-critical applications.

Example

This example shows how to clear the cpu memory-cache. First check the avaliable memory with show cpumemory user EXEC command. Afterwards, clear the cpu memory-cache:

DmSwitch#clear cpu memory-cacheDmSwitch#

You can verify that the cache was cleared by checking the memory again. The free memory should have in-creased, and is a good estimate of how much RAM is truly free at the time.

Related Commands

Command Description

show cpu Shows CPU information.

16

clear cpu packets

clear cpu packets

DescriptionClears all cpu packet counters.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to clear the cpu packet counters.

DmSwitch#clear cpu packets

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show cpu packets user EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show cpu packets Shows CPU information.

17

clear elmi

clear elmi interface ethernet port-number error-counters

DescriptionClears ethernet local management interface counters.

Syntax

Parameter Description

interface ethernet port-number Clears the counters from the specified unit and port.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to clear UNI error counters.

DmSwitch#clear elmi interface ethernet 5 error-countersDmSwitch#

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show elmi interface ethernet 5detail privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

elmi Enters on Ethernet Local Management Interfaceprotocol configuration mode.

18

Chapter 2. clear elmi

Command Descriptionshow elmi Shows ethernet local management interface (ELMI)

settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

19

clear interface counters

clear interface counters [ bundle { all | bundle-number [ jitter-buffer-history] | range { first-bundle-number last-bundle-number } [ jitter-buffer-history ] } | ethernet{ all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } } | port-channel { portchannel-number } | pw { pw-number } ]

DescriptionClears transmit and receive statistics from all ports, or from a specific port.

Syntax

Parameter Description

all (Optional) Clears the entries from all interfaces.

bundle bundle-number (Optional) Clears the entries from a specified bundle.

ethernet port-number (Optional) Clears the entries from a specified unit andport.

port-channel portchannel-number (Optional) Clears the entries from a specified portchannel.

pw pw-number (Optional) Clears the entries from a specified pwinterface.

jitter-buffer-history (Optional) Clears the entries from jitter buffer history.

range first-bundle-number last-bundle-number (Optional) Clears the entries from a range of bundles. Therange of bundles must be specified in accordance with theinterfaces available in the switch. (Range: 1-8)

range first-port-number last-port-number (Optional) Clears the entries from a range of ports. Therange of ports must be specified in accordance with theports available in the switch. (Range: 1-8)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

5.2 Added jitter-buffer-history parameter.

20

Chapter 2. clear interface counters

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to clear transmit and receive statistics from a specific port.

DmSwitch#clear interface counters ethernet 1DmSwitch#

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show interface counters user EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces counters Shows the interface counters information.

show interfaces test Shows interfaces test information.

21

clear interface test

clear interfaces test [ bundle { all | bundle-number | range { first-bundle-number last-bundle-number } ]

DescriptionClears test counters from bundle interfaces.

Syntax

Parameter Description

all (Optional) Clears the test counters from all interfaces.

bundle bundle-number (Optional) Clears the test counters from a specifiedbundle.

range first-bundle-number last-bundle-number (Optional) Clears the test counters from a range ofbundles. The range of bundles must be specified inaccordance with the interfaces available in the switch.(Range: 1-8)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to clear transmit and receive statistics from a specific bundle interface.

DmSwitch#clear interfaces test bundle 1DmSwitch#

22

Chapter 2. clear interface test

You can verify that the information was cleared by entering the show interfaces test bundle userEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces counters Shows the interface counters information.

show interfaces test Shows interfaces test information.

23

clear ip

clear ip { bgp process | host-table [ ip-address] | ospf process | rip process }

Description

The command clear ip host-table deletes ARP entries from the L3 host-table.

The commands clear ip bgp | ospf | rip restart the specified protocol.

Syntax

Parameter Description

bgp Clear the BGP routing data.

host-table Clear the L3 host-table ARP table.

ip-address (Optional) Clears only the entry that contains the specified IP address.

ospf Clear the OSPF routing data.

rip Clear the RIP routing data.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

5.4 Added bgp|ospf|rip parameters.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to clear the L3 host-table.

DmSwitch#clear ip host-table

24

Chapter 2. clear ip

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show ip host-table user EXEC com-mand.

This example shows how to clear the OSPF process.

DmSwitch#clear ip ospf process% Warning:

This command may cause a flap of OSPF process.Do you wish to continue? y/N y

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip host-table Shows router host table.

25

clear logging

clear logging { flash | jitter-buffer | ram }

DescriptionClears log messages from flash, jitter buffer or RAM memory.

Syntax

Parameter Description

flash Clears log messages from flash memory.

jitter-buffer Clears log messages from jitter buffer.

ram Clears log messages from RAM memory.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

5.2 Removed jitter-buffer parameter.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example show how to delete log messages from flash.

DmSwitch#clear logging flashDmSwitch#

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show logging privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

26

Chapter 2. clear logging

Command Description

log Enables jitter buffer log.

logging facility Sets the facility type for remote logging.

logging history Configures the level of events to be stored in memory.

logging host Configures a remote syslog server.

logging on Enables the logging of events.

logging sendmail Enables and configures the sending of logs via e-mail.

logging trap Configures the level of events that will be sent to remote server.

show logging Shows logging configuration.

27

clear mac-address-table

clear mac-address-table

DescriptionClears dynamically learned L2 entries from MAC address table.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Related Commands

Command Description

show mac-address-table Shows the MAC address table.

28

clear spanning-tree counters

clear spanning-tree counters [ ethernet { all | port-number | range {first-port-number last-port-number } } | instance instance-index ]

DescriptionClears the spanning-tree counters for a specific instance, for specific interfaces or for all instances and interfaces.

Syntax

Parameter Description

all (Optional) Clears the counters from all interfaces.

ethernet port-number (Optional) Clears the counters from a specified unit andport.

range first-port-number last-port-number (Optional) Clears the counters from a range of ports. Therange of ports must be specified in accordance with theports available in the switch. (Range: 1-8)

instance instance-index (Optional) Clears counters from the specified instance.(Range: 0-7)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The spanning-tree counters exist on a per instance basis (such as the topology changes counter) or on a perinstance and interface basis (such as the transmitted and received BPDUs counters). Instance counters are clearedwhen a specific instance or all instances are specified. Interface counters are cleared when a specific interface, aspecific instance or all instances are specified.

Entering this command without parameters, all instances and interfaces will be cleared.

29

Chapter 2. clear spanning-tree counters

Example

This example shows how to clear the spanning-tree counters for instance 1.

DmSwitch#clear spanning-tree counters instance 1DmSwitch#

You can verify that the counters were cleared by entering the show spanning-tree instance privilegedEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.

show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

30

clear spanning-tree detected-protocols

clear spanning-tree detected-protocols [ ethernet { all | port-number | range {first-port-number last-port-number } } ]

DescriptionRestarts the spanning-tree protocol migration mechanism for specific interfaces or for all interfaces.

Syntax

Parameter Description

all (Optional) Restarts all ethernet interfaces.

ethernet port-number (Optional) Restarts the specified unit and port.

range first-port-number last-port-number (Optional) Restarts a range of ports. The range of portsmust be specified in accordance with the ports available inthe switch. (Range: 1-8)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

When using the RSTP or MSTP modes for spanning-tree the equipment can enter a compatibility mode in orderto interoperate with bridges using the original Spanning-Tree Protocol (802.1D). This is a per-interface processthat occurs based on the type of received BPDUs.

However, those newer protocols do not implement a mechanism to automatically exit the compatibility mode.You must use this command when it is needed, which will occur when a connected bridge changes its spanning-tree mode from STP to a newer protocol version.

Entering this command without parameters, all interfaces will be reseted.

31

Chapter 2. clear spanning-tree detected-protocols

Example

This example shows how to reset the detected protocol version for interface ethernet 1.

DmSwitch#clear spanning-tree detected-protocols ethernet 1DmSwitch#

You can verify that the detected version was reset by entering the show spanning-tree privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.

show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

32

clock set

clock set { time day month year }

DescriptionConfigures the system date and time.

Syntax

Parameter Description

time Specifies the time in hh:mm:ss format. (Range:0-23/0-59/0-59)

day Specifies the day of month. (Range: 1-31)

month Specifies the month of year. (Range: 1-12)

year Specifies the year. (Range: 1970-2037)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to set the system time and date.

DmSwitch#clock set 15:30:30 18 6 2012DmSwitch#

This configuration can be verified by entering the show clock user EXEC command.

33

Chapter 2. clock set

Related Commands

Command Description

clock timezone Specifies the timezone.

show clock Shows the system clock and timezone.

show uptime Shows the system clock, system uptime and load average.

34

configure

configure

DescriptionEnables the global configuration mode.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable the global configuration mode.

DmSwitch#configureDmSwitch(config)#

Related CommandsNo related command.

35

copy

copy default-config { flash-config [ index [ name ] ] | running-config |startup-config [ index [ name ] ] }

copy flash-config index { flash-config [ index [ name ] ] | running-config | tftp ip-address [ text-mode [ filename ] | filename ] }

copy log-flash tftp ip-address [ filename ]

copy log-ram tftp ip-address [ filename ]

copy running-config { flash-config [ index [ name ] ] | startup-config [ index [ name ]] | tftp [ text-mode [ filename ] | filename ] }

copy startup-config { flash-config [ index [ name ] ] | running-config | tftp [text-mode [ filename ] | filename ] }

copy tftp ip-address filename { bootloader | firmware | flash-config [ index [ name ] ] |running-config | startup-config [ index [ name ] ] }

DescriptionCopies an equipment configuration or firmware from an origin to a destination.

Syntax

Parameter Description

default-config Default configuration of DmSwitch.

flash-config index Specifies a flash configuration memory position. (Range:1-2)

running-config Current configuration running in DmSwitch.

startup-config Configuration in the flash memory that is set as startup.

tftp ip-address filename Specifies the server where the configuration or firmwarewill be captured/sent and its filename. If no filename isgiven when senting a configuration, the filename will bethe the configuration source:(flash-<Index>/startup/running)

bootloader Indicates that the transfered file must be saved as abootloader. It overwrites the current bootloader.

firmware Indicates that the transfered file must be saved as afirmware. This new firmware will be saved in a positionother then the one that has the running firmware.

36

Chapter 2. copy

Parameter Descriptionname (Optional) Specifies a name for the configuration in the

flash memory.

log-flash Copies log from flash memory.

log-ram Copies log from RAM memory.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

5.2 Added flash-config and startup-config parameter to copy tftp command.Added log-flash and log-ram parameters.

5.6 Added text-mode parameter to copy flash-config | startup-config |running-config ip-address command.

Usage Guidelines

It is not possible copy a configuration to the default-config.

If you specify startup-config as the destination of the copy command and you do not specify a flashconfiguration memory position, the configuration will be saved in the flash configuration memory position thatis marked as startup, keeping the same name. When you execute the same command and specify a memoryposition, it will be copied and marked as startup, and you will be able to optionally set a name.

If you copy a configuration from TFTP server to DmSwitch, the name of the configuration can not be specified.It will use the same name of the file that is being copied.

When you copy a firmware from TFTP server to DmSwitch, you will only have to specified the name of the fileto be transfered. Then, looking at the installed firmware, you will only be able to see their versions.

Before using a TFTP Server, it is necessary to configure the switch IP parameters.

Examples

This first example shows how to copy the running-config to configuration 2 in flash memory, setting it as startup

37

Chapter 2. copy

configuration.

DmSwitch#copy running-config startup-config 2 example_nameSaving configuration in flash 2...Done.Setting startup-config to 2.DmSwitch#

You can verify the configurations of flash and firmware by entering the show flash privileged EXEC com-mand.

This second example shows how to copy the new firmware from TFTP Server to DmSwitch.

DmSwitch#copy tftp 10.5.1.2 DmSwitch.im firmwareFetching image...Image size is 7510432 bytes.Checking image...Image is ok.Erasing firmware 1...Writing image to firmware 1...Progress: 7510432 bytes (100%) written...Done.Use the "reboot" command to run the new firmware.DmSwitch#

You can verify the configurations of firmware by entering the show firmware privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

diff Compares and shows the differences between two configurations.

erase Erases configuration memory.

select Selects the startup firmware and flash for the next reboot.

show firmware Shows firmware information.

show flash Shows flash information.

show flash-config Shows the configuration stored in a specific flash position.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show startup-config Shows the startup flash configuration.

38

debug

debug { all | arp | cpu rx | eaps | erps | icmp | lacp | link | logs | stp }

no debug { all | arp | cpu rx | eaps | erps | icmp | lacp | link | logs | stp }

Description

Enables the printing of debug messages related to the selected option.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable debugging for the specified feature inserted as a parameter.

Syntax

Parameter Description

all Enables debug messages for all possible options of thiscommand.

arp Enables debug messages for ARP.

cpu rx Enables debug messages received at CPU.

eaps Enables debug messages for EAPS.

erps Enables debug messages for ERPS.

icmp Enables debug messages for ICMP.

lacp Enables debug messages for LACP.

link Enables debug messages for link state changes oninterfaces.

logs Enables showing flash and ram logs as debug messages onscreen.

stp Enables debug messages for STP.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

3.0 This command was introduced.

39

Chapter 2. debug

Usage Guidelines

This command enables the printing of debug messages in the current session of the command-line interface.Messages are generated for relevant events from each feature that has debugging enabled.

This is a per-session option, not shared nor stored across sessions.

Example

This example shows how to enable the printing of debug messages for STP.

DmSwitch#debug stpDmSwitch#

You can verify that the option is enabled by entering the show debugging user EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show debugging Shows the current debugging status.

logging debug Configures logging of debug messages.

40

diff

diff default-config { default-config | flash-config index | running-config |startup-config }

diff flash-config index { default-config | flash-config index | running-config |startup-config }

diff running-config { default-config | flash-config index | running-config |startup-config }

diff startup-config { default-config | flash-config index | running-config |startup-config }

DescriptionCompares and shows the differences between two configurations saved in flash memory.

Syntax

Parameter Description

default-config Default configuration of DmSwitch.

flash-config index Specifies a flash configuration memory position. (Range:1-2)

running-config Currently configuration running in DmSwitch.

startup-config Configuration in the flash memory that is set as startup.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe difference output shows three lines of unified context.

41

Chapter 2. diff

Example

This example illustrates how to compare a supposed running-config with default-config.

DmSwitch#diff running-config default-config@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@!interface vlan 1name DefaultVlan- ip address 10.10.10.10/24+ ip address 192.168.0.25/24set-member untagged ethernet allDmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

copy Copies configuration and firmware.

erase Erases configuration memory.

select Selects the startup firmware and flash for the next reboot.

show flash Shows flash information.

show flash-config Shows the configuration stored in a specific flash position.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show startup-config Shows the startup flash configuration.

42

erase

erase flash-config { index }

DescriptionErases configuration memory.

Syntax

Parameter Description

flash-config index Erases the specified flash memory. (Range: 1-2)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to erase a flash memory.

DmSwitch#erase flash-config 1DmSwitch#

You can verify that the memory position were cleared by entering the show flash privileged EXEC com-mand.

Related Commands

Command Description

copy Copies configuration and firmware.

diff Compares and shows the differences between two configurations.

43

Chapter 2. erase

Command Descriptionselect Selects the startup firmware and flash for the next reboot.

show firmware Shows firmware information.

show flash Shows flash information.

show flash-config Shows the configuration stored in a specific flash position.

show startup-config Shows the startup flash configuration.

44

exit

exit

DescriptionExits the current command-line interface session. This command is also used to return to higher levels in theconfiguration tree.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesAll modes.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesYou can also return to higher levels in the configuration tree issuing Ctrl+d, or go directly to the command-lineinterface root with Ctrl+z.

Example

This example shows how to use the exit in the two cases where it can be applied: go to higher levels in theconfiguration tree and logout the command-line interface.

DmSwitch#configureDmSwitch(config)#interface vlan 1DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#exitDmSwitch(config)#exitDmSwitch#exitDmSwitch login:

Related CommandsNo related command.

45

help

help

DescriptionReturns a description of the interactive help system.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesAll modes.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to access help.

DmSwitch#helpHelp may be requested at any point in a command by enteringa question mark ’?’. If nothing matches, the help list willbe empty and you must backup until entering a ’?’ shows theavailable options.Two styles of help are provided:1. Full help is available when you are ready to enter acommand argument (e.g. ’show ?’) and describes each possibleargument.2. Partial help is provided when an abbreviated argument is enteredand you want to know what arguments match the input(e.g. ’show pr?’.)DmSwitch#

46

Chapter 2. help

Related CommandsNo related command.

47

license add

license add { first-license-hash second-license-hash third-license-hash remainig-license-hash }

DescriptionAdds a license to the equipment.

Syntax

Parameter Description

first-license-hash, second-license-hash,third-license-hash, remainig-license-hash

Adds a license hash to the equipment.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesEnter this command to add a new license.

Example

This example shows how to add a license.

DmSwitch#license add first-license-hash second-license-hash third-license-hash remaining-license-hashDmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

show license Show license information.

48

Chapter 2. license add

49

log

log jitter-buffer

DescriptionEnables jitter buffer log.

Syntax

Parameter Description

jitter-buffer Enables jitter-buffer log.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

5.2 This command was removed.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable jitter buffer log.

DmSwitch#log jitter-bufferDmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

interface bundle jitter-buffer Set bundle jitter-buffer.

50

Chapter 2. log

51

ping

ping [ l3 ] { destination-host [ count count-value ] [ size size-value ] }

DescriptionSends ICMP echo messages to a remote IP device.

Syntax

Parameter Description

destination-host Specifies the IP address or hostname of the destinationhost.

count count-value (Optional) Replies attempts. (Range: 1-1000000) (Rangel3: 1-10)

size size-value (Optional) ICMP datagram size (in bytes). (Range:0-1460)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

5.2 Added l3 parameter.

Usage Guidelines

The ping command is used to test for connectivity to a specific host.

If a ping request fails, the switch continues to send ping messages until interrupted. Press Ctrl+c to interrupta ping request.

You must configure DNS in order to use a hostname in the destination-host field.

52

Chapter 2. ping

Example

This example shows how to send ICMP echo messages to a remote IP device.

DmSwitch#ping 192.168.0.1PING 192.168.0.1 (192.168.0.1): 56 data bytes64 bytes from 192.168.0.1: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=2.1 ms64 bytes from 192.168.0.1: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=2.1 ms64 bytes from 192.168.0.1: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=2.0 ms64 bytes from 192.168.0.1: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=2.0 ms

--- 192.168.0.1 ping statistics ---4 packets transmitted, 4 packets received, 0% packet lossround-trip min/avg/max = 2.0/2.0/2.1 msDmSwitch#

Related CommandsNo related command.

53

reboot

reboot [ force ]

DescriptionReboots the switch.

Syntax

Parameter Description

force (Optional) Perform a forced warm restart.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

5.2 Added force parameter.

Usage GuidelinesUsing reboot without any parameters will make the switch reboot with protocols and ports down.

Example

This example shows how to reboot the switch.

DmSwitch#rebootSystem will be restarted. Continue? <y/N> y

Related CommandsNo related command.

54

select

select startup-config { index | default }

DescriptionSelects the startup firmware and flash for the next reboot.

Syntax

Parameter Description

startup-config Configuration in the flash memory that will be set asstartup.

index Specifies the positon of configuration in flash memorythat will be marked as startup. (Range: 1-2)

default Specifies that the default configuration will be the startupconfiguration.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to mark configuration 1 in flash memory as startup.

DmSwitch#select startup-config 1DmSwitch#

You can verify that the specified configuration was set as startup by entering the show flash privilegedEXEC command.

55

Chapter 2. select

Related Commands

Command Description

copy Copies configuration and firmware.

diff Compares and shows the differences between two configurations.

erase Erases configuration memory.

show firmware Shows firmware information.

show flash Shows flash information.

show flash-config Shows the configuration stored in a specific flash position.

show startup-config Shows the startup flash configuration.

56

remote-devices force ethernet

remote-devices force ethernet port-number

DescriptionForce configuration of remote device.

Syntax

Parameter Description

port-number Entries ethernet interface number. (Range: 1-8)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.4 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to force configuration of remote device.

DmSwitch#remote-devices force ethernet 8DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

show remote-devices Remote device management configuration and status.

57

show access-lists

show access-lists

DescriptionShows access lists information.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show access lists information.

DmSwitch#show access-lists

packets bytesAccess List test 0 01 accept icmp any any 0 0

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

access-list name accept Specifies packets to accept.

access-list name drop Specifies packets to drop.

access-list name insert Specifies packets to insert.

58

Chapter 2. show access-lists

Command Descriptionaccess-list name reject Specifies packets to reject.

59

show authentication

show authentication

DescriptionShows information about login authentication method and its precedence.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show information about login authentication method and its precedence.

DmSwitch#show authenticationLogin authentication method by precedence:(1) Local database

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.

tacacs-server host Configures the TACACS server IP address.

tacacs-server key Configures the TACACS server key string.

radius-server acct-port Configures the default RADIUS server accounting port.

60

Chapter 2. show authentication

Command Descriptionradius-server auth-port Configures the default RADIUS server authentication port.

radius-server host Configures a specific RADIUS server.

radius-server key Configures the default RADIUS server key string.

radius-server retries Configures the RADIUS server retries.

radius-server timeout Configures the RADIUS server timeout.

show radius-server Shows RADIUS server information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show tacacs-server Shows global TACACS information and all configured servers.

61

show backup-link

show backup-link

DescriptionShows backup-link status information of all interfaces.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show backup-link status information.

DmSwitch#show backup-link

Main Backup Preemption Action Link Status State Time toInterface Interface delay(sec) Main Backup Preempt--------- ------------------------------- --------------------------------Eth 1/1 Eth 1/2 35 BLOCK UP BLOCK MAIN -Pch 1 Eth 1/3 - SHUTDOW UP DOWN MAIN -

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

switchport backup-link Configure a backup-link.

62

Chapter 2. show backup-link

Command Descriptionshow interface switchport Shows switchport information.

63

show bpdu-protect

show bpdu-protect

DescriptionShows the BPDU protect port status.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

9.6 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the bpdu-protect information.

DmSwitch#show bpdu-protect

Global BPDU protect: DisabledBlock Time toInterface Enabled Limit time Mode State Unblock--------- ------- ----- ----- ---------- ----- -------Eth 1/1 No 30 10 Block all Ok 0 sEth 1/2 No 30 10 Block all Ok 0 sEth 1/3 No 30 10 Block all Ok 0 sEth 1/4 No 30 10 Block all Ok 0 sEth 1/5 No 30 10 Block all Ok 0 sEth 1/6 No 30 10 Block all Ok 0 sEth 1/7 No 30 10 Block all Ok 0 sEth 1/8 No 30 10 Block all Ok 0 s

DmSwitch#

64

Chapter 2. show bpdu-protect

Related Commands

No related command.

Command Description

switchport bpdu_protect Protect BPDUs configuration for an interface.

65

show cfm

show cfm

DescriptionConnectivity fault management (CFM) information.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

DmSwitch#show cfmCFM State: enabledDmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

66

Chapter 2. show cfm

Command Descriptionshow cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfmprobe_delay-measurement

Shows CFM probe information.

show cfm resources Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

67

show cfm delay-statistics

show cfm delay-statistics { md md-name ma ma-name remote-mep id mep-id }

DescriptionShows delay measurement information.

Syntax

Parameter Description

md md-name Specifies maintenance domain (MD) name.

ma ma-name Specifies maintenance association (MA) name.

remote mep id mep-id Insert a destination MEP ID. (Range: 1-8191)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesMa, mep id and remote mep must exists and CFM protocol must be enabled.

Example

This example shows delay measurement information.

DmSwitch#show cfm delay-statistics md MD ma MA remote-mep id 2MEP Identifier: 1, MAC address: 00:05:00:19:0e:b1Remote MEP identifier: 2, MAC address: 00:05:00:19:25:e9DM Way: Two-way delay

Delay measurement statistics (microsecond)Frame Delay1 1714

Average delay: 1714Average delay variation: 0

68

Chapter 2. show cfm delay-statistics

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfmprobe_delay-measurement

Shows CFM probe information.

show cfm resources Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

69

show cfm error

show cfm error { vlan vlan-id ethernet port-number }

DescriptionError information about CFM configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

vlan vlan-id Specifies VLAN id. (Range: 1-4094)

port-number Entry ethernet interface number.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows error information about CFM configuration.

DmSwitch#show cfm error vlan 1 ethernet 2No CFM Leak was foundNo Conflicting VIDs were foundNo Excessive Levels were foundNo Overlapped Levels were found

DmSwitch#

70

Chapter 2. show cfm error

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfmprobe_delay-measurement

Shows CFM probe information.

show cfm resources Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

71

show cfm linktrace

show cfm linktrace { database | md md-name ma ma-name mep id mep-id }

DescriptionLinktrace Messages (LTM) information.

Syntax

Parameter Description

database Database usage status.

md md-name Specifies Maintenance Domain (MD) name.

ma ma-name Specifies Maintenance Association (MA) name.

mep id mep-id Inserts a MEP ID value. (Range: 1-8191)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesMd, ma and mep id must exists and CFM protocol must be enabled.

Example

This example shows linktrace (LTM) information.

DmSwitch#show cfm linktrace md MD ma MA mep id 1

Linktrace messages sentTransaction ID 0: 00:05:00:19:0e:b1LTRs:TTL Order Source MAC address63 1 00:05:00:19:0e:b1

DmSwitch#

72

Chapter 2. show cfm linktrace

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfmprobe_delay-measurement

Shows CFM probe information.

show cfm resources Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

73

show cfm ma

show cfm ma

DescriptionShows the maintenance association (MA) information.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows maintenance association (MA) information.

DmSwitch#show cfm maDmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfmprobe_delay-measurement

Shows CFM probe information.

show cfm resources Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

74

Chapter 2. show cfm ma

75

show cfm md

show cfm md { md md-name [ ma ma-name { mep id mep-id | mip } ] }

DescriptionShows maintenance domain (MD) information.

Syntax

Parameter Description

md md-name Specifies maintenance domain (MD) name.

ma ma-name Specifies maintenance association (MA) name.

mep id mep-id Insert a MEP ID value. (Range: 1-8191)

mip Specifies maintenance domain (MD) information.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesMd, ma and mep id must exists and CFM protocol must be enabled.

Example

This example shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

DmSwitch#show cfm md MD

Maintenance Domain (MD):Level: 5Format: Character StringLength: 5Name: MDMHF Creation: defMHFNoneSender ID TLV: sendIdNone

76

Chapter 2. show cfm md

Fault Alarm Address: Not transmitted

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfmprobe_delay-measurement

Shows CFM probe information.

show cfm resources Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

77

show cfm mep

show cfm mep

DescriptionShows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

DmSwitch#show cfm mepDmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfmprobe_delay-measurement

Shows CFM probe information.

show cfm resources Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

78

Chapter 2. show cfm mep

79

show cfm probe delay-measurement

show cfm probe delay-measurement { probe-id }

DescriptionShows CFM probe information.

Syntax

Parameter Description

mep-id Inserts probe identifier. (Range: 1-16)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesCFM probe must exists.

Example

This example shows probe delay-measurement information.

DmSwitch#show cfm probe delay-measurement 1

Delay-measurement (DM) Probe 1:Interval (s): 600DM parameters: not configuredLast statistics:Average delay: 0Average delay variation: 0Packet loss: 0%

DmSwitch#

80

Chapter 2. show cfm probe delay-measurement

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfm resources Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

81

show cfm md

show cfm resources

DescriptionShows resources used by CFM protocol.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows resources used by CFM protocol.

DmSwitch#show cfm resources

Protocol resources:Domains: 0 kB ( 0 B)Associations: 0 kB ( 0 B)End Points: 0 kB ( 0 B)Intermediate Points: 0 kB ( 0 B)Packet pool (used): 0 kB ( 0 B)Packet pool (total): 0 kB ( 0 B)Linktrace Database (used): 0 kB ( 0 B)Linktrace Database (total): 100 kB ( 102400 B)DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

82

Chapter 2. show cfm md

Command Descriptionshow cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfmprobe_delay-measurement

Shows CFM probe information.

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

83

show clock

show clock

DescriptionShows the system clock and timezone.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the system clock and timezone.

DmSwitch#show clockMon Jun 18 15:30:40 2012Timezone is BRA -0300DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

clock set Configures the system date and time.

clock timezone Specifies the timezone.

show uptime Shows the system clock, system uptime and load average.

84

show counter

show counter { configuration [ filter filter-id | id counter-id | sort remark | | { { begin| exclude | include } regular-expression } ] | values [ filter filter-id | id counter-id ] }

DescriptionShows counters values and configurations.

Syntax

Parameter Description

configuration Shows filter counters configuration.

values Shows filter counter values.

filter filter-id (Optional) Counter by filter ID.

id counter-id (Optional) Counter by ID.

sort remark (Optional) Sorting method.

| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.

| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.

| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesEntering this command without parameters, all ingress counters information will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the counters values and configuration

DmSwitch(config)#show counter valuesID Filter Upper Counter Value Lower Counter Value

85

Chapter 2. show counter

---- ------ -------------------------- --------------------------1 0 02 0 0DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

counter Configures a counter to be used by a filter

filter Creates or configures a traffic filter.

86

show cpu

show cpu { arp-table | l3 { memory | usage } | memory { detail } | packets | protocol| usage }

DescriptionShows CPU information related to processing, memory and networking.

Syntax

Parameter Description

arp-table Shows CPU ARP table.

detail Shows CPU memory utilization per process.

l3 Shows layer 3 memory usage and CPU information.

memory Shows CPU memory utilization.

packets Shows received packets on CPU.

protocol Shows protocol configuration.

usage Shows CPU processing and tasks information.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

5.2 Added arp-table parameter.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show CPU memory information.

DmSwitch#show cpu memoryProcessor Memory Information:

87

Chapter 2. show cpu

Total : 59720 kBFree : 12868 kBCached: 29676 kB

DmSwitch#

This example illustrates how to show CPU memory detail information.

DmSwitch#show cpu memory detail

Global Processor Memory Information:

Total : 59720 kBFree : 12856 kBCached: 29676 kB

Processor Memory Information per process:

(STATUS: S=sleeping R=running W=waiting)PID PPID PROCESS STATUS240 105 rx_pkt S 8392 kB143 105 rmon S 8392 kB141 105 e-lmi S 8392 kB140 105 bpdu_protect S 8392 kB138 105 lldpd_rx S 8392 kB137 105 lldp S 8392 kB136 105 lacp S 8392 kB135 105 io_linkscan_wan S 8392 kB134 105 erps_rx S 8392 kB133 105 erps S 8392 kB132 105 cfm_events S 8392 kB131 105 eaps S 8392 kB130 105 cfm_lt_events S 8392 kB129 105 cfm vlan event S 8392 kB

...

105 88 main S 8392 kB88 85 bcmd S 8392 kB246 245 snmpd S 3464 kB245 98 snmpd S 3464 kB98 85 snmpd S 3464 kB249 90 cli S 2056 kB94 85 traps S 1268 kB91 85 syslogd S 788 kB93 85 klogd S 340 kB

DmSwitch#

This example illustrates how to show the CPU utilization.

DmSwitch#show cpu usage

(STATUS: S=sleeping R=running W=waiting)%CPU5Sec 1Min 5MinCPU TOTAL USAGE: 31.18 31.38 31.08

PID PROCESS STATUS128 linkscan.0 S 12.72 12.86 12.28

88

Chapter 2. show cpu

119 interrupt S 5.69 6.27 6.64138 cpu_monitor R 4.18 4.03 3.99135 io_status S 2.66 1.51 1.51127 counter.0 S 2.28 2.11 2.07139 rdm S 1.14 0.85 0.88132 i2cd S 0.38 0.13 0.11136 oamd S 0.38 0.41 0.3799 main S 0.00 0.00 0.00103 syslogd S 0.00 0.00 0.00105 klogd S 0.00 0.00 0.00

...

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

clear cpu arp-table Deletes entries from the arp table.

89

show cpu arp-table

show cpu arp-table

DescriptionShows the ARP entries from the CPU arp-table

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.4 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe CPU ARP table is used by DmSwitch to maps directly connected hosts to IP addresses.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the CPU ARP table.

DmSwitch#show cpu arp-tableIP address MAC VLAN--------------- ----------------- ----10.5.1.1 BC:AE:C5:9B:6A:BC 1

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

clear cpu arp-table Deletes entries from the arp table.

90

show cpu-dos-protect

show cpu-dos-protect

DescriptionShows the CPU denial of service protection information.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the CPU denial of service protection information.

DmSwitch#show cpu-dos-protectCPU DoS protect:

CPU rate limit block: 479 packetsCPU rate limit reset: 475 packetsGlobal rate limit: DisabledCPU L3 rate limit icmp echo request: 0 packetsProtect CPU from destination lookup fail: DisabledProtect CPU from l3 slow path: EnabledProtect CPU from reserved multicast: EnabledProtect CPU from non-designated arp reply: EnabledProtect CPU from non-designated arp request: Enabled

DmSwitch#

91

Chapter 2. show cpu-dos-protect

Related Commands

Command Description

cpu-dos-protect Limits the packet rate that is processed by CPU.

92

show cpu egress-block

show cpu egress-block

DescriptionShows the rules for blocking forwarding of packets by the CPU.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.9 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the CPU Egress-Block information.

DmSwitch(config)#cpu egress-block ethernet range 1/2 1/3 ingress ethernet range 1/2 1/3 vlan allDmSwitch(config)#exitDmSwitch#show cpu egress-block ethernet range 1/2 1/3 ingress ethernet range 1/2 1/3 vlan allCPU Egress Block 1Egress: Eth1/2 to Eth1/3Ingress: Eth1/2 to Eth1/3VLAN: AllDiscarded packets: 0

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

93

Chapter 2. show cpu egress-block

Command Descriptioncpu egress-block Configures the switch to block CPU traffic from a specified Ethernet

interface to another for a set of VLAN IDs.

94

show debugging

show debugging

DescriptionShows the current debugging status.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the process debugging status.

DmSwitch#show debuggingARP debugging: disabledCPU Rx debugging: disabledEAPS debugging: disabledERPS debugging: disabledICMP debugging: disabledLACP debugging: disabledLink debugging: disabledSTP debugging: disabled

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

95

Chapter 2. show debugging

Command Description

debug Enables the printing of debug messages.

elmi Enters on Ethernet Local Management Interface protocol configurationmode.

96

show eaps

show eaps [ detail | id domain ]

DescriptionShows EAPS settings.

Syntax

Parameter Description

detail (Optional) Shows more details of EAPS settings.

id domain (Optional) Shows only the EAPS settings from thespecified domain.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesEntering this command without parameters, all EAPS ids will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the EAPS settings from the domain 1.

DmSwitch#show eaps id 1Global configuration:EAPS hardware forwarding: Disabled

Domain ID: 1Domain Name: testState: Links-UpMode: TransitHello Timer interval: 1 secFail Timer interval: 3 secPre-forwarding Timer: 6 sec (learned) Remaining: 0 sec

97

Chapter 2. show eaps

Last update from: (none)Primary port: Eth1/5 Port status: UpSecondary port: Eth1/6 Port status: BlockedControl VLAN ID: 101Protected VLAN group IDs: 1

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

eaps domain Creates a new EAPS domain.

eaps domain control-vlan Configures the control VLAN for the EAPS domain.

eaps domain failtime Defines the interval time that the secondary port of DmSwitch master ina EAPS ring waits without receiving the two hello packets beforechanging the status of EAPS ring to fail.

eaps domain hellotime Defines the interval between the sending of two hello packets.

eaps domain hw-forwarding Enables EAPS hardware forwarding in DmSwitch.

eaps domain name Renames the domain.

eaps domain port Defines both primary and secondary ports of DmSwitch in EAPS ring.

eaps domain port-block-awareConfigures interaction between EAPS domain and blocking L2protocols in DmSwitch.

eaps domain protected-vlans Defines the VLAN groups that will be protected by EAPS ring.

eaps mode Configures the mode of EAPS.

98

show elmi

show elmi [ interface ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } [ detail ] ]

DescriptionShows ethernet local management interface (ELMI) settings.

Syntax

Parameter Description

all Displays configuration and status information for all unitsand ports.

port-number Displays configuration and status information for aspecific unit and port.

range first-port-number last-port-number Displays configuration and status information for a rangeof units and ports.

detail (Optional) Displays detailed configuration and statusinformation.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesEntering this command without parameters, all interfaces status will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the ELMI configuration of a specific port.

DmSwitch#show elmi interface ethernet 1Interface Ethernet 1/1 (UNI-C) (00:04:DF:14:6D:E7):Configuration:

99

Chapter 2. show elmi

Polling timer (s): 10Polling counter: 360Status counter: 3List of EVCs: No EVC is configured

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

elmi Enters on Ethernet Local Management Interface protocol configurationmode.

uni-c Creates or edits user network interface (UNI) on customer edge devices.

uni-n Creates or edits user network interface (UNI) on provider edge devices.

100

show erps

show erps [ detail | id domain ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

DescriptionShows ERPS settings.

Syntax

Parameter Description

detail (Optional) Shows more details of ERPS settings.

id domain (Optional) Shows only the ERPS settings from thespecified domain.

| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.

| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.

| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesEntering this command without parameters, all ERPS ids will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the ERPS settings from the domain 1.

DmSwitch#show erps id 1Domain ID: 1Domain Name:State: INITMode: TransitHW Forwarding: DisabledGuard Timer (ms): 500

101

Chapter 2. show erps

WTR Timer (min): 5Holdoff Timer (ms): 0Port 0: (not configured)Port 1: (not configured)Control VLAN ID: (not configured)Protected VLAN group IDs: (not configured)Accept topology change of domains:DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

erps domain Creates a new ERPS domain.

erps domain accept Configure the accept topology change from domains.

erps domain control-vlan Configure the control vlan for ERPS domain.

erps domain guard-time Configures the waiting period to start receiving new ERPS messagesafter an old request.

erps domain holdoff-time Configures the time to wait before start reporting defects to ERPS.

erps domain hw-forwarding Enables hardware forwarding of packets in ERPS domain.

erps domain name Set a name for ERPS domain.

erps domain port0 Configure the the first port of ERPS domain.

erps domain port1 Configure the the second port of ERPS domain.

erps domain protected-vlans Add protected vlans to the ERPS.

erps domain restore-time Configures a time to wait before free a traffic channel on a failed node.

erps mode Configures the mode of ERPS.

102

show filter

show filter [ action-type { counter | monitor | qos | security | vlan } | id filter-id |ingress { ethernet port-number } | meter meter-id | resources | sort remark | state {disabled | enabled } | | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

DescriptionShows filters information.

Syntax

Parameter Description

action-type counter (Optional) Shows filters with counter actions.

action-type monitor (Optional) Shows filters with monitoring actions.

action-type qos (Optional) Shows filters with QoS actions.

action-type security (Optional) Shows filters with security actions.

action-type vlan (Optional) Shows filters with VLAN actions.

id filter-id (Optional) Specifies the filter ID.

ingress ethernet port-number (Optional) Filters by an ingress port.

meter meter-id (Optional) Filters by an meter ID.

resources (Optional) Shows filter resources of used priorities.

sort remark (Optional) Sorts by filter remark.

state disabled (Optional) Shows only disabled filters.

state enabled (Optional) Shows only enabled filters.

| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.

| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.

| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

103

Chapter 2. show filter

Usage GuidelinesEntering this command without parameters, all filters will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the filters configuration.

DmSwitch#show filter ingress ethernet 8Filter 1: enabled, priority 8Actions: denyMatches: All packetsIngress: Eth1/8

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

meter Configures a meter to be used by a filter

filter Creates or configures a traffic filter.

104

show firmware

show firmware

DescriptionShows firmware information.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis command shows the firmware(s) image(s) information stored in the DmSwitch.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the firmware information.

DmSwitch#show firmwareFirmware:Version: 5.0Compile date: Wed Jun 20 11:49:02 UTC 2012

Bootloader version: 5.1.0 Apr 23 13:55:41 UTC 2012

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

copy Copies configuration and firmware.

erase Erases configuration memory.

105

Chapter 2. show firmware

Command Descriptionselect Selects the startup firmware and flash for the next reboot.

show flash Shows flash information.

106

show flash

show flash

DescriptionShows flash information.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis command shows the firmware(s) image(s) and the flash positions information stored in the DmSwitch.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the flash information.

DmSwitch#show flash

BootLoader version: 5.1.0 Apr 23 13:55:41 UTC 2012

Flash config:ID Name Date Flags Size1 01/01/2009 01:29:26 5792 01/01/2009 06:07:17 S 206

Flags:S - To be used upon next startup.E - Empty/Error

DmSwitch#

107

Chapter 2. show flash

Related Commands

Command Description

copy Copies configuration and firmware.

diff Compares and shows the differences between two configurations.

erase Erases configuration memory.

select Selects the startup firmware and flash for the next reboot.

show firmware Shows firmware information.

show flash-config Shows the configuration stored in a specific flash position.

show startup-config Shows the startup flash configuration.

108

show flash-config

show flash-config { index }

DescriptionShows the configuration stored in a specific flash position.

Syntax

Parameter Description

index Specifies a flash configuration memory position. (Range:1-2)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis command shows the stored configuration in a specific flash memory position. It also shows the configura-tion in the same structure that the information presented in the show running-config command.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the flash configuration from the flash 2.

DmSwitch#show flash-config 2Building configuration...!hostname DmSwitch2104!username admin access-level 15username admin password 7 d033e22ae348aeb5660fc2140aec35850c4da997username guest access-level 0username guest password 7 35675e68f4b5af7b995d9205ad0fc43842f16450username datacom access-level 0username datacom password 7 f9f03903429036ef609ed7ca822fddfa76155c29

109

Chapter 2. show flash-config

!interface vlan 1name DefaultVlanip address 192.168.0.25/24set-member untagged ethernet all!vlan-group 1vlan-group 1 vlan all!ip telnet serverip http serverno ip http secure-serverno ip ssh server!ip snmp-serverip snmp-server community public ro!spanning-tree 1spanning-tree 1 vlan-group 1!sync-source transmit-clock-source internal!DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

copy Copies configuration and firmware.

diff Compares and shows the differences between two configurations.

erase Erases configuration memory.

select Selects the startup firmware and flash for the next reboot.

show flash Shows flash information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show startup-config Shows the startup flash configuration.

110

show hardware-status

show hardware-status [ transceivers ]

DescriptionShows the hardware status.

Syntax

Parameter Description

transceivers (Optional) Shows hardware status of the transceivers.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command shows fans status, if the alarm input and output are turned on or turned off, and if the DmSwitchhas optical modules connected.

In order to alarm out some fail in the fans or any alarm input, it is necessary to enable external alarm output.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the hardware status.

DmSwitch#show hardware-status

Unit: 1Hardware Version: 01-00Temperature:Sensor 1: 36 [Celsius]Sensor 2: 28 [Celsius]SFP presence:Port 1: Not present(1G)

111

Chapter 2. show hardware-status

Port 2: Not present(1G)Port 3: Not present(100M/1G)Port 4: Not present(100M/1G)Fans:Fan 1: OkSpeed: 4950 [RPM]External Alarms:Input 1: OffInput 2: OffInput 3: OffOutput: Off

DmSwitch#

Related CommandsNo related commands.

112

show interfaces bundle

show interfaces bundle { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } }

DescriptionShows interfaces bundle configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

all Shows information about all bundles interfaces.

port-number Shows information about a specific bundle interface.(Range: 1-8)

range { first-port-number last-port-number } Shows information about a specific range of bundleinterfaces. (Range: 1-8)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show Bundle interface information.

DmSwitch#show interfaces bundle 1Bundle 1/1 Interface:Configuration:Enable: DisabledName: Not setInitial timeslot: 0Number of timeslots: 32Packet delay: 1.000 ms

113

Chapter 2. show interfaces bundle

Jitter-buffer: 10.000 msPacket loss Threshold: 1.00 %TDM Channel: 1

IP:Destination Bundle: 1Source UDP port: 49153Destination UDP port: -Destination IP Address: 0.0.0.0IP Next Hop: 0.0.0.0Source IP Address: Using interface PW configVLAN: Using interface PW configPriority Using interface PW config

DSCP: 0

Tests:Ethernet Bert test: DisabledTDM Bert test: DisabledLoop test: Disabled

Details:Min. Jitter Buffer: 2.000 msMax. Jitter Buffer: 62.000 msPacket Size: 306 bytesPayload Size: 256 bytesPacket rate: 1000 Pkts/sThroughput: 2448000 bits/s

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

114

show interfaces counters

show interfaces counters [ bundle { all | range { first-bundle-number last-bundle-number} | bundle-number [ jitter-buffer-history [ detail ] ] } | detail | ethernet port-number[ detail | summary ] | port-channel portchannel-number [ detail | summary ] | pw pw-number[ detail | summary ] | | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

DescriptionShows the interface counters information.

Syntax

Parameter Description

bundle bundle-number (Optional) Shows counters of a specific bundle interface.(Range: 1-8)

bundle all (Optional) Shows counters of all bundle interfaces.(Range: 1-8)

bundle { first-bundle-number last-bundle-number}

(Optional) Shows counters of a specific range of bundleinterfaces. (Range: 1-8)

jitter-buffer-history (Optional) Shows jitter buffer history from the bundle.

detail (Optional) Shows all counters of all interfaces.

ethernet port-number (Optional) Shows counters of a specific ethernet port.(Range: 1-8)

port-channel portchannel-number (Optional) Shows counters of a specific port channelinterface. (Range: 1-8)

pw pw-number (Optional) Shows counters of a specific pw interface.

| begin regular-expression (Optional) Shows counters which begin matches a pattern.

| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Shows counters unmatching a pattern.

| include regular-expression (Optional) Shows counters matching a pattern.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

5.2 Added all and range parameters to bundle command. Also addedjitter-buffer-history parameter.

115

Chapter 2. show interfaces counters

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the counters of a specific ethernet port.

DmSwitch#show interfaces counters ethernet 1Eth 1/1Octets input : 140553Octets output : 344253Unicast input : 1061Unicast output : 1052Discard input : 0Discard output : 0Error input : 0Error output : 0Unknown protos input : 0QLen : 0DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

clear interface counters Clears transmit and receive statistics related from specific ports.

116

show interfaces description

show interfaces description [ ethernet { all | [ unit-number/ ] port-number | range[ first-unit-number/ ] first-port-number [ last-unit-number/ ] last-port-number } | port-channelchannel-group-number ]

DescriptionShows interface description.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ethernet all (Optional) Shows description of all ethernet ports.

ethernet [unit-number/ ] port-number (Optional) Shows description of a specific unit and port.(Range: 1-1/1-8)

ethernet range { [ first-unit-number/ ]first-port-number [ last-unit-number/ ]last-port-number

(Optional) Shows description for a specific range of unitsand ports. (Range: 1-1/1-8)

port-channel channel-group-number (Optional) Shows interface description of a specific portchannel. The port channel must be specified in accordancewith the port channel configured in the switch. (Range:1-8)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.4 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesEntering this command without parameters, all interface descriptions will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the description of a specific port.

117

Chapter 2. show interfaces description

DmSwitch#show interfaces description ethernet 6Eth 1/6: Description of the interface ethernet port 6DmSwitch#

Related Commands

No related command.

Command Description

description Inserts a description for an interface.

118

show interfaces l3

show interfaces l3 [ table utilization { octets | packets } ]

DescriptionShows the layer 3 vlan throughput information.

Syntax

Parameter Description

octets Shows the l3 interface utilization average table by octetsper second.

packets Shows the l3 interface utilization average table by packetsper second.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the l3 interface utilization.

DmSwitch#show interfaces l3L3 Throughput Average:

VLAN : 3Rx Octets : 0Tx Octets : 13Rx Packets : 0Tx Packets : 0

VLAN : 4

119

Chapter 2. show interfaces l3

Rx Octets : 0Tx Octets : 29Rx Packets : 0Tx Packets : 0

DmSwitch#

Related CommandsNo related command.

120

show interfaces link

show interfaces link [ vlan vlan-id ]

DescriptionShows interfaces link.

Syntax

Parameter Description

vlan vlan-id (Optional) Shows link configuration of a specific vlan.The vlan must be specified in accordance with the vlanconfigured in the switch. (Range: 1-4094)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesEntering this command without parameters, all interfaces link will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the interfaces link status of the VLAN ID 1.

DmSwitch#show interfaces link vlan 1

Speed: (t-) 10Mbit/s, (h-) 100Mbit/s, (g-) 1Gbit/s, (x-) 10Gbit/sDuplex: (-h) Half, (-f) FullBlocked: (ud) Unidirectional, (bl) Backup-link, (st) Spanning-Tree, (ea) EAPSConfig.: (sd) ShutdownUppercase: Port-channel member

121

Chapter 2. show interfaces link

Unit 12 4 6 8ud ud gfud ud1 3 5 7

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

show hardware-statustransceivers presence

Shows the hardware status.

122

show interfaces loopback

show interfaces loopback { port-number }

DescriptionShows the loopback interface information.

Syntax

Parameter Description

loopback port-number (Optional) Shows information about a specificLOOPBACK interface. (Range: 0-0)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the interfaces loopback number 0.

DmSwitch#show interfaces loopback 0Loopback 0: UpIP address: 192.168.111.30/32DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

123

Chapter 2. show interfaces loopback

Command Descriptioninterface loopback Enables the interface loopback configuration mode.

124

show interfaces pw

show interfaces pw { pw-number }

DescriptionShows PW interface configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

pw pw-number (Optional) Shows information about a specific pwinterface. (Range: 1-1)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show PW interface information.

DmSwitch#show interfaces pw 1PW 1/1 Interface:Configuration:Source IP Address: 0.0.0.0VLAN: 1Priority 0

DmSwitch#

125

Chapter 2. show interfaces pw

Related CommandsNo related command.

126

show interfaces status

show interfaces status [ bundle { all | range { first-bundle-number last-bundle-number }| bundle-number } | ethernet port-number | port-channel portchannel-number | tdm tdm-number]

DescriptionShows interface configuration status.

Syntax

Parameter Description

bundle bundle-number (Optional) Shows configuration status of a specific bundleinterface. (Range: 1-8)

bundle all (Optional) Shows configuration status of all bundleinterfaces. (Range: 1-8)

bundle { first-bundle-number last-bundle-number}

(Optional) Shows configuration status of a specific rangeof bundle interfaces. (Range: 1-8)

ethernet port-number (Optional) Shows interface configuration status of aspecific port. (Range: 1-8)

port-channel portchannel-number (Optional) Shows configuration status of a specific portchannel interface. (Range: 1-8)

tdm tdm-number (Optional) Shows configuration status of a specific tdminterface. (Range: 1-8)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

5.2 Added all and range parameters to bundle command.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

127

Chapter 2. show interfaces status

Example

This example illustrates how to show the status configuration of a specific port.

DmSwitch#show interfaces status ethernet 1Information of Eth 1/1Basic information:Port type: SFPMAC address: 40:00:00:00:00:07Configuration:Name:Port admin: UpSpeed-duplex: AutoCapabilities: 1000fullFlow-control: DisabledMDIX: AutoLACP: DisabledOAM: Enabled - ActiveCurrent status:Link status: Down - Unidirectional LinkDmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.

show interfaces tdm Shows TDM interfaces information.

128

show interfaces switchport

show interfaces switchport [ ethernet port-number | port-channelportchannel-number | | { begin | exclude | include } ] regular-expression

DescriptionShows switchport information.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ethernet port-number (Optional) Shows switchport information of a specificport.

port-channel portchannel-number (Optional) Shows switchport information of a specificport channel interface.

| begin regular-expression (Optional) Shows counters which begin matches a pattern.

| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Shows counters unmatching a pattern.

| include regular-expression (Optional) Shows counters matching a pattern.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the switchport information of a specific port.

DmSwitch#show interfaces switchport ethernet 1Information of Eth 1/1:Broadcast threshold: Enabled, 500 packets/second

129

Chapter 2. show interfaces switchport

Broadcast threshold action: Limit trafficMulticast threshold: Enabled, 500 packets/secondMulticast threshold action: Limit trafficDLF threshold: Enabled, 500 packets/secondIngress rate limit: DisabledEgress rate limit: DisabledMAC addresses maximum: DisabledNative VLAN: 1Priority for untagged traffic: 0QinQ mode: InternalTPID: 0x8100Backup-link: DisabledMTU: 9198 bytesBPDU-block: DisabledBPDU-protect: DisabledLimit: 30Block-time: 10Mode: Block all

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

switchport backup-link Configure a backup-link.

switchport bpdu-block Block reception of BPDUs for an interface.

switchport bpdu-protect Protect BPDUs configuration for an interface.

switchport mtu Configures maximum transmission unit.

switchport native_vlan Configures the default VLAN ID for untagged frames.

switchport port-security Configures port security.

switchportpriority_default

Configures 802.1p priorities.

switchport qinq Configures double tagging mode.

switchport storm-control Configures packet storm control.

switchport tpid Configures Tag Protocol ID for an interface.

switchport vlan-translate Enable vlan translation for an interface.

130

show interfaces table cesop

show interfaces table cesop { counters | status }

DescriptionShows cesop counters and status tables.

Syntax

Parameter Description

counters Shows the cesop counters table.

status Shows the cesop status table.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the cesop counters table.

DmSwitch#show interfaces table cesop countersBuffer Buffer Lost Lost rate Out of Seq. num. Wrong JB

BDL overflow underfl. packets (pkts/s) order violation size pkt occupation================================================================================1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.000 ms2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.000 ms3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.000 ms4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.000 ms================================================================================

spacebar->toggle screen ESC->exitDmSwitch#

131

Chapter 2. show interfaces table cesop

Related CommandsNo related command.

132

show interfaces table utilization

show interfaces table utilization { bandwidth | octets | packets }

DescriptionShows the interface average utilization table.

Syntax

Parameter Description

bandwidth Shows the interface utilization average table bypercentage of bandwidth.

octets Shows the interface utilization average table by octets persecond.

packets Shows the interface utilization average table by packetsper second.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesWith this show command, you can see the link status, the average and peak of transmitted and received packetsper second, the average and peak of bandwidth utilization percentage in the data transmission and reception andthe link speed.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the interface utilization average table by packets per second.

DmSwitch#show interfaces table utilizationLink Receive Peak Rx Transmit Peak Tx

Port Status packet/s packet/s packet/s packet/s================================================================================CPU - 0 0 0 0

133

Chapter 2. show interfaces table utilization

1/1 DOWN 0 0 0 01/2 DOWN 0 0 0 01/3 DOWN 0 0 0 01/4 DOWN 0 0 0 01/5 DOWN 0 0 0 01/6 UP 0 0 0 01/7 DOWN 0 0 0 01/8 DOWN 0 0 0 0PW 1/1 UP 0 0 0 0================================================================================spacebar->toggle screen ESC->exitDmSwitch#

Related CommandsNo related command.

134

show interfaces tdm

show interfaces tdm { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } } [mappings ]

DescriptionShows TDM interfaces information.

Syntax

Parameter Description

mappings (Optional) Shows specified TDM mappings.

tdm all (Optional) Shows information about all TDM interfaces.

tdm port-number (Optional) Shows information about a specific TDMinterface. (Range: 1-8)

tdm range { first-port-number last-port-number } (Optional) Shows information about a specific rangeTDM interfaces. (Range: 1-8)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

5.2 Added mappings command.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show TDM interface information.

DmSwitch#show interfaces tdm 1TDM 1/1 Interface:Configuration:Enable: Disable

135

Chapter 2. show interfaces tdm

Line Type: UnframedTest:LDL: Disable

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces status tdm Shows interface configuration status.

line-type Configures the line type for TDM channel.

test ldl Configure TDM test.

136

show interfaces test

show interfaces test bundle { bundle-number }

DescriptionShows interfaces test information.

Syntax

Parameter Description

bundle bundle-number (Optional) Shows test information about a specific bundleinterface. (Range: 1-8)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesBundle interface must be enabled.

Example

This example illustrates how to show bundle interface information.

DmSwitch#show interfaces test bundle 1Information of Bundle Interface 1/1Ethernet Bert test: DisabledTDM Bert test: DisabledLoop test: Disabled

DmSwitch#

137

Chapter 2. show interfaces test

Related Commands

Command Description

clear interfaces test Clears test counters from bundle interfaces.

test Configure tests for the bundle interface.

138

show ip

show ip

DescriptionShows the IP configuration.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis command shows the VLANs IP, default gateway, DNS server and SSH, HTTP, Telnet and SNMP configu-rations.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the IP configurations.

DmSwitch#show ip

VLAN 1 192.168.0.25/24

Default gateway: Not set

DNS servers: Not set

SNMP status: Enabled

Local SNMP engineID: 80000E7D03400000000004

SNMP Community:public(Read-Only)

SSH DisabledTimeout: 120

139

Chapter 2. show ip

Server key size: 768Fingerprints:SSH connections limit: 3

HTTP:HTTP status: EnabledHTTP port: 80

Secure HTTP:HTTPS status: DisabledHTTPS port: 443

Telnet status: EnabledTelnet connections limit: 3

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

ip address Sets an IP address for the selected VLAN.

ip default-gateway Configures the default gateway for DmSwitch.

140

show ip as-path access-list

show ip as-path access-list [ as-path_access-list name ]

DescriptionShows configured as-path_access-lists.

Syntax

Parameter Description

as-path_access-list name (Optional) Shows information only regarding the givenas-path_access-list.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesEntering this command without parameters all as-path_access-lists will be showed.

Example

This example illustrates how to show all configured as-path_access-lists.

DmSwitch#show ip as-path access-list-----------------------------------------ip as-path access-list 1:permit 7_

-----------------------------------------ip as-path access-list 4:deny _1_permit _2_deny _3_permit _4_

-----------------------------------------ip as-path access-list 5:deny _1_

141

Chapter 2. show ip as-path access-list

permit _2_deny _3_permit _4_DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

ip as-path access-list Configure a AS-Path access-list.

142

show ip bgp

show ip bgp [ dampened-paths | neighbors [ ip-address ] | summary ]

DescriptionShows BGP information.

Syntax

Parameter Description

dampened-paths (Optional) Displays BGP dampened routes.

neighbors (Optional) Detailed information on TCP and BGP neighbor connections.

summary (Optional) Summary of BGP neighbor status.

ip-address (Optional) Specifies the IP address of bgp neighbor.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show BGP information.

DmSwitch#show ip bgpNo BGP network exists

DmSwitch#

143

Chapter 2. show ip bgp

Related Commands

Command Description

router bgp Enables and accesses the BGP configuration.

144

show ip default-gateway

show ip default-gateway

DescriptionShows the configured default gateway.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the configured default gateway.

DmSwitch#show ip default-gatewayDefault gateway: 10.5.1.2DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

ip default-gateway Configures the default gateway for DmSwitch.

145

show ip dhcp

show ip dhcp [ leases ]

DescriptionShows the configured DHCP servers. When passing the leases option, the clients assigned IPs are shown.

Syntax

Parameter Description

leases (Optional) Shows each DHCP server leases database.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis command shows DHCP servers status, if an item is configured it shows adittional info.

Examples

This example illustrates how to show the configured DHCP server.

DmSwitch#show ip dhcpGlobal DHCP settings:

DHCP server 1: Disabled

DHCP server 2: EnabledNetwork address: 20.20.20.0Network mask: 255.255.255.0Pool begin: 20.20.20.20Pool end: 20.20.20.30Default lease time: DefaultDNS server: Not setDomain name: Not setMaximum lease time: DefaultNetbios DD server: Not set

146

Chapter 2. show ip dhcp

Netbios name server: Not setNetbios node type: Not setRouter: Not set

DHCP server 3: DisabledDHCP server 4: DisabledDHCP server 5: DisabledDHCP server 6: Disabled

DmSwitch#

This example illustrates how to show DHCP servers leases.

DmSwitch#show ip dhcp leases

Subnet 50.50.60.0/255.255.255.0Mac Address IP Address Host Name Expires in00:ff:52:b8:10:8f 50.50.60.10 datacom-000000 9 days 23:45:12

Subnet 60.60.70.0/255.255.255.0Mac Address IP Address Host Name Expires in00:ff:52:b8:10:8f 60.60.70.10 datacom-000000 00:04:36DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

ip dhcp server Configures the DHCP server parameters for DmSwitch.

147

show ip host-table

show ip host-table

DescriptionShows router host table.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show router host table.

DmSwitch#show ip host-table

IP Address MAC Address VLAN--------------- ----------------- ----

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

clear ip Clears L3 host-table packet entries.

148

show ip host-table aging-time

show ip host-table aging-time

DescriptionShows host-table aging-time configuration.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced. Before this was called show ip aging-time.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the ARP aging time configuration.

DmSwitch#show ip host-table aging-timeARP Aging time: 300 seconds

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

configure ip host-tableaging-time

Defines the aging time of all entries in the Data plane’s ARP table.

149

show ip http

show ip http

DescriptionShows the HTTP server information.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis command shows the HTTP and secure HTTP servers status (enabled or disabled) and the configured accessport for the both servers.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the HTTP server information.

DmSwitch#show ip httpHTTP:

HTTP status: EnabledHTTP port: 80

Secure HTTP:HTTPS status: DisabledHTTPS port: 443

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

150

Chapter 2. show ip http

Command Description

ip http Configures the internal HTTP server for external access.

151

show ip ospf

show ip ospf [ area | database [ asbr-summary | external | max-age | network |router | self-originate | summary ] | vlan [ vlan-id ] | neighbors ]

DescriptionShows OSPF status.

Syntax

Parameter Description

area (Optional) Shows OSPF area information.

database (Optional) Shows OSPF database information.

vlan [ vlan-id ] (Optional) Shows VLAN interfaces information.

neighbors (Optional) Shows OSPF neighbors information.

asbr-summary (Optional) Show ASBR summary link states.

external (Optional) Show external link states.

max-age (Optional) Show LSAs in MaxAge list.

network (Optional) Show network link states.

router (Optional) Show router link states.

self-originate (Optional) Show self-originated link states.

summary (Optional) Show network summary link states.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

152

Chapter 2. show ip ospf

Example

This example illustrates how to show the OSPF information.

DmSwitch#show ip ospf vlan 4Interface vlan 4:

Address: 4.4.4.1Mask: 255.255.255.0Area: 0.0.0.1Router Id: 10.10.10.11Network type: Point-to-pointState: DRDesignated router id: 10.10.10.11Designated router address: 4.4.4.1Backup designated router id: 4.4.4.4Backup designated router address: 4.4.4.4Neighbors count: 1Adjacent neighbors count: 1Cost: 0Priority: 0Interval Dead: 0Interval Hello: 0Interval Retransmit: 0Interval Transmit: 0

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

router ospf Enables and accesses the OSPF configuration.

153

show ip prefix-list

show ip prefix-list [ prefix-list name ]

DescriptionShows configured prefix-lists.

Syntax

Parameter Description

prefix-list name (Optional) Shows information only regarding the givenprefix-list.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesEntering this command without parameters all prefix-lists will be showed.

Example

This example illustrates how to show all configured prefix-lists.

DmSwitch#show ip prefix-list-----------------------------------------ip prefix-list one_prefix_list:seq 10 permit 10.10.10.0/24

-----------------------------------------ip prefix-list another_prefix_list seq 20 permit 10.20.30.0/24 ge 25 le 28DmSwitch#

154

Chapter 2. show ip prefix-list

Related Commands

Command Description

ip prefix-list Configure a prefix list.

155

show ip http

show ip protocol-management-address

DescriptionShows the management address for protocols.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the management address for protocols information.

DmSwitch#show ip protocol-management-addressManagement interface address: none

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

ipprotocol-management-address

Configure management address for protocols.

156

show ip rip

show ip rip

DescriptionShows RIP process parameters and statistics.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the RIP parameters.

DmSwitch#show ip ripRIP Enable: trueVersion: 2Timers Update: 30Timers Timeout: 180Timers Garbage: 120Default Metric: 1Default Information: 0Redistribution:connected

Enable: noMetric 0

staticEnable: noMetric 0

bgpEnable: noMetric 0

ospf

157

Chapter 2. show ip rip

Enable: noMetric 0

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

router rip Enables and accesses the RIP configuration.

158

show ip route

show ip route [ active | bgp | connect | destination { ip-address/mask | ip-address } |gateway { ip-address } | ospf | out-iface-vlan { vlan-number } | rip | static | summary ]

DescriptionShows IP routing table.

Syntax

Parameter Description

active (Optional) Shows active routes.

bgp (Optional) Shows the BGP routes.

connect (Optional) Shows the connected routes.

destination {ip-address/mask |ip-address }

(Optional) Shows the routes associated with the given destination.

gateway ip-address (Optional) Shows the routes associated with the given gateway.

ospf (Optional) Shows the OSPF routes.

out-iface-vlanvlan-number

(Optional) Shows the routes associated with the given vlan.

rip (Optional) Shows the RIP routes.

static (Optional) Shows the static routes.

summary (Optional) Shows the number of routes installed.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

159

Chapter 2. show ip route

Example

This example illustrates how to show the IP route information.

DmSwitch#show ip route

Codes: AD - Administrative Distance

Destination/Mask Gateway Protocol AD/Cost Vlan Status------------------ --------------- ---------- ---/------ ---------- ----------3.3.3.0/24 0.0.0.0 connected 0/0 3 Active4.4.4.0/24 0.0.0.0 connected 0/0 4 Active10.5.45.0/24 3.3.3.3 rip 120/2 3 Active10.10.10.0/24 3.3.3.3 rip 120/2 3 Active120.120.120.0/24 3.3.3.3 rip 120/2 3 Active130.130.130.0/24 3.3.3.3 rip 120/2 3 Active

Total routing entries: 6DmSwitch#

Related CommandsNo related commands.

160

show ip routing

show ip routing

DescriptionShows the routing status.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the routing status.

DmSwitch#show ip routingIP routing is enabled

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

ip routing Enables the IP routing.

161

show ip snmp-server

show ip snmp-server

DescriptionShows the SNMP server information.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command shows the SNMP server status (enabled or disabled), the communities and users configured.

Entering this command without parameters, SNMP server information will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the SNMP server information.

DmSwitch#show ip snmp-serverSNMP status: Enabled

Local SNMP engineID: 80000E7D03400000000004

SNMP Community:public(Read-Only)

DmSwitch#

162

Chapter 2. show ip snmp-server

Related Commands

Command Description

ip snmp-server Configures the internal SNMP server.

ip snmp-server traps Enables sending of SNMP traps.

163

show ip snmp-server traps

show ip snmp-server traps

DescriptionShows the SNMP traps status.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the SNMP traps status.

DmSwitch#show ip snmp-server traps-----------------------------------------------TRAP STATUS-----------------------------------------------config-change enabledconfig-save enabledcpu-usage enabledcritical-event-detected enabledcritical-event-recovered enabledeaps-status-change enablederps-status-change enabledfan-status-change enabledlink-up-down enabledlogin-fail enabledlogin-success enablednon-homologated-transceiver enabledtransceiver-presence enabledtraps-lost enabledunidir-link-detected enabled

164

Chapter 2. show ip snmp-server traps

unidir-link-recovered enableddying-gasp-received enabledhigh-memory-usage-detected enabledhigh-memory-usage-no-more-detected enabledcfm-notification enabledcesop-tdm-link enabledcesop-tdm-remote enabledcesop-tdm-cas enabledcesop-tdm-crc enabledcesop-bundle-tdm-local enabledcesop-bundle-tdm-remote enabledcesop-bundle-local enabledcesop-bundle-remote enabledcesop-bundle-pkt-mismatch enabledcesop-bundle-next-hop enabledcesop-clock-source enabledalarm-status-change enabledlst-link-up-down enabledlldp-remote-changed enabledlldp-remote-changed-global enabledloopback-detected enabledloopback-no-more-detected enabledlicense-expire-warning enabledbpdu-protect-limit-reached enabledbpdu-protect-block-time-expired enabled

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

ip snmp-server traps Enables sending of SNMP traps.

165

show ip ssh

show ip ssh

DescriptionShows the SSH server information.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis command shows the SSH server status (enabled or disabled), its timeout, key size, the generated host keypair and the limit client connections.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the SSH server information.

DmSwitch#show ip sshSSH Enabled

Timeout: 120Server key size: 768Fingerprints:RSA: 48:1b:d6:7c:c9:9d:41:75:1f:f7:f3:35:d8:bd:28:7d

DSA: cf:4b:dd:ee:00:f7:9f:6e:82:e6:58:40:de:c3:04:c4SSH connections limit: 8

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

166

Chapter 2. show ip ssh

Command Description

ip ssh Configures the internal SSH server for external access.

167

show ip telnet

show ip telnet

DescriptionShows the Telnet server information.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis command shows the telnet server status (enabled or disabled) and the maximum connections allowed forTelnet clients.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the telnet server information.

DmSwitch#show ip telnetTelnet status: EnableTelnet connections limit: 8

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

ip telnet Configures the internal Telnet server for external access.

168

show l2protocol-tunnel

show l2protocol-tunnel [ interface ethernet port-number ]

DescriptionShows Layer 2 Protocols Tunneling information.

Syntax

Parameter Description

interface ethernet port-number (Optional) Shows the information of a specific port.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesEntering this command without parameters, the Layer 2 Protocols Tunneling information for all interfaces willbe shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the tunneling configurations of a specific ethernet port.

DmSwitch#show l2protocol-tunnel interface ethernet 1

Eth 1/1 Tunneling:CDP packets tunneling: DisabledSTP packets tunneling: EnabledVTP packets tunneling: DisabledPVST packets tunneling: DisabledUDLD packets tunneling: DisabledPAgP packets tunneling: DisabledLACP packets tunneling: Disabled802.1X packets tunneling: DisabledOAM packets tunneling: DisabledMarker packets tunneling: Disabled

169

Chapter 2. show l2protocol-tunnel

GVRP packets tunneling: DisabledCP packets tunneling: Disabled

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

l2protocol-tunnel Configures a Layer 2 protocols tunneling.

l2protocol-tunnel Configures Layer 2 protocols tunneling for the Ethernet interface.

170

show lacp counters

show lacp counters [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

DescriptionShows the LACP traffic counters.

Syntax

Parameter Description

| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.

| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.

| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis command shows the transmitted and received data packets and bytes, the transmitted and received markerand marker response, and the error packets.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the LACP traffic counters.

DmSwitch#show lacp countersLACPDUs Marker Marker Response LACPDUs

Port Sent Recv Sent Recv Sent Recv Pkts Err-------------------------------------------------------------------

Aggregator id 1 (channel-group 1)

eth 1/6 7 7 0 0 0 0 0DmSwitch#

171

Chapter 2. show lacp counters

Related Commands

Command Description

lacp Enables and configures LACP status.

show lacp group Shows the specified LACP channel group information.

show lacp internal Shows the LACP internal information.

show lacp neighbors Shows the LACP neighbors information.

show lacp sysid Shows the system identifier used by LACP.

172

show lacp group

show lacp group { counters | internal | neighbors } [ | { begin | exclude | include }regular-expression ]

DescriptionShows the specified LACP channel group information.

Syntax

Parameter Description

group Specifies a group channel. (Range: 1-8)

counters Shows the traffic counters.

internal Shows the internal information.

neighbors Shows the neighbors information.

| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.

| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.

| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the specific LACP channel group counters.

DmSwitch#show lacp 1 countersLACPDUs Marker Marker Response LACPDUs

Port Sent Recv Sent Recv Sent Recv Pkts Err-------------------------------------------------------------------

173

Chapter 2. show lacp group

Aggregator id 1 (channel-group 1)

eth 1/6 17 17 0 0 0 0 0DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

lacp Enables and configures LACP status.

show lacp counters Shows the LACP traffic counters.

show lacp internal Shows the LACP internal information.

show lacp neighbors Shows the LACP neighbors information.

show lacp sysid Shows the system identifier used by LACP.

174

show lacp internal

show lacp counters [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

DescriptionShows the LACP internal information.

Syntax

Parameter Description

| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.

| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.

| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis command shows the flags, priority, keys and the ports states that compose the LACP groups in the Dm-Switch.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the LACP internal information.

DmSwitch#show lacp internalFlags: S-Device is requesting Slow LACPDUs F-Device is requesting Fast LACPDUs

A-Device is in Active Mode P-Device is in Passive Mode

Port state: A-LACP_Activity T-LACP_Timeout G-Aggregation E-ExpiredS-Synchronization D-Distributing C-Collecting F-Defaulted

Aggregator id 1 (channel-group 1)

175

Chapter 2. show lacp internal

LACP port Admin Oper PortPort Flags Priority Key Key Stateeth 1/6 SA 32768 0x1e00 0x1e03 AGSCDDmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

lacp Enables and configures LACP status.

show lacp group Shows the specified LACP channel group information.

show lacp counters Shows the LACP traffic counters.

show lacp neighbors Shows the LACP neighbors information.

show lacp sysid Shows the system identifier used by LACP.

176

show lacp neighbors

show lacp neighbors [ | { begin | exclude | include } expression ]

DescriptionShows the LACP neighbors information.

Syntax

Parameter Description

| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.

| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.

| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis command shows the flags, priority, keys, the neighbor ports states and system identifier that compose theLACP groups.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the LACP neighbors counters.

DmSwitch#show lacp neighborsFlags: S-Device is requesting Slow LACPDUs F-Device is requesting Fast LACPDUs

A-Device is in Active Mode P-Device is in Passive Mode

Port state: A-LACP_Activity T-LACP_Timeout G-Aggregation E-ExpiredS-Synchronization D-Distributing C-Collecting F-Defaulted

Aggregator id 1 (channel-group 1)

177

Chapter 2. show lacp neighbors

Partner’s information:

System LACP port Oper Port PortPort ID Flags Priority Key Number Stateeth 1/6 65535,0004.df15.180e SA 32768 0x1e03 6 AGSCDDmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

lacp Enables and configures LACP status.

show lacp group Shows the specified LACP channel group information.

show lacp counters Shows the LACP traffic counters.

show lacp internal Shows the LACP internal information.

show lacp sysid Shows the system identifier used by LACP.

178

show lacp sysid

show lacp sysid [ | { begin | exclude | include } expression ]

DescriptionShows the system identifier used by LACP.

Syntax

Parameter Description

| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.

| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.

| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the system identifier used by LACP.

DmSwitch#show lacp sysid65535,4000.0000.0007DmSwitch#

Related Commands

179

Chapter 2. show lacp sysid

Command Description

lacp Enables and configures LACP status.

show lacp group Shows the specified LACP channel group information.

show lacp counters Shows the LACP traffic counters.

show lacp internal Shows the LACP internal information.

show lacp neighbors Shows the LACP neighbors information.

180

show license

show license { all | active | sn | type }

DescriptionShow license information.

Syntax

Parameter Description

license all (Optional) Display all installed licenses.

active (Optional) Display only active installed licenses.

sn (Optional) Show license by serial number.

type (Optional) Show number of active licenses of given type.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show license information.

DmSwitch#show license all

Product License Identity (PLI): 01:02:03:11:12:13 1234567

Licenses:------------------ ------------------------------------------------------License #01License type : 012.4005.00License serial : 12

181

Chapter 2. show license

Dep. license sn : 0Expire minutes : No expiresQuantity : 1Activation : 20/06/2012Company : MyCompanyContact : SomeoneEmail : someone@mycompany.com

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

license add License configuration.

182

show link-state-track

show link-state-track [ link-state-track-group ]

DescriptionShows link-state tracking group settings.

Syntax

Parameter Description

link-state-track [ link-state-track-group ] (Optional) Shows link state track of a specific group.(Range: 1-4)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesEntering this command without parameters, all link state tracking groups will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the link state track of a specific group.

DmSwitch#show link-state-track 1Information of Link-State Tracking Group 1Configuration:Group admin: DisabledCurrent status:Link status: DownUpstream members: (none)Downstream members: (none)

DmSwitch#

183

Chapter 2. show link-state-track

Related Commands

Command Description

link-state-track Configure the link-state tracking.

184

show lldp

show lldp [ counters | neighbor | | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

DescriptionShows LLDP configuration information.

Syntax

Parameter Description

counters (Optional) Click here to see the "counters" parameterdescription.

neighbor (Optional) Click here to see the "neighbor" parameterdescription.

| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.

| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.

| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesEntering this command without parameters, the LLDP configuration for all interfaces will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the LLDP configuration information.

DmSwitch#show lldp

Global configuration:State: enableTransmit interval (sec): 10

185

Chapter 2. show lldp

Hold value: 4Transmit delay (sec): 2Notification interval (sec): 5Reinit delay (sec): 2

Interface configuration:

Admin SNMP Transmitted Admin SNMP TransmittedPort Status Notif. TLVs Port Status Notif. TLVs------------------------------------ ------------------------------------1/ 1 TX/RX Disabled PNDCM 1/ 2 TX/RX Disabled PNDCM1/ 3 TX/RX Disabled PNDCM 1/ 4 TX/RX Disabled PNDCM1/ 5 TX/RX Disabled PNDCM 1/ 6 TX/RX Disabled PNDCM1/ 7 TX/RX Disabled PNDCM 1/ 8 TX/RX Disabled PNDCM

Flags: (P) Port Description, (N) System Name, (D) System Description(C) System Capabilities, (M) Mgmt Addr

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

lldp Enables the LLDP operation in the DmSwitch.

lldp admin-status Configures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agent.

lldp notification Enables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.

lldp tlvs-tx-enable Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.

lldpnotification-interval

Configures the allowed interval at which Simple Network ManagementProtocol (SNMP) notifications can be sent.

lldp reinitialize-delay Configures the delay that applies to a re-initialization attempt afterLLDP ports were disabled or the link went down.

lldp transmit-delay Configures the delay time between successive frame transmissions.

lldp transmit-hold Configures the transmit-hold.

lldp transmit-interval Configures the periodic transmit interval for LLDP protocol data units(PDUs).

show lldp counters Shows LLDP counters information.

show lldp neighbor Shows LLDP neighbor information.

186

show lldp counters

show lldp counters [ global | interface { ethernet port-number | mgmt-eth |port-channel portchannel-number } ]

DescriptionShows LLDP counters information.

Syntax

Parameter Description

global Shows global counters information.

interface Shows counters information of a specific interface.

ethernet port-number Shows counters information of a specific port.

mgmt-eth Shows counters information of the management ethernet.

port-channelportchannel-number

Shows counters information of a specific port channel.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Commands ModesUser EXEC

Command History

Release Modification

3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesEntering this command without parameters, the counters information for all interfaces will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the LLDP counters information of a specific port.

DmSwitch#show lldp counters interface ethernet 6Ethernet 1/6 Counters:

Input frames: 38Output frames: 44Discarded frames: 0

187

Chapter 2. show lldp counters

Input frames with error: 0Discarded TLVs: 0Unrecognized TLVs: 0Aged out neighbors: 0

Related Commands

Command Description

lldp Enables the LLDP operation in the DmSwitch.

lldp admin-status Configures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agent.

lldp notification Enables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.

lldp tlvs-tx-enable Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.

lldpnotification-interval

Configures the allowed interval at which Simple Network ManagementProtocol (SNMP) notifications can be sent.

lldp reinitialize-delay Configures the delay that applies to a re-initialization attempt after LLDPports were disabled or the link went down.

lldp transmit-delay Configures the delay time between successive frame transmissions.

lldp transmit-hold Configures the transmit-hold.

lldp transmit-interval Configures the periodic transmit interval for LLDP protocol data units(PDUs).

show_lldp Shows LLDP configuration information.

show lldp neighbor Shows LLDP neighbor information.

188

show lldp neighbor

show lldp neighbor [ detail | interface { ethernet port-number | port-channelportchannel-number } | | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

DescriptionShows LLDP neighbor information.

Syntax

Parameter Description

detail (Optional) Shows all LLDP neighbors informationdetailedly.

interface (Optional) Shows LLDP neighbor information of aspecific interface.

ethernet port-number Shows LLDP neighbor information of a specific port.

port-channel portchannel-number Shows LLDP neighbor information of a specificport-channel.

| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.

| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.

| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesEntering this command without parameters, the neighbor information for all interfaces will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the LLDP neighbor information of a specific port.

189

Chapter 2. show lldp neighbor

DmSwitch#show lldp neighbor interface ethernet 6Ethernet 1/6 List of 1 neighbor(s):Neighbor:Chassis ID (subtype 4): 00:04:DF:15:18:0BPort ID (subtype 5): Port6Time to live: 40Port description: ethernet 1/6System name: DmSwitch2104System description: DATACOM, DmSwitch 2104G2 - EDD (SERIES II), Versio

n 5.0.2System capabilities: Bridge*, (*Enabled capabilities)Management Address: Subtype 802 (6), Address 00:04:DF:15:18:0B

Interface subtype ifIndex (2), number 0OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.3709.1.2.82

Port VLAN ID: Not presentPort Protocol VLAN ID: Not presentVLAN Name: Not presentProtocol ID: Not presentMAC/PHY Config/Status: Not presentPower Via MDI: Not presentLink Aggregation: Not presentMaximum Frame Size: Not present

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

lldp Enables the LLDP operation in the DmSwitch.

lldp admin-status Configures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agent.

lldp notification Enables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.

lldp tlvs-tx-enable Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.

lldpnotification-interval

Configures the allowed interval at which Simple Network ManagementProtocol (SNMP) notifications can be sent.

lldp reinitialize-delay Configures the delay that applies to a re-initialization attempt afterLLDP ports were disabled or the link went down.

lldp transmit-delay Configures the delay time between successive frame transmissions.

lldp transmit-hold Configures the transmit-hold.

lldp transmit-interval Configures the periodic transmit interval for LLDP protocol data units(PDUs).

show lldp Shows LLDP configuration information.

show lldp counters Shows LLDP counters information.

190

show log

show log { flash | ram | jitter-buffer bundle bundle-number detail } [ tail [ lines ] || { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

DescriptionShows log messages.

Syntax

Parameter Description

flash Shows the events stored in flash memory.

ram Shows the events stored in RAM memory.

jitter-buffer bundlebundle-number detail

Shows the events stored in jitter buffer of a specific bundle interface.(Range: 1-8)

tail [lines] (Optional) Shows only the last events. Default value is ten last event.(Range 0-65535)

| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.

| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.

| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

5.2 Removed jitter-buffer command.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the last logged events in ram memory.

191

Chapter 2. show log

DmSwitch#show log ram tailJan 1 00:11:03 DmSwitch2104 : <5> Interface Ethernet 1/6 changed state to downJan 1 00:11:09 DmSwitch2104 : <5> Interface Ethernet 1/8 changed state to downJan 1 00:11:45 DmSwitch2104 : <5> Interface Ethernet 1/6 changed state to upJan 1 00:11:52 DmSwitch2104 : <5> Interface Ethernet 1/6 changed state to downJan 1 00:11:54 DmSwitch2104 : <5> Interface Ethernet 1/6 changed state to upJan 1 00:12:01 DmSwitch2104 : <5> Interface Ethernet 1/6 changed state to downJan 1 00:12:10 DmSwitch2104 : <5> Interface Ethernet 1/6 changed state to upJan 1 00:29:30 DmSwitch2104 : <5> Session closed from console, user admin, Process ID 309Jan 1 00:33:08 DmSwitch2104 : <5> User admin authenticated by internal databaseJan 1 00:33:09 DmSwitch2104 : <5> Session opened from console, user admin, Process ID 5269DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

clear logging Clears log messages.

logging facility Sets the facility type for remote logging.

logging history Configures the level of events to be stored in memory.

logging host Configures a remote syslog server.

logging on Enables the logging of events.

logging sendmail Enables and configures the sending of logs via e-mail.

logging trap Configures the level of events that will be sent to remote server.

show logging Shows logging configuration.

192

show logging

show logging

DescriptionShows logging configuration.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis command shows the logging status for storing events in flash or RAM, and sending by e-mail or to a remotehost.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the settings of logging events in flash memory.

DmSwitch#show logging

Syslog logging: Enabled

Local logging:FLASH level: error (3)RAM level: info (6)

SMTP logging:Status: DisabledLevel: warn (4)Source email:

Remote logging:Status: EnabledFacility: 23Level: info (6)

193

Chapter 2. show logging

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

clear logging Clears log messages.

logging facility Sets the facility type for remote logging.

logging history Configures the level of events to be stored in memory.

logging host Configures a remote syslog server.

logging on Enables the logging of events.

logging sendmail Enables and configures the sending of logs via e-mail.

logging trap Configures the level of events that will be sent to remote server.

show log Shows log messages.

194

show loopback-detection

show loopback-detection [ | { begin | exclude | include } expression ]

DescriptionShows loopback detection information.

Syntax

Parameter Description

| begin (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.

| exclude (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.

| include (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

expression Regular expression to be used as a pattern. The followingmetacharacters must be backslashed: |, (, ), {, } and +.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the loopback-detection information.

DmSwitch#show loopback-detection

Global configurations:Destination MAC address: standardAction: block

UnblockPort Enabled Time Timeout Loopback

195

Chapter 2. show loopback-detection

----- ------------------ -----------------1/ 1 YES 30 -- NO1/ 2 YES 30 -- NO1/ 3 YES 30 -- NO1/ 4 YES 30 -- NO1/ 5 YES 30 -- NO1/ 6 YES 30 -- NO

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

loopback-detection Configures Loopback Detection for Ethernet interface

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

loopback-detection action Configures action of Loopback Detection protocol

loopback-detectiondestination-address

Configures destination address Loopback Detection PDUs

196

show mac-address-table

show mac-address-table [ address mac-address | aging-time | interface { ethernetport-number | port-channel portchannel-number | pw } | vlan vlan-index | | { begin | exclude| include } [ regular-expression ] ]

DescriptionShows the MAC address table.

Syntax

Parameter Description

address mac-address (Optional) Shows the table filtering by an address.(XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX)

aging-time (Optional) Shows the MAC address table aging timeconfiguration.

interface (Optional) Shows the table filtering by a specific interface.

ethernet port-number Shows the table filtering by a specific ethernet port.(Range 1-8)

port-channel portchannel-number Shows the table filtering by a specific port-channelinterface. (Range 1-8)

pw Shows the table filtering from the pw interface. (Range1-8)

vlan vlan-index (Optional) Shows the table filtering by an VLAN ID.(Range: 1-4094)

| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.

| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.

| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

197

Chapter 2. show mac-address-table

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the MAC address table.

DmSwitch#show mac-address-tableTotal MAC Addresses for this criterion: 1

802.1pInterface MAC Address VLAN Priority Type---------- ----------------- ---- -------- -------Eth 1/ 8 00:E0:52:B8:10:81 1 - LearnedDmSwitch#

Related CommandsNo related commands.

198

show mac-address-table aging-time

show mac-address-table aging-time

DescriptionShows the MAC address table aging time configuration.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the aging time configuration.

DmSwitch#show mac-address-table aging-timeAging mode: global.Global aging time: 300 sec.

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

mac-address-tableaging-time

Sets the aging time for MAC address table entries.

199

show management

show management { all-client | http-client | snmp-client | ssh-client |telnet-client } [ | { begin | exclude | include } [ regular-expression ]

DescriptionShows the management IP filters.

Syntax

Parameter Description

all-client Shows the clients IP addresses to HTTP, SNMP, SSH and telnet internalservers.

http-client Shows the clients IP addresses to HTTP internal server.

snmp-client Shows the clients IP addresses to SNMP internal server.

ssh-client Shows the clients IP addresses to SSH internal server.

telnet-client Shows the clients IP addresses to telnet internal server.

| begin expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.

| exclude expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.

| include expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show all clients IP addresses.

DmSwitch#show management all-client

200

Chapter 2. show management

Management IP filter:HTTP client:10.11.12.22/3210.11.13.22/32

SNMP client:10.11.12.22/3210.11.13.22/32

SSH client:10.11.12.22/3210.11.13.22/32

Telnet client:10.11.12.22/3210.11.13.22/32

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

management Filters client IP address that tries to access internal servers.

201

show managers

show managers

DescriptionShows the connected managers using terminals.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the connected managers.

DmSwitch#show managers

User on CLI Uptime PID Origin------------------------------- ---------------------- -------- ----------------admin 1 h, 22 m, 15 s 5269DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

username Creates users and configures access to the DmSwitch.

202

show meter

show meter [ sort remark | id meter-id ]

DescriptionShows meters configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

sort remark (Optional) Shows ingress stage meter sort by remark

ingress id meter-id (Optional) Shows ingress stage meter with a specific id. (Range: 1-63)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesEntering this command without parameters, all meter configuraton will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the meters configuration

DmSwitch#show meter id 1Meter 1 :Filter(s):Mode: FlowRate-limit: 64 kbit/sBurst: 32 kbyte

DmSwitch#

203

Chapter 2. show meter

Related Commands

Command Description

meter Configures a meter to be used by a filter

filter Creates or configures a traffic filter.

204

show monitor

show monitor

DescriptionShows traffic monitoring configuration.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the traffic monitoring configuration.

DmSwitch#show monitorTraffic Monitor-------------------------------------------Destination port: Eth1/8Source ports: Eth1/1 (Rx/Tx)

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

monitor Configures the traffic monitoring.

monitor source Sets the interface as a monitoring source.

205

Chapter 2. show monitor

206

show nat-rules

show nat-rules

DescriptionShows network address translation rules.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the nat rules.

DmSwitch#show nat-rulespackets bytes

NAT Rule test 0 0test icmp any any

change-source-to interface-addressRule ID:1 0 0

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

nat-rule Adds network address translation rule.

207

show oam

show oam [ detail [ ethernet port_number | port-channel portchannel_number ] | | { begin| exclude | include } [ regular-expression ] ]

DescriptionShows OAM information status and configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

detail Shows oam information in details.

ethernet port-number Shows oam information in detail for a specific ethernet port.

port-channel portchannel-number Shows oam information in detail for a specific port channel interface.

| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.

| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.

| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the OAM information.

DmSwitch#show oam

Mode: A - Active P - Passive

Critical Event: UL - Unidirectional link NO - No critical event

208

Chapter 2. show oam

-- - Local OAM disabled/Local interface shutdown

Remote Linkstatus: OK - Link UP FAIL - Link Down/Unidirectional link-- - Local OAM disabled/Local interface shutdown

Discovery: UN - Unsatisfied/Unknown(Remote) IN - Incomplete CO - Complete-- - Local OAM disabled/Link down/Local interface shutdown

Capabilities: UT - Transmission of OAMPDUs on unidirectional links-- - All capabilities disabled by the OAM Discovery negotiation

Critical Remote DiscoveryPort Enabled Mode Event Linkstatus Local Remote Capabilities--------------------------------------------------------------------1/ 1 YES A UL OK UN UN UT1/ 2 YES A UL OK UN UN UT1/ 3 YES A UL OK UN UN UT1/ 4 YES A UL OK UN UN UT1/ 5 NO P -- -- -- -- UT1/ 6 YES P UL OK UN UN UT1/ 7 NO P -- -- -- -- UT1/ 8 NO P -- -- -- -- UT

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

oam Enables ou disables OAM for ethernet interfaces.

209

show pli

show pli

DescriptionShows equipment PLI number.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultSummary.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the PLI.

DmSwitch#show pli

Product License Identity (PLI): 40:00:00:00:00:04 000001

DmSwitch#

Related CommandsNo related command.

210

show public-key

show public-key [ host | user ]

DescriptionShows the public key information.

Syntax

Parameter Description

host (Optional) Shows the public key for switch.

user (Optional) Shows the public key for users.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The show public-key host command shows the information after generating RSA/DSA host key pair.

Entering this command without parameters, all public key information will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the public key.

DmSwitch#show public-key hostRSA1 public key:1024 35 129859966075478344584185473165858502577067021705714933834017018741920709027853939961670440634921153509180471318820031021465259421847252479626019935126800179689797876049449807134861085534330008129356826355946396411386018885466200858432310215868970605100489786664585592535061587040012279760776120995334148579839

DSA public key:ssh-dss AAAAB3NzaC1kc3MAAACBAKlYoucNWs7AnqvhB60SDvqIe197mS/LoCo43h7Ptf3x62n+DkQLkjigB7XijYaD

211

Chapter 2. show public-key

yQrqBK51UmUhcHX6l0rObgDBZRLYfer9mWUQVKmJMTS2MycVY/MQgCVfNlYvs9JHiAbRoqTL7BeEoi8SUbUm9qJ8tzOb4vKM4niPgOzHbJLzAAAAFQCoEq2FDHgPlKK243nnQJKpGj/NMQAAAIAv43oklJwQX2R+8L/ESiO8vuWrrzrvK7rL+gi5OexU2xuS4e1ZpVF2AUhmmYP0jaWolNo22R9CxQaWdlEbTrX+wJ2ci0whJHh2inuDxAF+HSj2LX1yWj8KdqiOwroVxv17T/wglyeYyBDmaWHvCDkuvlTCbuYuxyVqkHlwcF4JygAAAIBoobnThzwGFVViwcfBwsFSAv3e7OiTmNRrGc1AY7HAfBab3V1sRJuEZH5kcrO0s0jGpQL8VKSHqjgn0yFSG9gefXay2Ae4YWEAxTDI3wGVCPtlqwUHILwrPBe6/bDgQ4NN1biafFEf+3NhbtlXDYgHMvKdbrmqF7PQ7Udn2TkaIA==

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

ip ssh host-key clear Configures the internal SSH server for external access.

ip ssh host-key generate Configures the internal SSH server for external access.

show ip ssh Shows the SSH server information.

212

show qinq

show qinq [ | { begin | exclude | include } [ expression ] ]

DescriptionShows QinQ information.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultSummary.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the QinQ information.

DmSwitch#show qinq

QinQ: Disabled

Port Mode TPID QinQ Tag Membership----- -------- ------- -------- ----------1/ 1 Internal 0x8100 1 untagged1/ 2 Internal 0x8100 1 untagged1/ 3 Internal 0x8100 1 untagged1/ 4 Internal 0x8100 1 untagged1/ 5 External 0x8100 1 untagged1/ 6 External 0x8100 1 untagged1/ 7 External 0x8100 1 untagged1/ 8 External 0x8100 1 untagged

DmSwitch#

213

Chapter 2. show qinq

Related Commands

Command Description

switchport native vlan Configures the default VLAN ID for untagged frames.

set member tagged Adds tagged members to selected VLAN.

set member untagged Adds untagged members to selected VLAN.

switchport tpid Configures Tag Protocol ID for an interface.

switchport qinq Configures double tagging mode.

214

show qos

show qos [ interfaces { ethernet { port-number | range first-port-number last-port-number }| port-channel { portchannel-number } | map dscp-table [ ethernet { port-number | rangefirst-port-number last-port-number } | port-channel { port-number } ] queue } ]

DescriptionShow QoS configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

interfaces (Optional) Shows QoS interfaces information.

map dscp-table port-number (Optional) Shows QoS internal mappings.

ethernet port-number (Optional) Shows QoS queue configurations.

ethernet port-number (Optional) Shows QoS information for a specific ethernetport.

ethernet range { first-port-numberlast-port-number }

(Optional) Shows QoS information for a specific range ofethernet ports.

port-channel portchannel-number (Optional) Shows QoS information for a specific portchannel.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show QoS information on a specificed port.

215

Chapter 2. show qos

DmSwitch#show qos interfaces ethernet 1Information of Eth 1/1DSCP: DisabledDmSwitch#show qos map dscp-table ethernet 1

DiffServ Code Point Mapping:

|--------------------------- DSCP TABLE - Ethernet 1 --------------------------|| 0 => 0 prio=0 | 16 => 16 prio=2 | 32 => 32 prio=4 | 48 => 48 prio=6 || 1 => 1 prio=0 | 17 => 17 prio=2 | 33 => 33 prio=4 | 49 => 49 prio=6 || 2 => 2 prio=0 | 18 => 18 prio=2 | 34 => 34 prio=4 | 50 => 50 prio=6 || 3 => 3 prio=0 | 19 => 19 prio=2 | 35 => 35 prio=4 | 51 => 51 prio=6 || 4 => 4 prio=0 | 20 => 20 prio=2 | 36 => 36 prio=4 | 52 => 52 prio=6 || 5 => 5 prio=0 | 21 => 21 prio=2 | 37 => 37 prio=4 | 53 => 53 prio=6 || 6 => 6 prio=0 | 22 => 22 prio=2 | 38 => 38 prio=4 | 54 => 54 prio=6 || 7 => 7 prio=0 | 23 => 23 prio=2 | 39 => 39 prio=4 | 55 => 55 prio=6 || 8 => 8 prio=1 | 24 => 24 prio=3 | 40 => 40 prio=5 | 56 => 56 prio=7 || 9 => 9 prio=1 | 25 => 25 prio=3 | 41 => 41 prio=5 | 57 => 57 prio=7 || 10 => 10 prio=1 | 26 => 26 prio=3 | 42 => 42 prio=5 | 58 => 58 prio=7 || 11 => 11 prio=1 | 27 => 27 prio=3 | 43 => 43 prio=5 | 59 => 59 prio=7 || 12 => 12 prio=1 | 28 => 28 prio=3 | 44 => 44 prio=5 | 60 => 60 prio=7 || 13 => 13 prio=1 | 29 => 29 prio=3 | 45 => 45 prio=5 | 61 => 61 prio=7 || 14 => 14 prio=1 | 30 => 30 prio=3 | 46 => 46 prio=5 | 62 => 62 prio=7 || 15 => 15 prio=1 | 31 => 31 prio=3 | 47 => 47 prio=5 | 63 => 63 prio=7 ||------------------------------------------------------------------------------|DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

show qos queue Show QoS queue configuration.

216

show qos queue

show qos queue { config [ ethernet { port-number | range first-port-numberlast-port-number } | port-channel port-number ] | cos-map | sched-mode }

DescriptionShow QoS queue configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

config ethernet port-number (Optional) Show CoS configuration for a specific ethernetport.

range { first-port-number last-port-number } (Optional) Show CoS configuration for a range of specificports.

port-channel portchannel-number (Optional) Show CoS configuration for a port-channelinterface.

cos-map (Optional) Show priority mappings.

sched-mode (Optional) Show scheduling configuration.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show QoS information.

DmSwitch#show qos queue config ethernet 1----------------------------------------------------------------------Port Queue Mode Max-Bw Min-Bw Weight SP-Queue Buffer size

217

Chapter 2. show qos queue

----------------------------------------------------------------------1/ 1 0 WRR unlimit ------- 1 NO 51200 bytes1/ 1 1 WRR unlimit ------- 2 NO 51200 bytes1/ 1 2 WRR unlimit ------- 4 NO 51200 bytes1/ 1 3 WRR unlimit ------- -- YES 51200 bytes

DmSwitch#DmSwitch#show qos queue cos-map

Class of Service Mapping:802.1p Priority 0: Queue 0802.1p Priority 1: Queue 0802.1p Priority 2: Queue 1802.1p Priority 3: Queue 1802.1p Priority 4: Queue 2802.1p Priority 5: Queue 2802.1p Priority 6: Queue 3802.1p Priority 7: Queue 3

DmSwitch#DmSwitch#show qos queue sched-mode

Scheduling configuration:Weighted Round Robin:Queue 0: Weight 1Queue 1: Weight 2Queue 2: Weight 4Queue 3: Strict Priority

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

show qos Show QoS configuration.

218

show radius-server

show radius-server

DescriptionShows RADIUS server information.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the RADIUS server information.

DmSwitch#show radius-serverRADIUS authentication configuration:

Default Key: ********Default Port: 1812Timeout: 5Retries: 2Host 1:Address: 10.10.10.15Port: 333

Host 2:Host 3:Host 4:Host 5:

DmSwitch#

219

Chapter 2. show radius-server

Related Commands

Command Description

authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.

radius-server acct-port Configures the default RADIUS server accounting port.

radius-server auth-port Configures the default RADIUS server authentication port.

radius-server host Configures a specific RADIUS server.

radius-server key Configures the default RADIUS server key string.

radius-server retries Configures the RADIUS server retries.

radius-server timeout Configures the RADIUS server timeout.

220

show remote-devices

show remote-devices [ fail ]

DescriptionRemote device management configuration and status.

Syntax

Parameter Description

fail (Optional) Show information about remote devices in afail condition.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

5.4 Added fail parameter.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows remote devices information and all detected devices.

DmSwitch#show remote-devices

Configuration:Global enable: Enabled

Status:Devices VLAN:VLAN ID: 10IP address: 10.10.1.10/16

Default gateway: 10.10.255.254

Detected devices:Interface: Ethernet 1/5State: Device readyOUI: 00:1e:90

221

Chapter 2. show remote-devices

OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.3709.1.2.17Vendor number: 1MAC address: 00:1e:90:fa:61:88Factory ID: 890788Firmware version: 5.0Remote interface: 1/27

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

remote-devices enable Enables remote devices management.

222

show rmon alarm

show rmon alarm [ | { begin | exclude | include } [ regular-expression ] ]

DescriptionShows the RMON alarm table.

Syntax

Parameter Description

| begin (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.

| exclude (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.

| include (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

regular-expression (Optional) Regular expression to be used as a pattern. The followingmetacharacters must be backslashed: |, (, ), {, } and +.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the RMON alarm table.

DmSwitch#show rmon alarmAlarm 1 is active, owned by testMonitors .1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.14.5 every 30 second(s)Taking delta sample, last value was 0Rising threshold is 10, assigned to event 1Falling threshold is 0, assigned to event 0On startup enable rising or falling alarm

DmSwitch#

223

Chapter 2. show rmon alarm

Related Commands

Command Description

rmon Configures a RMON.

rmon alarm Configures a RMON alarm.

rmon collection history Configures a RMON history group of statistics.

rmon collection stats Configures a RMON collection of statistics.

rmon event Configures a RMON event.

show rmon event Shows the RMON event table.

show rmon history Shows the RMON history table.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show rmon statistics Shows the RMON statistics table.

224

show rmon event

show rmon event [ | { begin | exclude | include } [ regular-expression ] ]

DescriptionShows the RMON event table.

Syntax

Parameter Description

| begin (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.

| exclude (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.

| include (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

regular-expression (Optional) Regular expression to be used as a pattern. The followingmetacharacters must be backslashed: |, (, ), {, } and +.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the RMON event table.

DmSwitch#show rmon eventEvent 1 is active, owned by testDescription is HighErrorsEvent firing causes log and trap to community public, last fired at sysUpTime 0

DmSwitch#

225

Chapter 2. show rmon event

Related Commands

Command Description

rmon Configures a RMON.

rmon alarm Configures a RMON alarm.

rmon collection history Configures a RMON history group of statistics.

rmon collection stats Configures a RMON collection of statistics.

rmon event Configures a RMON event.

show rmon alarm Shows the RMON alarm table.

show rmon history Shows the RMON history table.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show rmon statistics Shows the RMON statistics table.

226

show rmon history

show rmon history [ index [ | { begin | exclude | include } [ regular-expression ] ] ]

DescriptionShows the RMON history table.

Syntax

Parameter Description

index (Optional) Identifies the RMON history group of statistics. (Range: 1-65535)

| begin (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.

| exclude (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.

| include (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

regular-expression (Optional) Regular expression to be used as a pattern. The followingmetacharacters must be backslashed: |, (, ), {, } and +.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesEntering this command without parameters, the entire RMON history table will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the RMON history table.

DmSwitch#show rmon historyEntry 5 is active, and owned by testMonitors ifEntry.1.5 every 30 second(s)Requested # of time intervals, ie buckets, is 8,Sample # 1 began measure at sysUpTime 1505Drop events :0

Octets :5236

227

Chapter 2. show rmon history

Pkts :77Broadcast pkts :0Multicast pkts :77CRCA align errors :0Undersize pkts :0Oversize pkts :0Fragments :0Jabbers :0Collisions :0Utilization :0Sample # 2 began measure at sysUpTime 1535Drop events :0Octets :5236Pkts :77Broadcast pkts :0Multicast pkts :77CRCA align errors :0Undersize pkts :0Oversize pkts :0Fragments :0Jabbers :0Collisions :0Utilization :0Sample # 3 began measure at sysUpTime 1565Drop events :0Octets :5372Pkts :79Broadcast pkts :0Multicast pkts :79CRCA align errors :0Undersize pkts :0Oversize pkts :0Fragments :0Jabbers :0Collisions :0Utilization :0

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

rmon Configures a RMON.

rmon alarm Configures a RMON alarm.

rmon collection history Configures a RMON history group of statistics.

rmon collection stats Configures a RMON collection of statistics.

rmon event Configures a RMON event.

show rmon alarm Shows the RMON alarm table.

show rmon event Shows the RMON event table.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show rmon statistics Shows the RMON statistics table.

228

show rmon statistics

show rmon statistics [ index [ | { begin | exclude | include } [ regular-expression ] ] ]

DescriptionShows the RMON statistics table.

Syntax

Parameter Description

index (Optional) Identifies the RMON group of statistics. (Range: 1-65535)

| begin (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.

| exclude (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.

| include (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

regular-expression (Optional) Regular expression to be used as a pattern. The followingmetacharacters must be backslashed: |, (, ), {, } and +.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesEntering this command without parameters, the entire RMON statistics table will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the RMON statistics table.

DmSwitch#show rmon statisticsCollection 5 on Eth 1/5 is active, and owned by testMonitors ifEntry.1.5 wich has received:Drop events : 0Octets : 340Pkts : 5Broadcast pkts : 0

229

Chapter 2. show rmon statistics

Multicast pkts : 5CRCA align errors : 0Undersize pkts : 0Oversize pkts : 0Fragments : 0Jabbers : 0Collisions : 0Pkts 64O octets : 0Pkts 65 to 127 octets : 5Pkts 128 to 255O octets : 0Pkts 256 to 511O octets : 0Pkts 512 to 1023O octets : 0Pkts 1024 to 1518 Octets : 0

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

rmon Configures a RMON.

rmon alarm Configures a RMON alarm.

rmon collection history Configures a RMON history group of statistics.

rmon collection stats Configures a RMON collection of statistics.

rmon event Configures a RMON event.

show rmon alarm Shows the RMON alarm table.

show rmon event Shows the RMON event table.

show rmon history Shows the RMON history table.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

230

show route-map

show route-map [ route-map name ]

DescriptionShows configured route-maps.

Syntax

Parameter Description

route-map name (Optional) Shows information only regarding the givenroute-map.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesEntering this command without parameters all route-maps will be showed.

Example

This example illustrates how to show all configured route-maps.

DmSwitch#show route-map-----------------------------------------route-map r1, deny, sequence 1Match clauses:as-path acl2ip address prefix-list aaip next-hop prefix-list bbip route-source prefix-list ccmetric 4294967294

Set clauses:as-path prepend local-as 1as-path-limit 1local-preference 0

231

Chapter 2. show route-map

-----------------------------------------route-map r2, deny, sequence 2Match clauses:ip address prefix-list ccip next-hop prefix-list bbip route-source prefix-list aa

Set clauses:metric 0next-hop 1.1.1.1origin igpweight 0

Continue: 5-----------------------------------------route-map r2, permit, sequence 3Match clauses:--

Set clauses:metric 3weight 3

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

route-map Create route-map or enter route-map command mode.

232

show running-config

show running-config

DescriptionShows the current operating configuration.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis show command can be use to look, for example, configured users, the status of internal servers, enabledprotocols, the status of VLANs and interfaces, etc.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the current operating configuration.

DmSwitch#show running-configBuilding configuration...!hostname DmSwitch2104!username admin access-level 15username admin password 7 d033e22ae348aeb5660fc2140aec35850c4da997username guest access-level 0username guest password 7 35675e68f4b5af7b995d9205ad0fc43842f16450!interface vlan 1name DefaultVlanip address 192.168.0.25/24set-member untagged ethernet all!vlan-group 1vlan-group 1 vlan all

233

Chapter 2. show running-config

!interface ethernet 1/6oam!ip telnet serverip http serverno ip http secure-serverno ip ssh server!ip snmp-serverip snmp-server community public ro!spanning-tree 1spanning-tree 1 vlan-group 1!lldplldp transmit-interval 10!sync-source transmit-clock-source internal!DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

diff Compares and shows the differences between two configurations.

show flash-config Shows the configuration stored in a specific flash position.

show startup-config Shows the startup flash configuration.

234

show sntp

show sntp [ | { begin | exclude | include } [ regular-expression ] ]

DescriptionShows simple network time protocol information.

Syntax

Parameter Description

| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.

| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.

| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the SNTP information.

DmSwitch#show sntpCurrent time: Thu Jan 1 00:34:22 2009

SNTP Status: disabledSNTP poll interval: 30SNTP authentication: disabledSNTP authentication keys:No keys created.

Last successful update: neverNext attempt: never

235

Chapter 2. show sntp

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

sntp Configures the simple network time protocol (SNTP).

236

show spanning-tree

show spanning-tree [ | { begin | exclude | include } [ regular-expression ] ]

show spanning-tree configuration [ | { begin | exclude | include } [regular-expression ] ]

show spanning-tree instance [ table | | { begin | exclude | include } [ regular-expression ] ]

show spanning-tree instance [ ethernet port-number [ | { begin | exclude |include } [ regular-expression ] ] ]

show spanning-tree instance [ | { begin | exclude | include } [ regular-expression ] ]

show spanning-tree interface ethernet port-number

DescriptionShows spanning-tree configuration and status.

Syntax

Parameter Description

configuration Shows global spanning-tree configurations.

interface ethernet port-number Shows the spanning-tree configuration of an ethernet interface.

instance Specifies the spanning-tree instance. (Range: 0-7)

ethernet port-number (Optional) Shows spanning-tree instance status of a specific ethernetport.

table (Optional) Shows spanning-tree instance status in table format.

| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.

| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.

| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

237

Chapter 2. show spanning-tree

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

5.4 Added interface ethernet port-number command.

Usage GuidelinesYou can use this show command to display global, per-instance and per-interface configuration and status forthe spanning-tree protocol.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the spanning-tree global configuration.

DmSwitch#show spanning-tree configuration

Spanning-tree information-------------------------------------------------------------------------------Spanning tree mode: RSTPBPDU guard status: DisabledMST name:MST revision: 0MST configuration digest: 0xE13A80F11ED0856ACD4EE3476941C73B

Instance Protected VLAN groups----------- ---------------------1 (RSTP01) 1

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.

spanning-tree bpdufilter Enables the Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) filter globally.

spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.

spanning-tree instanceforward-delay

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.

spanning-tree instancehello-time

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.

spanning-tree instancemax-age

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.

spanning-tree instancemax-hops

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.

spanning-tree instancepriority

Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.

spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.

238

Chapter 2. show spanning-tree

Command Descriptionspanning-tree instancevlan-group

Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.

spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.

spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.

239

show startup-config

show startup-config

DescriptionShows the startup flash configuration.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis command shows the stored configuration in a specific flash memory position set as startup. It also showsthe configuration in the same structure that the information presented in the show running-config userEXEC command.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the startup flash configuration.

DmSwitch#show startup-configBuilding configuration...!hostname DmSwitch2104!username admin access-level 15username admin password 7 d033e22ae348aeb5660fc2140aec35850c4da997username guest access-level 0username guest password 7 35675e68f4b5af7b995d9205ad0fc43842f16450!interface vlan 1name DefaultVlanip address 192.168.0.25/24set-member untagged ethernet all!vlan-group 1

240

Chapter 2. show startup-config

vlan-group 1 vlan all!interface ethernet 1/6oam!ip telnet serverip http serverno ip http secure-serverno ip ssh server!ip snmp-serverip snmp-server community public ro!spanning-tree 1spanning-tree 1 vlan-group 1!lldplldp transmit-interval 10!sync-source transmit-clock-source internal!DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

copy Copies configuration and firmware.

erase Erases configuration memory.

select Selects the startup firmware and flash for the next reboot.

show flash Shows flash information.

show flash-config Shows the configuration stored in a specific flash position.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

241

show sync-source

show sync-source [ detail | external-clock-mode | hierarchy { all | hier-number |range { first-hier-number last-hier-number } } | status ]

DescriptionShows sync-source information.

Syntax

Parameter Description

detail Show all hierarchies configuration.

external-clock-mode Show external clock mode configuration.

hierarchy Show hierarchies configuration according to the passedrange or specific value.

all Show information of all hierarchies.

hier-number Show information of a specific hierarchy. (Range 1-6)

range{ first-hier-number last-hier-number } Show information of a specific hierarchy. (Range 1-6)

status Show status of clock recovery.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

5.6 This command was changed. Full clock hierarchy added.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show sync-source information.

DmSwitch#show sync-source

242

Chapter 2. show sync-source

Synchronization Source Unit 1 Global Configuration:Sync Switching: EnableRevertive: EnableExternal ClockOperation Mode: 2MHz

DmSwitch#show sync-source statusSync Source Unit 1 Status

Active Clock Type: BundleActive Hierarchy: 3Status Detail: Locked

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

sync-source Clock source configuration.

sync-source hierarchy Clock source configuration.

243

show system

show system

DescriptionShows system information.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesYou can use this show command to see the product model, factory serial number, hostname, location and othercaracteristics.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the system information.

DmSwitch#show system

Product-------Model: DmSwitch 2104G2 - EDD (SERIES II)

Factory-------Serial number: 1109192MAC Address: 00:04:DF:15:18:25

User configurable-----------------Name: DmSwitch2104

DmSwitch#

244

Chapter 2. show system

Related Commands

Command Description

show firmware Shows firmware information.

show system Shows system information.

245

show tacacs-server

show tacacs-server [ | { begin | exclude | include } [ regular-expression ] ]

DescriptionShows global TACACS information and all configured servers.

Syntax

Parameter Description

| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.

| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.

| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the TACACS server information.

DmSwitch#show tacacs-serverTACACS configuration:

Default Key:Authentication type: PAPAccounting type: PAPDefault Authe-port: 49Default Acct-port: 49Default Autho-port: 49Host 1:Host 2:Host 3:

246

Chapter 2. show tacacs-server

Host 4:Host 5:

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.

tacacs-server host Configures the TACACS server IP address.

tacacs-server key Configures the TACACS server key string.

247

show tech-support

show tech-support [ detail | | { begin | exclude | include } [ regular-expression ] ]

DescriptionShows relevant information to be used by technical support.

Syntax

Parameter Description

detail (Optional) Show detailed information.

| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.

| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.

| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesEntering this command without parameters, basic technical support information will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show relevant information for technical support.

DmSwitch#show vlan id 1

================================================================================Technical Support Information================================================================================System information:

Product

248

Chapter 2. show tech-support

-------Model: DmSwitch 2104G2 - EDD (SERIES II)

Factory-------Serial number: 1109192MAC Address: 00:04:DF:15:18:25

User configurable-----------------Name: DmSwitch2104

================================================================================Current time:

Thu Jan 1 02:21:31 2009Timezone is +0000

================================================================================System uptime:

02:21:31 up 2:21, load average: 0.29, 0.49, 0.44...

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

show firmware Shows firmware information.

show system Shows system information.

249

show terminal

show terminal

DescriptionShows terminal information.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

3.4 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the terminal information.

DmSwitch#show terminal

Login timeout 60Terminal timeout 600

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

terminal login-timeout Sets timeout in seconds for login operations.

terminal timeout Sets an idle timeout for terminal.

250

Chapter 2. show terminal

251

show this

show this

DescriptionShows the current configuration of this mode.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.4 This command was added to several interfaces.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the current configuration of this mode.

DmSwitch#configureDmSwitch(config)#interface vlan 1DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#show thisinterface vlan 1name DefaultVlanip address 192.168.0.25/24set-member untagged ethernet all

!DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

Related CommandsNo related commands.

252

show uptime

show uptime

DescriptionShows the system clock, system uptime and load average.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe load average values correspond to the past 1, 5 and 15 minutes.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the system uptime and load.

DmSwitch#show uptime01:59:33 up 1:59, load average: 0.41, 0.49, 0.45

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

show clock Shows the system clock and timezone.

show cpu Shows CPU information.

253

show users

show users

DescriptionShows the users information.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the users information.

DmSwitch#show usersAccess

Username Level Password Hash-------------------------------- ------ ----------------------------------------admin 15 d033e22ae348aeb5660fc2140aec35850c4da997guest 0 35675e68f4b5af7b995d9205ad0fc43842f16450

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

username Creates users and configures access to the DmSwitch.

254

Chapter 2. show users

255

show vlan

show vlan [ id index | name name | table | | { begin | exclude | include } [ regular-expression ] ]

DescriptionShows the VLAN settings.

Syntax

Parameter Description

id index (Optional) Shows VLAN settings from a specific VLAN id. (Range:1-4094)

name name (Optional) Shows VLAN settings from a specific VLAN name.

table (Optional) Shows VLAN settings in table format.

| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.

| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.

| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the VLAN settings from a specific VLAN index.

DmSwitch#show vlan id 1VLAN: 1 [DefaultVlan]Learn: EnabledStatus: Active

256

Chapter 2. show vlan

Type: StaticIP Address: 10.6.1.2/24Members: All Ethernet ports (static, untagged)CFM status: DisabledE-LMI status: Up

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

clear mac-address-table Clears dynamically learned L2 entries from MAC address table.

mgmt-inner-vlan Sets an inner management VLAN for the selected VLAN.

ip address Sets an IP address for the selected VLAN.

set-member tagged Adds tagged members to selected VLAN.

set-member untagged Adds untagged members to selected VLAN.

show mac-address-table Shows the MAC address table.

shutdown Deactivates the selected VLAN.

257

show vlan-group

show vlan-group [ id index | | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

DescriptionShows the VLAN group settings.

Syntax

Parameter Description

id index (Optional) Shows VLAN group settings from a specific group. (Range: 0-3)

| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.

| excluderegular-expression

(Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.

| includeregular-expression

(Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesEntering this command without parameters, all VLAN group settings will be shown..

Example

This example illustrates how to show the VLAN group settings.

DmSwitch#show vlan-group

VLAN Group 1STP protected: 1EAPS protected: (none)ERPS protected: (none)Member VLANs: All VLANs

258

Chapter 2. show vlan-group

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

eaps domain protected-vlans Defines the VLAN groups that will be protected by EAPS ring.

erps domain protected-vlans Add protected vlans to the ERPS.

spanning-tree instancevlan-group

Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.

vlan-group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

259

show vlan-translate table

show vlan-translate table [ action { add | replace } | egress-table |ingress-table | interface ethernet { port-number | range first-port-numberlast-port-number } | new-vlan { vlan-number | range first-vlan-number last-vlan-number} | priority priority-number | source-vlan { vlan-number | range first-vlan-numberlast-vlan-number } ]

DescriptionShow VLAN translate information.

Syntax

Parameter Description

action { add | replace } (Optional) Filter by action.

egress (Optional) Filter by egress table.

ingress (Optional) Filter by ingress table.

interface ethernet range {first-port-number last-port-number }

(Optional) Filter by interface.

new-vlan { vlan-number | rangefirst-vlan-number last-vlan-number }

(Optional) Filter by new VLAN.

priority priority-number (Optional) Filter by priority.

source-vlan { vlan-number | rangefirst-vlan-number last-vlan-number }

(Optional) Filter by source VLAN.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesFirst the vlan-translate command must be used in order to add some items in the VLAN translate table.

260

Chapter 2. show vlan-translate table

Example

This example illustrates how to show VLAN translate information on a specific port.

DmSwitch#show vlan-translate table

Source New 802.1pInterface Table VLAN ID VLAN ID Action Priority

---------------- ------- ------------ ------- ------ -------Eth 1/ 2 egress 12 23 REP 5

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

show vlan-translate usage Show VLAN translate usage information.

261

show vlan-translate usage

show vlan-translate usage

DescriptionShow VLAN translate usage information.

SyntaxNo parameters accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show VLAN translate information.

DmSwitch#show vlan-translate usage

EntriesUnit Table Total Used Free---- ------- ----- ----- -----

1 ingress 16 0 161 egress 16 0 16

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

Command Description

show vlan-translate table Show VLAN translate table information.

262

Chapter 2. show vlan-translate usage

263

ssh

ssh { host [ port-number ] | remote-device ethernet-port [ port port-number ] [ user name ] }

DescriptionAllows you to ssh from the current command-line interface session to another switch, to a host or to a remotedevice.

Syntax

Parameter Description

host Specifies the IP or host-name to connect.

port-number (Optional) Specifies the port-number.

remote-device ethernet-port SSH to a remote-device connected to the ethernet port.

port port-number (Optional) Specifies the port-number.

user username (Optional) Specifies the username.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.6 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to start a ssh connection to a host or to another DmSwitch.

DmSwitch#ssh 10.5.1.1admin@10.5.1.1’s password:

264

Chapter 2. ssh

Related Commands

Command Description

show remote-devices Remote device management configuration and status.

265

telnet

telnet { remote-device { interface-number [ port port-number ] } | host [ port-number ] }

DescriptionAllows you to telnet from the current command-line interface session to another host.

Syntax

Parameter Description

remote-device Telnets to a connected remote device.

interface-number Specifies the ethernet interface where remote-device isconnected. (Range: 1-8)

port (Optional) Specifies server port number.

host Specifies the IP or host-name to connect to.

port-number (Optional) Specifies the port-number. (Range: 0-65535)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

5.4 Added remote-device command and it’s parameters.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to start a telnet connection to a host or to another DmSwitch.

DmSwitch#telnet 192.168.0.1

Entering character modeEscape character is ’^]’.

266

Chapter 2. telnet

Another_DmSwitch login:

Related Commands

Command Description

show remote-devices Remote device management configuration and status.

267

traceroute

traceroute [ l3 ] { destination-host }

DescriptionTraces the routed path between the switch and a destination endstation.

Syntax

Parameter Description

destination-host Specifies the IP or host-name of the destination host.

l3 (Optional) Traceroute command will be executed in layer3.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

5.4 Added l3 parameter.

Usage Guidelines

To use a host-name parameter, you must first configure DNS.

Each router along the path is displayed.

Example

This example shows how to trace the routed path between the switch and a destination host.

DmSwitch#traceroute 10.5.1.1

268

Chapter 2. traceroute

Related CommandsNo related command.

269

Chapter 3. Configure Commands

access-list name accept

access-list name accept icmp { any | host ip-address | type { address-mask-reply |address-mask-request | any | destination-unreachable { TOS-host-unreachable| TOS-network-unreachable | any | communication-prohibited |fragmentation-needed | host-precedence-violation | host-prohibited |host-unknown | host-unreachable | network-prohibited | network-unknown| network-unreachable | port-unreachable | precedence-cutoff| protocol-unreachable | source-route-failed | numeric-type } |echo-reply | echo-request | parameter-problem { any | ip-header-bad |required-option-missing | numeric-type } | redirect { TOS-host-redirect |TOS-network-redirect | any | host-redirect | network-redirect | numeric-type } |router-advertisement | router-solicitation | source-quench | time-exceeded {any | ttl-zero-during-reassembly | ttl-zero-during-transit | numeric-type } |timestamp-reply | timestamp-request | numeric-type } { any | host ip-address | ip-addressrnetmask } | source-address rnetmask } { any | host ip-address | ip-address rnetmask } [ tos { 0 | 2 |4 | 8 | 16 } ]

access-list name accept mac macaddress

access-list name accept { ip | tcp | udp | protocol-number } { any | host ip-address | ip-address rnetmask } { any | host ip-address | ip-address rnetmask } [ tos { 0 | 2 | 4 | 8 | 16 } ]

DescriptionSpecifies packets to accept.

Syntax

Parameter Description

name Access list name.

mac Source MAC address.

macaddress MAC address.

ip Any Internet Protocol.

tcp Transmission Control Protocol.

udp User Datagram Protocol.

protocol-number An IP protocol number.

any Any source host.

host A single source host.

ip-address Source address.

rnetmask Source wildcard bits.

270

Chapter 3. access-list name accept

Parameter Descriptiontos Match packets with given TOS value.

0 Normal-Service.

2 Minimize-Cost.

4 Maximize-Reliability.

8 Maximize-Throughput.

16 Minimize-Delay.

icmp Internet Control Message Protocol.

type ICMP type.

address-mask-reply address-mask-reply ICMP type (18).

address-mask-request address-mask-request ICMP type (17).

any Any ICMP type (255).

destination-unreachable destination-unreachable ICMP type (3).

TOS-host-unreachable TOS-host-unreachable ICMP type code (12).

TOS-network-unreachable TOS-network-unreachable ICMP type code (11).

any Any ICMP type code.

communication-prohibited communication-prohibited ICMP type code (13).

fragmentation-needed fragmentation-needed ICMP type code (4).

host-precedence-violation host-precedence-violation ICMP type code (14).

host-prohibited host-prohibited ICMP type code (10).

host-unknown host-unknown ICMP type code (7).

host-unreachable host-unreachable ICMP type code (1).

network-prohibited network-prohibited ICMP type code (9).

network-unknown network-unknown ICMP type code (6).

network-unreachable network-unreachable ICMP type code (0).

port-unreachable port-unreachable ICMP type code (3).

precedence-cutoff precedence-cutoff ICMP type code (15).

protocol-unreachable protocol-unreachable ICMP type code (2).

source-route-failed source-route-failed ICMP type code (5).

numeric-type ICMP numeric type code.

echo-reply echo-reply (pong) ICMP type (0).

echo-request echo-request (ping) ICMP type (8).

parameter-problem parameter-problem ICMP type (12).

ip-header-bad ip-header-bad ICMP type code (0).

required-option-missing required-option-missing ICMP type code (1).

redirect redirect ICMP type (5).

TOS-host-redirect TOS-host-redirect ICMP type code (3).

TOS-network-redirect TOS-network-redirect ICMP type code (2).

host-redirect host-redirect ICMP type code (1).

network-redirect network-redirect ICMP type code (0).

router-advertisement router-advertisement ICMP type (9).

router-solicitation router-solicitation ICMP type (10).

source-quench source-quench ICMP type (4).

time-exceeded time-exceeded (ttl-exceeded) ICMP type (11).

271

Chapter 3. access-list name accept

Parameter Descriptionttl-zero-during-reassembly ttl-zero-during-reassembly ICMP type code (1).

ttl-zero-during-transit ttl-zero-during-transit ICMP type code (0).

timestamp-reply timestamp-reply ICMP type (14).

timestamp-request timestamp-request ICMP type (13).

source-address Source address.

DefaultNo access list is configured by default.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to set an access list.

DmSwitch(config)#access-list test accept icmp any anyDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify the configuration change by running the command show running-config privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

272

access-list name drop

access-list name drop icmp { any | host ip-address | type { address-mask-reply |address-mask-request | any | destination-unreachable { TOS-host-unreachable| TOS-network-unreachable | any | communication-prohibited |fragmentation-needed | host-precedence-violation | host-prohibited |host-unknown | host-unreachable | network-prohibited | network-unknown| network-unreachable | port-unreachable | precedence-cutoff| protocol-unreachable | source-route-failed | numeric-type } |echo-reply | echo-request | parameter-problem { any | ip-header-bad |required-option-missing | numeric-type } | redirect { TOS-host-redirect |TOS-network-redirect | any | host-redirect | network-redirect | numeric-type } |router-advertisement | router-solicitation | source-quench | time-exceeded {any | ttl-zero-during-reassembly | ttl-zero-during-transit | numeric-type } |timestamp-reply | timestamp-request | numeric-type } { any | host ip-address | ip-addressrnetmask } | source-address rnetmask } { any | host ip-address | ip-address rnetmask } [ tos { 0 | 2 |4 | 8 | 16 } ]

access-list name drop mac macaddress

access-list name drop { ip | tcp | udp | protocol-number } { any | host ip-address | ip-addressrnetmask } { any | host ip-address | ip-address rnetmask } [ tos { 0 | 2 | 4 | 8 | 16 } ]

DescriptionSpecifies packets to drop.

Syntax

Parameter Description

name Access list name.

mac Source MAC address.

macaddress MAC address.

ip Any Internet Protocol.

tcp Transmission Control Protocol.

udp User Datagram Protocol.

protocol-number An IP protocol number.

any Any source host.

host A single source host.

ip-address Source address.

rnetmask Source wildcard bits.

tos Match packets with given TOS value.

0 Normal-Service.

2 Minimize-Cost.

4 Maximize-Reliability.

273

Chapter 3. access-list name drop

Parameter Description8 Maximize-Throughput.

16 Minimize-Delay.

icmp Internet Control Message Protocol.

type ICMP type.

address-mask-reply address-mask-reply ICMP type (18).

address-mask-request address-mask-request ICMP type (17).

any Any ICMP type (255).

destination-unreachable destination-unreachable ICMP type (3).

TOS-host-unreachable TOS-host-unreachable ICMP type code (12).

TOS-network-unreachable TOS-network-unreachable ICMP type code (11).

any Any ICMP type code.

communication-prohibited communication-prohibited ICMP type code (13).

fragmentation-needed fragmentation-needed ICMP type code (4).

host-precedence-violation host-precedence-violation ICMP type code (14).

host-prohibited host-prohibited ICMP type code (10).

host-unknown host-unknown ICMP type code (7).

host-unreachable host-unreachable ICMP type code (1).

network-prohibited network-prohibited ICMP type code (9).

network-unknown network-unknown ICMP type code (6).

network-unreachable network-unreachable ICMP type code (0).

port-unreachable port-unreachable ICMP type code (3).

precedence-cutoff precedence-cutoff ICMP type code (15).

protocol-unreachable protocol-unreachable ICMP type code (2).

source-route-failed source-route-failed ICMP type code (5).

numeric-type ICMP numeric type code.

echo-reply echo-reply (pong) ICMP type (0).

echo-request echo-request (ping) ICMP type (8).

parameter-problem parameter-problem ICMP type (12).

ip-header-bad ip-header-bad ICMP type code (0).

required-option-missing required-option-missing ICMP type code (1).

redirect redirect ICMP type (5).

TOS-host-redirect TOS-host-redirect ICMP type code (3).

TOS-network-redirect TOS-network-redirect ICMP type code (2).

host-redirect host-redirect ICMP type code (1).

network-redirect network-redirect ICMP type code (0).

router-advertisement router-advertisement ICMP type (9).

router-solicitation router-solicitation ICMP type (10).

source-quench source-quench ICMP type (4).

time-exceeded time-exceeded (ttl-exceeded) ICMP type (11).

ttl-zero-during-reassembly ttl-zero-during-reassembly ICMP type code (1).

ttl-zero-during-transit ttl-zero-during-transit ICMP type code (0).

timestamp-reply timestamp-reply ICMP type (14).

timestamp-request timestamp-request ICMP type (13).

274

Chapter 3. access-list name drop

Parameter Descriptionsource-address Source address.

DefaultNo access list is configured by default.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to set an access list.

DmSwitch(config)#access-list test drop icmp any anyDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify the configuration change by running the command show running-config privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

275

access-list name insert

access-list name insert { accept | drop | reject } icmp { any | hostip-address | type { address-mask-reply | address-mask-request | any |destination-unreachable { TOS-host-unreachable | TOS-network-unreachable| any | communication-prohibited | fragmentation-needed |host-precedence-violation | host-prohibited | host-unknown| host-unreachable | network-prohibited | network-unknown |network-unreachable | port-unreachable | precedence-cutoff| protocol-unreachable | source-route-failed | numeric-type } |echo-reply | echo-request | parameter-problem { any | ip-header-bad |required-option-missing | numeric-type } | redirect { TOS-host-redirect |TOS-network-redirect | any | host-redirect | network-redirect | numeric-type } |router-advertisement | router-solicitation | source-quench | time-exceeded {any | ttl-zero-during-reassembly | ttl-zero-during-transit | numeric-type } |timestamp-reply | timestamp-request | numeric-type } { any | host ip-address | ip-addressrnetmask } | source-address rnetmask } { any | host ip-address | ip-address rnetmask } [ tos { 0 | 2 |4 | 8 | 16 } ]

access-list name insert { accept | drop | reject } mac macaddress

access-list name insert { accept | drop | reject } { ip | tcp | udp | protocol-number } {any | host ip-address | ip-address rnetmask } { any | host ip-address | ip-address rnetmask } [ tos {0 | 2 | 4 | 8 | 16 } ]

DescriptionSpecifies packets to insert.

Syntax

Parameter Description

name Access list name.

accept Specify packets to accept.

drop Specify packets to drop.

reject Specify packets to reject.

mac Source MAC address.

macaddress MAC address.

ip Any Internet Protocol.

tcp Transmission Control Protocol.

udp User Datagram Protocol.

protocol-number An IP protocol number.

any Any source host.

host A single source host.

ip-address Source address.

276

Chapter 3. access-list name insert

Parameter Descriptionrnetmask Source wildcard bits.

tos Match packets with given TOS value.

0 Normal-Service.

2 Minimize-Cost.

4 Maximize-Reliability.

8 Maximize-Throughput.

16 Minimize-Delay.

icmp Internet Control Message Protocol.

type ICMP type.

address-mask-reply address-mask-reply ICMP type (18).

address-mask-request address-mask-request ICMP type (17).

any Any ICMP type (255).

destination-unreachable destination-unreachable ICMP type (3).

TOS-host-unreachable TOS-host-unreachable ICMP type code (12).

TOS-network-unreachable TOS-network-unreachable ICMP type code (11).

any Any ICMP type code.

communication-prohibited communication-prohibited ICMP type code (13).

fragmentation-needed fragmentation-needed ICMP type code (4).

host-precedence-violation host-precedence-violation ICMP type code (14).

host-prohibited host-prohibited ICMP type code (10).

host-unknown host-unknown ICMP type code (7).

host-unreachable host-unreachable ICMP type code (1).

network-prohibited network-prohibited ICMP type code (9).

network-unknown network-unknown ICMP type code (6).

network-unreachable network-unreachable ICMP type code (0).

port-unreachable port-unreachable ICMP type code (3).

precedence-cutoff precedence-cutoff ICMP type code (15).

protocol-unreachable protocol-unreachable ICMP type code (2).

source-route-failed source-route-failed ICMP type code (5).

numeric-type ICMP numeric type code.

echo-reply echo-reply (pong) ICMP type (0).

echo-request echo-request (ping) ICMP type (8).

parameter-problem parameter-problem ICMP type (12).

ip-header-bad ip-header-bad ICMP type code (0).

required-option-missing required-option-missing ICMP type code (1).

redirect redirect ICMP type (5).

TOS-host-redirect TOS-host-redirect ICMP type code (3).

TOS-network-redirect TOS-network-redirect ICMP type code (2).

host-redirect host-redirect ICMP type code (1).

network-redirect network-redirect ICMP type code (0).

router-advertisement router-advertisement ICMP type (9).

router-solicitation router-solicitation ICMP type (10).

source-quench source-quench ICMP type (4).

277

Chapter 3. access-list name insert

Parameter Descriptiontime-exceeded time-exceeded (ttl-exceeded) ICMP type (11).

ttl-zero-during-reassembly ttl-zero-during-reassembly ICMP type code (1).

ttl-zero-during-transit ttl-zero-during-transit ICMP type code (0).

timestamp-reply timestamp-reply ICMP type (14).

timestamp-request timestamp-request ICMP type (13).

source-address Source address.

DefaultNo access list is configured by default.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to set an access list.

DmSwitch(config)#access-list test insert icmp any anyDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify the configuration change by running the command show running-config privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

278

access-list name reject

access-list name reject icmp { any | host ip-address | type { address-mask-reply |address-mask-request | any | destination-unreachable { TOS-host-unreachable| TOS-network-unreachable | any | communication-prohibited |fragmentation-needed | host-precedence-violation | host-prohibited |host-unknown | host-unreachable | network-prohibited | network-unknown| network-unreachable | port-unreachable | precedence-cutoff| protocol-unreachable | source-route-failed | numeric-type } |echo-reply | echo-request | parameter-problem { any | ip-header-bad |required-option-missing | numeric-type } | redirect { TOS-host-redirect |TOS-network-redirect | any | host-redirect | network-redirect | numeric-type } |router-advertisement | router-solicitation | source-quench | time-exceeded {any | ttl-zero-during-reassembly | ttl-zero-during-transit | numeric-type } |timestamp-reply | timestamp-request | numeric-type } { any | host ip-address | ip-addressrnetmask } | source-address rnetmask } { any | host ip-address | ip-address rnetmask } [ tos { 0 | 2 |4 | 8 | 16 } ]

access-list name reject mac macaddress

access-list name reject { ip | tcp | udp | protocol-number } { any | host ip-address | ip-address rnetmask } { any | host ip-address | ip-address rnetmask } [ tos { 0 | 2 | 4 | 8 | 16 } ]

DescriptionSpecifies packets to reject.

Syntax

Parameter Description

name Access list name.

mac Source MAC address.

macaddress MAC address.

ip Any Internet Protocol.

tcp Transmission Control Protocol.

udp User Datagram Protocol.

protocol-number An IP protocol number.

any Any source host.

host A single source host.

ip-address Source address.

rnetmask Source wildcard bits.

tos Match packets with given TOS value.

0 Normal-Service.

2 Minimize-Cost.

4 Maximize-Reliability.

279

Chapter 3. access-list name reject

Parameter Description8 Maximize-Throughput.

16 Minimize-Delay.

icmp Internet Control Message Protocol.

type ICMP type.

address-mask-reply address-mask-reply ICMP type (18).

address-mask-request address-mask-request ICMP type (17).

any Any ICMP type (255).

destination-unreachable destination-unreachable ICMP type (3).

TOS-host-unreachable TOS-host-unreachable ICMP type code (12).

TOS-network-unreachable TOS-network-unreachable ICMP type code (11).

any Any ICMP type code.

communication-prohibited communication-prohibited ICMP type code (13).

fragmentation-needed fragmentation-needed ICMP type code (4).

host-precedence-violation host-precedence-violation ICMP type code (14).

host-prohibited host-prohibited ICMP type code (10).

host-unknown host-unknown ICMP type code (7).

host-unreachable host-unreachable ICMP type code (1).

network-prohibited network-prohibited ICMP type code (9).

network-unknown network-unknown ICMP type code (6).

network-unreachable network-unreachable ICMP type code (0).

port-unreachable port-unreachable ICMP type code (3).

precedence-cutoff precedence-cutoff ICMP type code (15).

protocol-unreachable protocol-unreachable ICMP type code (2).

source-route-failed source-route-failed ICMP type code (5).

numeric-type ICMP numeric type code.

echo-reply echo-reply (pong) ICMP type (0).

echo-request echo-request (ping) ICMP type (8).

parameter-problem parameter-problem ICMP type (12).

ip-header-bad ip-header-bad ICMP type code (0).

required-option-missing required-option-missing ICMP type code (1).

redirect redirect ICMP type (5).

TOS-host-redirect TOS-host-redirect ICMP type code (3).

TOS-network-redirect TOS-network-redirect ICMP type code (2).

host-redirect host-redirect ICMP type code (1).

network-redirect network-redirect ICMP type code (0).

router-advertisement router-advertisement ICMP type (9).

router-solicitation router-solicitation ICMP type (10).

source-quench source-quench ICMP type (4).

time-exceeded time-exceeded (ttl-exceeded) ICMP type (11).

ttl-zero-during-reassembly ttl-zero-during-reassembly ICMP type code (1).

ttl-zero-during-transit ttl-zero-during-transit ICMP type code (0).

timestamp-reply timestamp-reply ICMP type (14).

timestamp-request timestamp-request ICMP type (13).

280

Chapter 3. access-list name reject

Parameter Descriptionsource-address Source address.

DefaultNo access list is configured by default.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to set an access list.

DmSwitch(config)#access-list test reject icmp any anyDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify the configuration change by running the command show running-config privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

281

access-policy

access-policy { accept | drop }

DescriptionConfigures firewall access policy.

Syntax

Parameter Description

accept Set accept policy.

drop Set drop policy.

DefaultBy default, policy is set to accept .

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesWhen editing a filter, only the specified properties are changed. If the editing includes one or more matches, alloriginal filter matches are removed. If it includes actions, all original actions are removed.

Example

This example shows how to set firewall policy to drop.

DmSwitch(config)#access-policy dropDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify the configuration change by running the command show running-config .

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

282

Chapter 3. access-policy

283

authentication login

authentication login { local | tacacs | radius } [ local | tacacs | radius ] [ local| tacacs | radius ]

no authentication login

Description

Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the authentication login to the default method.

Syntax

Parameter Description

local Local database authentication.

radius RADIUS server authentication.

tacacs Configures login to TACACS server.

DefaultLocal authentication method only.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the RADIUS authentication method as the first option, followed by Localand TACACS, respectively.

DmSwitch(config)#authentication login radius local tacacs

284

Chapter 3. authentication login

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify the configured authentication method precedence by entering the show running-configprivileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

tacacs-server host Configures the TACACS server IP address.

tacacs-server key Configures the TACACS server key string.

radius-server acct-port Configures the default RADIUS server accounting port.

radius-server auth-port Configures the default RADIUS server authentication port.

radius-server host Configures a specific RADIUS server.

radius-server key Configures the default RADIUS server key string.

radius-server retries Configures the RADIUS server retries.

radius-server timeout Configures the RADIUS server timeout.

show authentication Shows information about login authentication method and itsprecedence.

show radius-server Shows RADIUS server information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show tacacs-server Shows global TACACS information and all configured servers.

285

banner login

banner login

no banner login

Description

Specifies a message to be displayed before the login prompts.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will delete the login banner.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesAfter entering the banner login command, start the message by entering a delimiting character of yourchoice, followed by one or more lines of text, terminating the message with the second occurrence of the delim-iting character. Then, press <enter> to save the text.

Example

This example shows how to set a login banner.

DmSwitch(config)#banner loginc <text> c, where c is any delimiting character=You are readinga login banner test.This is a example.=DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

286

Chapter 3. banner login

Related CommandsNo related command.

287

cfm

cfm { enable | linktrace database { max-sessions sessions-number | size size_number }| md md-name [ level level-number ] | probe }

no cfm { enable | linktrace database { max-sessions | size } | md md-name }

Description

Enables connectivity fault management (CFM) and create a maintenance domain (MD).

Can not enable CFM if hw-forwarding is enabled in a ERPS instance. See Usage Guidelines for details.

Inserting no as a prefix for command cfm enable will disable CFM.

Syntax

Parameter Description

enable Enables connectivity fault management.

md md-name Configures a maintenance domain (MD).

level level-number (Optional) Insert a level number. (Range: 0-7)

linktrace database Configures the linktrace database options.

max-sessions sessions-number Maximum number of linktrace sessions. (Range: 1-4095)

probe Configures CFM probe instances.

size size-number Maximum size of linktrace database. (Range: 1-65535)

DefaultDisabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

5.2 Added cfm probe command.

5.16.6 Added CFM with ERPS hw-forwarding coherence.

288

Chapter 3. cfm

Usage Guidelines

This example shows the ERPS hw-forwarding coherence.

DmSwitch(config)#no erps 1DmSwitch(config)#erps 1DmSwitch(config)#erps 1 hw-forwardingDmSwitch(config)#cfm enable% 257: Cannot enable ERPS hw-forwarding and CFM at the same time% Invalid config.

Example

This example shows how to create a maintenance domain (MD) with level 5.

DmSwitch(config)#cfm md MD level 5DmSwitch(config-cfm)#

You can verify that the address was added to the list by entering the show running-config privilegedEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

289

clock timezone

clock timezone { name hour [ minute ] }

no clock timezone

Description

Specifies the timezone.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset timezone to default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

name Specifies a name for timezone.

hour Hours offset from UTC. (Range: -23 - +23)

minute (Optional) Minutes offset from UTC. (Range: 0-59)

Default0 hours and 0 minutes offset from UTC, whithout name.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to specify the timezone with name "CAN", and -3 hours and 0 minutes offset fromUTC.

DmSwitch#clock timezone CAN -3 0DmSwitch#

290

Chapter 3. clock timezone

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show clock user EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show clock Shows the system clock and timezone.

291

counter

counter { new | counter-id } [ mode upper { all lower none | green lower { not-green| yellow | red } | none lower all | red lower { not-red | yellow } } | remark name |type { bytes | packets } ]

no counter counter-id

Description

Configure a counter to be used by a filter.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will delete the counter specified.

Syntax

Parameter Description

new Creates a new counter.

counter-id Selects a counter to edit by ID. (Range: 1-32)

mode Counter Upper and Lower mode.

upper Set Upper counter’s mode.

lower Set Lower counter’s mode.

all Upper/Lower count all packets.

none Upper/Lower count no packets.

red Upper/Lower count red packets.

green Upper count green packets.

yellow Lower count yellow packets.

not-green Lower count not green packets.

not-red Lower count not red packets.

remark name (Optional) Adds a remark text.

type Counter type.

bytes Count number of bytes.

packets Count number of packets.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

292

Chapter 3. counter

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to create a new counter.

DmSwitch(config)#counter ingress new remark first_counterCounter 1 created.DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the configuration was created by entering the show counter privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show counter Shows counters values and configuration

filter Creates or configures a traffic filter.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

293

cpu egress-block

cpu egress-block ethernet parameters [ ingress ethernet parameters ] [ vlan param-eters ]

no cpu egress-block ethernet parameters [ ingress ethernet parameters ] [ vlan pa-rameters ]

Description

Configures the switch to block CPU traffic with a range of VLAN IDs from a set of specified Ethernet interfacesto another set of Ethernet interfaces

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will delete the specified CPU Egress-Block rule.

Syntax

Parameter Description

egress-block The traffic must match the specified egress interfaces to be blocked.

ingress The traffic must match the specified ingress interfaces to be blocked.

vlan The VLAN ID of the traffic must match the specified set of VLAN IDsto be blocked.

Ethernet parameters Adds ethernet interfaces to the CPU Egress-Block rule.

[unit-number/ ] port-number Adds a single Ethernet interface to the CPU Egress-Block rule.

all Adds all Ethernet interface to the CPU Egress-Block rule.

range [ first-unit-number/ ]first-port-number [ last-unit-number/ ]last-port-number

Adds the range of Ethernet interface to the CPU Egress-Block rule.

VLAN parameters Adds a set of VLAN IDs to the CPU Egress-Block rule.

vlan-id Adds a single VLAN ID to the CPU Egress-Block rule.

all Adds all VLAN IDs to the CPU Egress-Block rule.

range first-vlan-id last-vlan-id Adds the range of VLAN IDs to the CPU Egress-Block rule.

Default

By default, no CPU Egress-Block rule is created.

A new CPU Egress-Block rule matches all ingress interfaces if no ingress parameters are specified.

A new CPU Egress-Block rule matches all VLAN IDs if no VLAN parameters are specified.

294

Chapter 3. cpu egress-block

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.9 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The maximum number of simultaneos CPU Egress-Block rules is 512.

A new rule is created only if it is not completely comtemplated by existing rules.

If a new rule includes one or more existing rules, the previous rules will be merged with the new one.

Example

This example shows how to set a rule for blocking traffic from ingress Ethernet 5, egress Ethernet 6, 7 or 8, andVLAN ID 126.

DmSwitch(config)#cpu egress-block ethernet range 6 8 ingress ethernet 5 vlan 126DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the configuration was created by entering the show running-config command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show cpu egress-block Shows the rules for blocking forwarding of packets by the CPU.

filter Creates or configures a traffic filter.

switchport egress-block Configures the switch to block traffic from a specified ethernet interfaceto another.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

295

cpu-dos-protect

cpu-dos-protect { block { arp { all | reply | request } | dlf | l3-slow-path |reserved-multicast } | rate-limit { cpu { packets_block packets_reset } | global packets |l3 ping-request packets } }

no cpu-dos-protect { block { arp { all | reply | request } | dlf | l3-slow-path |reserved-multicast } | rate-limit { cpu | global | l3 ping-request } }

Description

Limits the packet rate that is processed by CPU.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable each of the cpu-dos-protect feature.

Syntax

Parameter Description

arp { all | reply |request }

Blocks arp packets to CPU. Can be all packets, reply packets only, or request packets only.

block Blocks specific packets to CPU.

cpu Control CPU packet limits.

dlf Blocks destination lookup fail packets to CPU.

global Control global packets per second.

l3 Control l3 packets per second.

l3-slow-path Blocks L3 slow path packets to CPU.

packets Specifies a limit of packets processed per second. (Range: 1-1000)

packets_block Specifies a limit of packets to block. (Range: 4-1536)

packets_reset Specifies a limit of packets to reset block. (Range: 4-1536)

ping-request Packets per second.

rate-limit Limits CPU packet rate.

reserved-multicastBlocks reserved multicast packets to CPU.

Default

CPU rate limit block: 479 packets

CPU rate limit reset: 475 packets

Global rate limit: Disabled.

296

Chapter 3. cpu-dos-protect

CPU L3 rate limit icmp echo request: 0 packets

Protect CPU from destination lookup fail: Disabled.

Protect CPU from l3 slow path: Enabled.

Protect CPU from reserved multicast: Enabled.

Protect CPU from arp reply: Enabled.

Protect CPU from arp request: Enabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command can be used to prevent "denial of service" attacks to the CPU, where an attacker could generatea packet flood and require a large amount of processing that would negatively affect execution of other systemtasks.

However, a very low limit could cause loss of critical traffic as protocol PDUs, management connections, etc.

Example

This example shows how to limit CPU packet rate in 1000 packets per second.

DmSwitch#cpu-dos-protect rate-limit 1000DmSwitch#

You can verify that the limit rate was changed by entering the show cpu-dos-protect user EXEC com-mand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show cpu Shows CPU information.

show cpu-dos-protect Shows the CPU denial of service protection information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

297

Chapter 3. cpu-dos-protect

298

cpu protocol bpdu-protect

cpu protocol bpdu-protect

no cpu protocol bpdu-protect

Description

Enable control BPDU packets per second monitoring.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the VLAN link detect.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultDisabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis command can be used to prevent problems in protocols when there is flood of BPDUs.

Example

This example shows how to enable this feature.

DmSwitch#cpu protocol bpdu-protectDmSwitch#

You can verify that this configuration was enabled by entering the show running-config privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

299

Chapter 3. cpu protocol bpdu-protect

Command Descriptionshow_cpu Shows CPU information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

300

cpu protocol-priority tunnel

cpu protocol-priority tunnel packet

no cpu protocol-priority-tunnel

Description

Configure priority to tunneled packets.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the tunnel priority.

Syntax

Parameter Description

packet Specifies the packet priority. (Range: 0-7)

tunnelDisabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the priority 5 for tunnel packets

DmSwitch#cpu protocol priority tunnel 5DmSwitch#

You can verify that protocol priority tunnel was introduced by entering the show cpu protocolpriority tunnel user EXEC command.

301

Chapter 3. cpu protocol-priority tunnel

Related Commands

Command Description

cpu-dos-protect Limits the packet rate that is processed by CPU.

show cpu Shows CPU information.

show cpu-dos-protect Shows the CPU denial of service protection information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

302

eaps domain

eaps domain

no eaps domain

Description

Creates a new EAPS domain.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will delete the EAPS domain.

Syntax

Parameter Description

domain Specifies a domain id. (Range: 0-3)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesBefore you create a EAPS domain, you must disable the spanning-tree protocol.

Example

This example shows how to create a domain with id 1.

DmSwitch(config)#eaps 1DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the domain was created by entering the show eaps privileged EXEC command.

303

Chapter 3. eaps domain

Related Commands

Command Description

eaps domain control-vlan Configures the control VLAN for the EAPS domain.

eaps domain failtime Defines the interval time that the secondary port of DmSwitch master ina EAPS ring waits without receiving the two hello packets beforechanging the status of EAPS ring to fail.

eaps domain hellotime Defines the interval between the sending of two hello packets.

eaps domain name Renames the domain.

eaps domain port Defines both primary and secondary ports of DmSwitch in EAPS ring.

eaps domain protected-vlans Defines the VLAN groups that will be protected by EAPS ring.

show eaps Shows EAPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

304

eaps domain control-vlan

eaps domain control-vlan { id index | name name }

no eaps domain control-vlan

Description

Configures the control VLAN for the EAPS domain.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the control VLAN records for the specified EAPS domain.

Syntax

Parameter Description

domain Specifies a domain id. (Range: 0-3)

id index Specifies an enabled VLAN by index. (Range: 1-4094)

name name Specifies an enabled VLAN by name.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The control VLAN is used for control traffic from the EAPS protocol. It cannot be used for data traffic.

For the primary and secondary ports of the domain, the control VLAN always have a forwarding state. For theremaining ports, the control VLAN always have a blocked state.

Example

This example shows how to configure the VLAN index 100 to be the control VLAN for the EAPS domain.

305

Chapter 3. eaps domain control-vlan

DmSwitch(config)#eaps 1 control-vlan id 100DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show eaps privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

eaps domain Creates a new EAPS domain.

eaps domain failtime Defines the interval time that the secondary port of DmSwitch master ina EAPS ring waits without receiving the two hello packets beforechanging the status of EAPS ring to fail.

eaps domain hellotime Defines the interval between the sending of two hello packets.

eaps domain name Renames the domain.

eaps domain port Defines both primary and secondary ports of DmSwitch in EAPS ring.

eaps domain protected-vlans Defines the VLAN groups that will be protected by EAPS ring.

show eaps Shows EAPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

306

eaps domain failtime

eaps domain failtime { seconds [ milliseconds milliseconds ] | action {open-secondary-port | send-alert } }

no eaps domain failtime [ action ]

Description

Configures the amount of time that causes the EAPS Master node to enter the FAILED state if no hello packetis received.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset failtime to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

domain Specifies a domain id. (Range: 0-3)

seconds Specifies the maximum time, in seconds, to declare the FAILED state when nohello packets are received. Must be greater than hellotime for this domain. (Range:0-60)

millisecondsmilliseconds

Specifies the maximum time, in milliseconds, to declare the FAILED state when nohello packets are received. In conjunction with the above parameter, must begreater than hellotime for this domain. (Range: 0-900)

actionopen-secondary-port

After failtime expires, open secondary port to allow network convergence.

action send-alert After failtime expires, send alert to log and query network nodes about link status.

Default3 seconds.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

307

Chapter 3. eaps domain failtime

Usage Guidelines

The "hello" packets are sent on the primary port from the Master switch and are expected to be received on itssecondary port. If no hello packets are received on the secondary port after failtime seconds the Master switchenters the FAILED state.

This is an alternate method for detecting ring failures. In most situations, the Master switch will enter theFAILED state after receiving link down notifications from other switches or from itself which is faster than thefailtime method.

Use lower values of failtime to ensure faster ring protection. Use higher values to be more tolerant to hellopacket losses.

Example

This example shows how to change the failtime parameter for an EAPS domain

DmSwitch(config)#eaps 1 failtime 5DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the interval time was changed by entering the show eaps detail privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

eaps domain Creates a new EAPS domain.

eaps domain control-vlan Configures the control VLAN for the EAPS domain.

eaps domain hellotime Defines the interval between the sending of two hello packets.

eaps domain name Renames the domain.

eaps domain port Defines both primary and secondary ports of DmSwitch in EAPS ring.

eaps domain protected-vlans Defines the VLAN groups that will be protected by EAPS ring.

show eaps Shows EAPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

308

eaps domain hellotime

eaps domain hellotime { seconds [ milliseconds milliseconds ] }

no eaps domain hellotime

Description

Configures the sending interval for "hello" packets.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset hellotime to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

domain Specifies a domain id. (Range : 0-3)

seconds Specifies the interval between the sending of two "hello" packets in seconds. Itmust be less than the failtime parameter for this domain. (Range: 0-60)

millisecondsmilliseconds

Specifies the interval between the sending of two "hello" packets in milliseconds. Itmust be less than the failtime parameter for this domain. (Range: 0-900)

Default1 second.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The "hello" packets are sent on the primary port from the Master switch and are expected to be received on itssecondary port. A hello packet received puts the EAPS domain in the COMPLETE state (Master switch).

Use lower values to ensure faster state transitions for the EAPS protocol. Use higher values to reduce controltraffic on the network.

309

Chapter 3. eaps domain hellotime

Example

This example shows how to change the interval time between two "hello" packets to 2 seconds.

DmSwitch(config)#eaps 1 hellotime 2DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the interval time was changed by entering the show eaps detail privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

eaps domain Creates a new EAPS domain.

eaps domain control-vlan Configures the control VLAN for the EAPS domain.

eaps domain failtime Defines the interval time that the secondary port of DmSwitch master ina EAPS ring waits without receiving the two hello packets beforechanging the status of EAPS ring to fail.

eaps domain name Renames the domain.

eaps domain port Defines both primary and secondary ports of DmSwitch in EAPS ring.

eaps domain protected-vlans Defines the VLAN groups that will be protected by EAPS ring.

show eaps Shows EAPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

310

eaps domain hw-forwarding

eaps domain hw-forwarding

no eaps domain hw-forwarding

Description

Enables EAPS hardware forwarding in DmSwitch.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the EAPS hardware forwarding.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultEAPS hardware forwarding is disabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable eaps hardware forwarding.

DmSwitch(config)#eaps hw-forwardingDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that EAPS hardware forwarding is enabled by entering the show eaps privileged EXEC com-mand.

Related Commands

Command Description

311

Chapter 3. eaps domain hw-forwarding

Command Descriptioneaps domain Creates a new EAPS domain.

eaps domain control-vlan Configures the control VLAN for the EAPS domain.

eaps domain failtime Defines the interval time that the secondary port of DmSwitch master ina EAPS ring waits without receiving the two hello packets beforechanging the status of EAPS ring to fail.

eaps domain hellotime Defines the interval between the sending of two hello packets.

eaps domain name Renames the domain.

eaps domain port Defines both primary and secondary ports of DmSwitch in EAPS ring.

eaps domain protected-vlans Defines the VLAN groups that will be protected by EAPS ring.

show eaps Shows EAPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

312

eaps domain name

eaps domain name name

no eaps domain name

Description

Renames the EAPS domain.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will delete the EAPS domain specified.

Syntax

Parameter Description

domain Specifies a domain id. (Range: 0-3)

name Specifies a new name for domain.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to set the domain 1 name to "test".

DmSwitch(config)#eaps 1 name testDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the domain was renamed by entering the show eaps privileged EXEC command.

313

Chapter 3. eaps domain name

Related Commands

Command Description

eaps domain Creates a new EAPS domain.

eaps domain control-vlan Configures the control VLAN for the EAPS domain.

eaps domain failtime Defines the interval time that the secondary port of DmSwitch master ina EAPS ring waits without receiving the two hello packets beforechanging the status of EAPS ring to fail.

eaps domain hellotime Defines the interval between the sending of two hello packets.

eaps domain port Defines both primary and secondary ports of DmSwitch in EAPS ring.

eaps domain protected-vlans Defines the VLAN groups that will be protected by EAPS ring.

show eaps Shows EAPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

314

eaps domain port

eaps domain port { primary | secondary } { ethernet port-number | port-channelportchannel-number }

no eaps domain port { primary | secondary }

Description

Configures the two ports that participate on an EAPS domain.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the configured ports from the EAPS domain.

Syntax

Parameter Description

domain Specifies a domain id. (Range: 0-3)

primary Sets a specific port as primary.

secondary Sets a specific port as secondary.

ethernet port-number Specifies an ethernet port. (Range 1-8)

port-channel port-channel-number Specifies a port channel. The port channel must bespecified in accordance with the port channel configuredin the switch. (Range: 1-8)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The primary and secondary ports have no distinct functionality on Transit switches.

In normal conditions, the secondary port of the Master switch is the one that is blocked for traffic in order toavoid the Ethernet ring becoming a network loop.

315

Chapter 3. eaps domain port

Example

This example shows how to define the ethernet port 1/25 as the primary port on the EAPS domain.

DmSwitch(config)#eaps 1 port primary ethernet 1/25DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the information was configured by entering the show eaps detail privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

eaps domain Creates a new EAPS domain.

eaps domain control-vlan Configures the control VLAN for the EAPS domain.

eaps domain failtime Defines the interval time that the secondary port of DmSwitch master ina EAPS ring waits without receiving the two hello packets beforechanging the status of EAPS ring to fail.

eaps domain hellotime Defines the interval between the sending of two hello packets.

eaps domain name Renames the domain.

eaps domain protected-vlans Defines the VLAN groups that will be protected by EAPS ring.

show eaps Shows EAPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

316

eaps domain port-block-aware

eaps domain port-block-aware

no eaps domain port-block-aware

DescriptionConfigures interaction between EAPS domain and blocking L2 protocols such as link-flap, loopback detectionand OAM.

SyntaxNo parameters accepted.

DefaultFor each EAPS domain created, the switch ignores other L2 protocols blocks to compute EAPS state.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis configuration can lead to multiple EAPS reconvergences if underlying L2 protocols, such as OAM, are inconstant interruptions. If your topology is under high loss of OAM packets, this feature isn’t recommended.

Example

This example shows how to configure a DmSwitch to clue EAPS and blocking protocols.

DmSwitch(config)#eaps 1 port-block-awareDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show eaps detail privileged EXEC com-mand.

Related Commands

Command Description

eaps domain Creates a new EAPS domain.

317

Chapter 3. eaps domain port-block-aware

Command Descriptioneaps domain control-vlan Configures the control VLAN for the EAPS domain.

eaps domain failtime Defines the interval time that the secondary port of DmSwitch master ina EAPS ring waits without receiving the two hello packets beforechanging the status of EAPS ring to fail.

eaps domain hellotime Defines the interval between the sending of two hello packets.

eaps domain name Renames the domain.

eaps domain port Defines both primary and secondary ports of DmSwitch in EAPS ring.

eaps domain protected-vlans Defines the VLAN groups that will be protected by EAPS ring.

show eaps Shows EAPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

318

eaps domain protected-vlans

eaps domain protected-vlans vlan-group { index | range { first-index last-index } | all }

no eaps domain protected-vlans vlan-group { index | range { first-index last-index } | all}

Description

Defines the VLAN groups that will be protected by an EAPS domain.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the protected VLAN group records for the specifiedEAPS domain.

Syntax

Parameter Description

domain Specifies a domain id. (Range 0-3)

index Specifies a single VLAN group. (Range: 0-3)

range first-index last-index Specifies a range of VLAN group IDs. (Range: 0-3)

all Specifies all VLAN groups.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesFor the primary and secondary ports of the domain, the protected VLAN groups have a forwarding or blockedstate depending on the EAPS protocol execution. For the remaining ports, the protected VLAN groups alwayshave a forwarding state.

319

Chapter 3. eaps domain protected-vlans

Example

This example shows how to protect VLAN groups 1 to 3 on an EAPS ring.

DmSwitch(config)#eaps 1 protected-vlans vlan-group range 1 3DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the configuration was done by entering the show eaps detail privileged EXEC com-mand.

Related Commands

Command Description

eaps domain Creates a new EAPS domain.

eaps domain control-vlan Configures the control VLAN for the EAPS domain.

eaps domain failtime Defines the interval time that the secondary port of DmSwitch master ina EAPS ring waits without receiving the two hello packets beforechanging the status of EAPS ring to fail.

eaps domain hellotime Defines the interval between the sending of two hello packets.

eaps domain name Renames the domain.

eaps domain port Defines both primary and secondary ports of DmSwitch in EAPS ring.

show eaps Shows EAPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

320

eaps mode

eaps mode { master | transit }

DescriptionConfigures the mode of a switch in the EAPS domain.

Syntax

Parameter Description

master Defines the master mode.

transit Defines the transit mode.

DefaultAfter an EAPS domain is created, the switch is in transit mode.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must configure exactly one switch as master on each EAPS domain. The remaining switches must beconfigured as transit.

The master switch performs some control operations on the EAPS domain. In normal conditions, the secondaryport of the master switch is the one that is blocked for traffic in order to avoid the Ethernet ring becoming anetwork loop.

Example

This example shows how to configure a DmSwitch as master.

DmSwitch(config)#eaps mode masterDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show eaps privileged EXEC command.

321

Chapter 3. eaps mode

Related Commands

Command Description

eaps domain Creates a new EAPS domain.

eaps domain control-vlan Configures the control VLAN for the EAPS domain.

eaps domain failtime Defines the interval time that the secondary port of DmSwitch master ina EAPS ring waits without receiving the two hello packets beforechanging the status of EAPS ring to fail.

eaps domain hellotime Defines the interval between the sending of two hello packets.

eaps domain name Renames the domain.

eaps domain port Defines both primary and secondary ports of DmSwitch in EAPS ring.

eaps domain protected-vlans Defines the VLAN groups that will be protected by EAPS ring.

show eaps Shows EAPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

322

elmi

elmi

DescriptionEnters on ethernet local management interface (E-LMI) protocol configuration mode.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enter on E-LMI configuration mode.

DmSwitch(config)#elmiDmSwitch(config-elmi)#

Related Commands

Command Description

show elmi Shows ethernet local management interface (ELMI)settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

uni-c Creates or edits user network interface (UNI) oncustomer edge devices.

323

Chapter 3. elmi

Command Descriptionuni-n Creates or edits user network interface (UNI) on

provider edge devices.

324

erps domain

erps domain

no erps domain

Description

Creates a new ERPS domain.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the ERPS domain.

Syntax

Parameter Description

domain Specifies a domain id. (Range: 0-3)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesBefore you create a ERPS domain, you must disable the spanning-tree protocol.

Example

This example shows how to create an ERPS domain with id 1.

DmSwitch(config)#erps 1DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the ERPS domain was created by entering the show erps privileged EXEC command.

325

Chapter 3. erps domain

Related Commands

Command Description

show eaps Shows EAPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

326

erps domain control-vlan

erps domain accept { all | id domain_id | name domain_name | range first_domain_idlast_domain_id }

no erps domain accept

Description

Configure the accept topology change from domains.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove ERPS accept domains.

Syntax

Parameter Description

domain Specifies a domain id.

domain_id Specifies the accept domain by id. (Range: 0-3)

domain_name Specifies the accept domain by name.

first_domain_id Specifies the first accept domain id of range. (Range: 0-3)

last_domain_id Specifies the last accept domain id of range. (Range: 0-3)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesDomains must be different.

Example

This example shows how set an accept domain for erps 1.

327

Chapter 3. erps domain control-vlan

DmSwitch(config)#erps 1 accept id 2DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the ERPS accept was set by entering the show erps detail privileged EXEC com-mand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show erps Shows ERPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

328

erps domain control-vlan

erps domain control-vlan { id vlan_id | name vlan_name }

no erps domain control-vlan

Description

Configure the control vlan for ERPS domain.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove ERPS control-vlan.

Syntax

Parameter Description

domain Specifies a domain id. (Range: 0-3)

vlan_id Specifies a control-vlan by id. (Range: 0-4094)

vlan_name Specifies a control-vlan by name.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how set a control-vlan for erps 1.

DmSwitch(config)#erps 1 control-vlan id 1DmSwitch(config)#

329

Chapter 3. erps domain control-vlan

You can verify that the ERPS control-vlan was set by entering the show erps detail privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show erps Shows ERPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

330

erps domain guard-time

erps domain guard-time { value }

no erps domain guard-time

Description

Configures the waiting period to start receiving new ERPS messages after an old request.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set the guard time to its default configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

domain Specifies a domain id. (Range: 0-3)

value Specifies the waiting period to start receiving new ERPSmessages after an old request. (Range: 10-2000.Granularity: 10)

DefaultGuard time default value is 500.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how configure guard-time for erps 1.

DmSwitch(config)#erps 1 guard-time 20DmSwitch(config)#

331

Chapter 3. erps domain guard-time

You can verify that the ERPS guard-time was configured by entering the show erps detail privilegedEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show erps Shows ERPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

332

erps domain holdoff-time

erps domain holdoff-time { value }

no erps domain restore-time

Description

Configures the time to wait before start reporting defects to ERPS.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set the holdoff time to its default configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

domain Specifies a domain id. (Range: 0-3)

value Specifies the number of milliseconds to wait before startreporting defects to ERPS. (Range: 0-10000. Granularity:100)

DefaultHoldoff-time default value is 0.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how configure holdoff-time for erps 1.

DmSwitch(config)#erps 1 holdoff-time 100DmSwitch(config)#

333

Chapter 3. erps domain holdoff-time

You can verify that the ERPS holdoff-time was configured by entering the show erps detail privilegedEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show erps Shows ERPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

334

erps domain hw-forwarding

erps domain hw-forwarding

no erps domain hw-forwarding

Description

Enables hardware forwarding of packets in ERPS domain.

Can not enable hw-forwarding if CFM is enabled. See Usage Guidelines for details.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disablehardware forwarding in the ERPS domain.

Syntax

Parameter Description

domain Specifies a domain id. (Range 0-3)

DefaultDisabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

5.16.6 Added CFM with ERPS hw-forwarding coherence.

Usage Guidelines

Hardware forwarding must be configured only in transit mode.

This example shows the ERPS hw-forwarding coherence.

DmSwitch(config)#cfm enableDmSwitch(config)#erps 1DmSwitch(config)#erps 1 hw-forwarding% 257: Cannot enable ERPS hw-forwarding and CFM at the same time

335

Chapter 3. erps domain hw-forwarding

% Invalid config.

Example

This example shows how enable hw-forwarding in erps 1.

DmSwitch(config)#erps 1 hw-forwardingDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the ERPS hw-forwarding is enable by entering the show erps detail privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show erps Shows ERPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

336

erps domain name

erps domain name { string }

no erps domain name

Description

Set a name for ERPS domain.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove ERPS name.

Syntax

Parameter Description

domain Specifies a domain id. (Range: 0-3)

string Specifies a name for ERPS domain.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how set a name for erps 1.

DmSwitch(config)#erps 1 name datacomDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the ERPS name was set by entering the show erps detail privileged EXEC command.

337

Chapter 3. erps domain name

Related Commands

Command Description

show erps Shows ERPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

338

erps domain port0

erps domain port0 { virtual-channel control-vlan vlan_id { id erps_domain_id | nameerps_domain_name } | rpl { ethernet interface_number | port-channel port-channel_id } | node{ ethernet interface_number | port-channel port-channel_id } }

no erps domain port0

Description

Configure the the first port of ERPS domain.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will unconfigure ERPS first port.

Syntax

Parameter Description

domain Specifies a domain id.

vlan_id Specifies the vlan by id.

erps_domain_id Specifies the erps domain by id.

erps_domain_name Specifies the erps domain by name.

interface_number Specifies the interface number.

port-channel_id Specifies the port-channel number.

node Normal node port.

rpl Port belongs to a ring protection link.

virtual-channel Port belongs to a virtual channel.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

339

Chapter 3. erps domain port0

Example

This example shows how configure the first port of erps 1.

DmSwitch(config)#erps 1 port0 rpl ethernet 1DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the ERPS port0 was configured by entering the show erps detail privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show erps Shows ERPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

340

erps domain port1

erps domain port1 { virtual-channel control-vlan vlan_id { id erps_domain_id | nameerps_domain_name } | rpl { ethernet interface_number | port-channel port-channel_id } | node{ ethernet interface_number | port-channel port-channel_id } }

no erps domain port1

Description

Configure the the second port of ERPS domain.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will unconfigure ERPS second port.

Syntax

Parameter Description

domain Specifies a domain id.

vlan_id Specifies the vlan by id.

erps_domain_id Specifies the erps domain by id.

erps_domain_name Specifies the erps domain by name.

interface_number Specifies the interface number.

port-channel_id Specifies the port-channel number.

node Normal node port.

rpl Port belongs to a ring protection link.

virtual-channel Port belongs to a virtual channel.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

341

Chapter 3. erps domain port1

Example

This example shows how configure the second port of erps 1.

DmSwitch(config)#erps 1 port1 rpl ethernet 1DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the ERPS port1 was configured by entering the show erps detail privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show erps Shows ERPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

342

erps domain protected-vlans_vlan-group

erps domain protected-vlans vlan-group { index | range { first-index last-index } | all }

no eaps domain protected-vlans vlan-group { index | range { first-index last-index } | all}

Description

Configures the protected vlans in the ERPS domain.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the protected vlans from ERPS domain.

Syntax

Parameter Description

domain Specifies a domain id. (Range 0-3)

index Specifies a single VLAN group. (Range: 0-3)

range first-index last-index Specifies a range of VLAN group IDs. (Range: 0-3)

all Specifies all VLAN groups.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how configure protected-vlans for erps 1.

DmSwitch(config)#erps 1 protected-vlans vlan-group 1

343

Chapter 3. erps domain protected-vlans_vlan-group

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the ERPS protected-vlans was configured by entering the show erps detail privilegedEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show erps Shows ERPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

344

erps domain restore-time

erps domain restore-time { value }

no erps domain restore-time

Description

Configures a time to wait before free a traffic channel on a failed node.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set the restore time to its default configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

domain Specifies a domain id. (Range: 0-3)

value Specifies the number of minutes to wait before free thetraffic channel. (Range: 5-12)

DefaultRestore time default value is 5.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how configure restore-time for erps 1.

DmSwitch(config)#erps 1 restore-time 10DmSwitch(config)#

345

Chapter 3. erps domain restore-time

You can verify that the ERPS restore-time was configured by entering the show erps detail privilegedEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show erps Shows ERPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

346

eaps mode

eaps mode { rpl-owner | transit }

DescriptionConfigures the mode of a switch in the ERPS domain.

Syntax

Parameter Description

rpl-owner Defines the rpl-owner mode.

transit Defines the transit mode.

DefaultAfter an ERPS domain is created, the switch is in Transit mode.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must configure exactly one switch as rpl-owner on each ERPS domain. The remaining switches must beconfigured as Transit.

The rpl-owner switch performs some control operations on the ERPS domain. In normal conditions, the sec-ondary port of the rpl-owner switch is the one that is blocked for traffic in order to avoid the Ethernet ringbecoming a network loop.

Example

This example shows how to configure a DmSwitch as rpl-owner.

DmSwitch(config)#erps mode rpl-ownerDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show erps privileged EXEC command.

347

Chapter 3. eaps mode

Related Commands

Command Description

show erps Shows ERPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

348

evc

evc { evc-id type { multipoint-to-multipoint | point-to-point } cfm md md-name mama-name }

no evc evc-id

Description

Creates an ethernet virtual circuit.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specific ethernet virtual circuit.

Syntax

Parameter Description

evc-id Specifies EVC identifier. (up to 32 characters)

type Specifies the EVC type.

multipoint-to-multipointMultipoint to multipoint operation.

point-to-point Point to point operation.

md md-name Specifies a CFM maintenance domain (MD).

ma ma-name Specifies a CFM maintenance association (MA).

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

349

Chapter 3. evc

Example

This example shows how to configure an EVC.

DmSwitch#configureDmSwitch(config)#evc EVC_ID type point-to-point cfm md MD ma MA

Related Commands

Command Description

show elmi Shows ethernet local management interface (ELMI)settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

uni-n Creates or edits user network interface (UNI) onprovider edge devices.

cfm Enables connectivity fault management (CFM) andcreate a maintenance domain (MD).

350

external-alarm

external-alarm { fan | in1 [ invert ] | in2 [ invert ] | in3 [ invert ] | temp }

no external-alarm [ fan | in1 [ invert ] | in2 [ invert ] | in3 [ invert ] | temp ]

Description

Enables the external alarm output which is based on configurable sources.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the external alarm.

Syntax

Parameter Description

fan Enables external alarm for fan failure.

in1 Enables external alarm for external alarm input 1.

in2 Enables external alarm for external alarm input 2.

in3 Enables external alarm for external alarm input 3.

invert (Optional) Disable inverted read of alarm input signallevels.

temp Enables external alarm for temp failure.

DefaultExternal alarm output is disabled for all sources.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesUse the external alarm output to send an electrical signal to an external device based on internal and/or externalevents.

351

Chapter 3. external-alarm

Example

This example shows how to enable the external alarm for fan failure.

DmSwitch(config)#external-alarm fanDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the alarm was enabled by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC com-mand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

352

fetch tftp

fetch tftp { public-key { ip-address public-key-file-name user-name } |https-certificate { ip-address certificate-file-name private-key-file-name password } }

DescriptionFetches a key or certificate from a tftp server.

Syntax

Parameter Description

public-key Fetches a public-key.

ip-address Specifies the server from which the public key will be obtained.

public-key-file-name Specifies the file that contains the public key.

user-name Specifies the user name for the key or certificate.

https-certificate Fetches a https-certificate.

certificate-file-name Specifies the filename that contains the https certificate.

private-key-file-name Specifies the name of the file for the private key.

password Specifies the password for the certificate.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to fetch a public key from TFTP server for user "test".

DmSwitch#fetch tftp public-key 10.20.30.40 key_dsa.pub testDmSwitch#

353

Chapter 3. fetch tftp

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show running-config privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show public-key Shows the public key information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

354

filter

filter { id | new } { action parameters | disable | enable | ingress ethernet { all |range { first-port-number last-port-number } port-number } | match parameters | meter meter-id |priority priority-value | remark text }

no filter { id }

Description

Creates or configures a traffic filter. Filters can match packets by various protocol fields and perform actions thatchange, discard or forward the packet in some ways.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will delete the filter specified.

Syntax

Parameter Description

new Creates a new filter.

id Selects a filter to edit by ID. (Range: 1-128)

Action parameters Adds an action to the filter

802.1p priority Change packet and internal 802.1p priority value. (Range: 0-7)

802.1p-from-inner-vlan Change packet and internal 802.1p priority from inner VLAN tag.

802.1p-from-tos Change packet and internal 802.1p priority from IP ToS Precedence.

counter counter-id Associate a counter. (Range: 1-32)

deny Discards the packet.

drop-precedence green Internally set the drop-precedence of the packet to green.

drop-precedence yellow Internally set the drop-precedence of the packet to yellow.

drop-precedence red Internally set the drop-precedence of the packet to red.

dscp ip-value Change differentiated services code point.

egress-block ethernet rangefirst-port-number last-port-number

Set range of ethernet ports to block. (Range: 1-8)

egress-block ethernetport-number

Set ethernet port to block.

egress-block cpu Block traffic to CPU.

int-802.1p priority Change internal 802.1p priority value. (Range: 0-7)

int-802.1p-from-inner-vlan Change internal 802.1p priority from inner VLAN tag.

int-802.1p-from-tos Change internal 802.1p priority from IP ToS Precedence.

permit Causes the packet to be switched.

pkt-802.1p priority Change packet 802.1p priority value. (Range: 0-7)

pkt-802.1p-from-inner-vlan Change packet 802.1p priority from inner VLAN tag.

pkt-802.1p-from-tos Change packet 802.1p priority from IP ToS Precedence.

red-deny Discard red packet.

355

Chapter 3. filter

Action parameters Adds an action to the filterred-drop-precedence green Internally change the drop precedence of red packet to the green.

red-drop-precedence yellow Internally change the drop precedence of red packet to yellow.

red-drop-precedence red Internally change the drop precedence of red packet to red.

red-dscp ip-dscp-value Change differentiated services code point of red packet.

tos tos-value Change IP ToS Precedence value. (Range: 0-7)

tos-from-802.1p Change IP ToS Precedence from 802.1p priority.

yellow-deny Discard yellow packet.

yellow-drop-precedencegreen

Internally change the drop precedence of yellow packet to green.

yellow-drop-precedenceyellow

Internally change the drop precedence of yellow packet to yellow.

yellow-drop-precedence red Internally change the drop precedence of yellow packet to red.

yellow-dscp ip-dsc-value Change differentiated services code point of yellow packet. (Range:0-63)

Match parameters Sets a packet field to be matched

802.1p priority Specifies 802.1p priority value (for outer or single tag). (Range: 0-7)

802.1p-inner priority Specifies 802.1p priority value (for inner tag). (Range: 0-7)

all Matches all packets.

destination-ip host ip Specify a single IP address.

destination-ip range first-iplast-ip

Specify a range of IP addresses.

destination-ip ip netmask Specify a maskable IP address.

destination-mac hostmac-address

Specify host destination MAC address.

destination-mac mac-netmask Specify a maskable destination MAC address(XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX).

destination-port first-L4-portlast-L4-port

Specify range of destination L4 port. (Range: 0-65535)

destination-port range L4-port Specify destination L4 port. (Range: 0-65535)

dscp ip-dscp-value Specify IP DSCP field.

ethertype ethertype Specify single EtherType field. (Range: 0x0600-0xFFFF)

ethertype range first-ethertypelast-ethertype

Specify range of L4 port numbers. (Range: 0x0600-0xFFFF)

protocol icmp Set L4 protocol to Internet Control Message Protocol.

protocol tcp Set L4 protocol to Transmission Control Protocol.

protocol udp Set L4 protocol to User Datagram Protocol.

protocol value Set L4 protocol to IP Protocol fiel value. (Range: 0-255)

source-ip host ip Specify source single IP address.

source-ip range first-ip last-ip Specify source range of IP addresses.

source-ip ip-netmask Specify source maskable IP address.

source-mac host mac-address Specify host source MAC address.

source-mac mac-netmask Specify maskable source MAC address (XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX).

356

Chapter 3. filter

Match parameters Sets a packet field to be matchedsource-port L4-port Specify single source L4 port. (Range: 0-65535)

source-port range L4-port Specify source source L4 port. (Range: 0-65535)

tos-bits tos-value Specify IP ToS lower bits. (Range: 0-7)

tos-precedencetos-precedence-value

Specify IP ToS Precedence. (Range: 0-7)

vlan vlan-id Specify single VLAN ID (outer/single tag). (Range: 1-4094)

vlan range first-vlan-id last-vlan-id Specify range of VLAN ID (outer/single tag). (Range: 1-4094)

vlan-inner vlan-id Specify single VLAN ID (inner tag). (Range: 1-4094)

vlan-inner range first-vlan-idlast-vlan-id

Specify range of VLAN ID (inner tag). (Range: 1-4094)

Other parameters Description

disable Disables the filter.

enable Enables the filter.

ethernet Applies the filter to an Ethernet port.

all Apply the filter to all Ethernet ports.

ethernet range first-port-numberlast-port-number

Apply the filter to a range of specific units and ports. (Range: 1-8)

meter meter-id Sets a meter to be associated to this filter. (Range: 1-63)

remark text Adds a remark text.

priority priority Configures the filter priority. Higher values indicate better priority.(Range: 0-7)

Default

By default, no filter is created.

A new filter matches all packets if no match parameters are specified.

A new filter is applied to all ports if no ingress ports are specified.

A new ingress filter has a default priority of 8 if no priority is specified.

A new egress filter has a default priority of 0 if no priority is specified.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

357

Chapter 3. filter

Release Modification1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Each filter created may specify multiple non-conflicting actions and multiple matches. Multiple actions areapplied in parallel. Multiple matches are combined as a logical AND.

Filter priorities are used when two or more filters match the same packet and their actions conflict (i.e. theactions modify the same packet field(s) or they are permit/deny actions). In that case the highest priority filterhas its action executed. Filters can share the same priority if their matches are related to the same packet fields(but not the same field values).

A filter containing matches with ranges of values may require additional resources to be implemented. Thatcorresponds to more than one priority being necessary for the filter. If that is the case, the user will be informed atfilter creation. If the filter requires N priorities to be implemented, there must be N available priorities beginningon the filter specified priority.

That need for additional priorities is related to the range starting and ending values. No additional priorities areneeded when the range is aligned with power of two values (i.e. when the lower limit is a power of two and theupper limit is a power of two minus one).

When editing a filter, only the specified properties are changed. If the editing includes one or more matches, alloriginal filter matches are removed. If it includes actions, all original actions are removed.

Example

This example shows how to create an ingress filter to discard all tcp packets incoming in the interface ethernet5.

DmSwitch(config)#filter new ingress ethernet 5 action deny match protocol tcpFilter 1 created.DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the configuration was created by entering the show filter privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show filter Shows filters information.

meter Configures a meter to be used by a filter

counter Configures a counter to be used by a filter

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

358

hostname

hostname name

DescriptionSpecifies a hostname for the equipment.

Syntax

Parameter Description

name Specifies a name.

DefaultDefault hostname is "DmSwitch".

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to specify the hostname "ClientABC".

DmSwitch(config)#hostname ClientABCClientABC(config)#

It is possible to verify the hostname by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

359

interface bundle

interface bundle { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } }

no interface bundle { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } }

Description

Enables the bundle interface configuration mode.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specified bundle interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description

all Enables for all interfaces.

port-number Enables for a specific bundle interface. (Range 1-8)

range { first-port-number last-port-number } Enables for a range of specific bundle interface. (Range:1-8)

DefaultDefault is bundle disabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable the bundle interface configuration mode for port range 1 to 5.

DmSwitch#interface bundle range 1 5DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1-to-1/5)#

360

Chapter 3. interface bundle

You can verify that the bundle range was accepted as it is shown in the new prompt.

Related CommandsNo related command.

361

interface ethernet

interface ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } }

DescriptionEnables the interface configuration mode.

Syntax

Parameter Description

all Enables for all ports.

port-number Enables for a specific unit and port. (Range: 1-8)

range { first-port-number last-port-number } Enables for a range of specific units and ports. (Range:1-8)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable the interface configuration mode for port range 1 to 5.

DmSwitch#interface ethernet range 1 5DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/1-to-1/5)#

You can verify that the port range was accepted as it is shown in the new prompt.

Related CommandsNo related command.

362

interface mgmt-eth

interface mgmt-eth

DescriptionEnables the management interface configuration mode.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable the management interface configuration mode.

DmSwitch(config)#interface mgmt-ethDmSwitch(config-if-mgmt-eth)#

Related CommandsNo related command.

363

interface loopback

interface loopback { loopback-number }

no interface loopback { loopback-number }

Description

Enables the loopback configuration mode.

Only the interface loopback 0 is available.

The loopback interface can be used as source-iface by the following services: snmp, ssh, telnet, tftp, radius,tacacs, syslog and sntp.

Syntax

Parameter Description

loopback-number Enables loopback.

DefaultThe interface loopback is in shutdown by default.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To enable the interface loopback capacity, the internal-network VLAN command ought to be used. See InternalNetwork command below for more details.

It is possible to redistribute the interface loopback IP address, for instance, through BGP, the redistribute con-nected/static must be enabled and the router-id must be set manually.

364

Chapter 3. interface loopback

Example

This example shows how to enable the interface configuration mode for loopback 0.

DmSwitch(config)#interface loopback 0DmSwitch(config-if-lo-0)#DmSwitch(config-if-lo-0)#ip address 1.1.1.1/32DmSwitch(config-if-lo-0)#no shutdown

You can verify that the configuration was accepted through the show interfaces loopback command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces loopback Shows the interfaces loopback.

internal network Sets VLAN to work in Internal Network mode

show ip Shows the IP configuration.

365

interface port-channel

interface port-channel { port-channel-number }

no interface port-channel { portchannel-number }

Description

Enables the port-channel configuration mode. The port-channel is created if it doesn’t exist.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specified port channel interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description

portchannel-number Enables for a specific port channel. The port channel mustbe specified in accordance with the port channelconfigured in the switch. (Range: 1-8)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable the interface configuration mode for port-channel 1.

DmSwitch#interface port-channel 1DmSwitch(config-if-port-ch-1)#

You can verify that the port channel interface was accepted as it is shown in the new prompt.

366

Chapter 3. interface port-channel

Related CommandsNo related command.

367

interface pw

interface pw { port-number }

no interface pw { port-number }

Description

Enables the PW interface configuration mode.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specified PW interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description

port-number Enables for a specific PW interface.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable the PW interface configuration mode for interface 1.

DmSwitch#interface pw 1DmSwitch(config-if-pw-1/1)#

You can verify that the PW interface was accepted as it is shown in the new prompt.

368

Chapter 3. interface pw

Related CommandsNo related command.

369

interface tdm

interface tdm { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } }

no interface tdm { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } }

Description

Enables the TDM interface configuration mode.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specified TDM interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description

all Enables for all TDM interfaces.

port-number Enables for a specific TDM interface.

range { first-port-number last-port-number } Enables for a range of specific TDM interfaces.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable the TDM interface configuration mode for TDM 1.

DmSwitch#interface tdm 1DmSwitch(config-if-tdm-1/1)#

You can verify that the tdm interface was accepted as it is shown in the new prompt.

370

Chapter 3. interface tdm

Related CommandsNo related command.

371

interface vlan

interface vlan { all | index | range { first-index last-index } }

no interface vlan { index | range { first-index last-index } }

Description

Enables the VLAN configuration mode. The VLAN is created and enabled if it does not exist.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specified VLAN interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description

all Enables for all VLANs.

index Enables for a specific VLAN index. (Range: 1-4094)

range { first-index last-index } Enables for a range of specific VLANs index. (Range: 1-4094)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesVLAN 1 cannot be disabled.

Example

This example shows how to enable for all VLANs.

DmSwitch#interface vlan alliterating over 4094 VLANs. Next commands may take a while...DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-all)#

372

Chapter 3. interface vlan

You can verify that the VLAN range was accepted as it is shown in the new prompt.

Related CommandsNo related command.

373

ip as-path access-list

ip as-path access-list name { permit | deny } regexp

no ip as-path access-list name { permit | deny } regexp

Description

Configures the BGP autonomous system path filter access-list.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will erase AS-Path access-list.

Syntax

Parameter Description

name Specifies a name of a AS-Path access-list. (Max. 33characters).

deny Specifies packets to reject of a AS-Path access-list.

permit Specifies packets to forward of a AS-Path access-list.

regexp Regular expressions that matches the desired BGPAS-path list. Blank spaces are not allowed (Max. 48characters).

DefaultBy default, there are no access-lists created.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

AS path regular expression is based on POSIX 1003.2 regular expressions. Following description is just a subsetof POSIX regular expression. User can use full POSIX regular expression. Adding to that special character ’_’is added for AS path regular expression. Blank spaces are not allowed.

374

Chapter 3. ip as-path access-list

Character Description

. Matches any single character.

. Matches any single character.

* Matches 0 or more occurrences of pattern.

+ Matches 1 or more occurrences of pattern.

? Match 0 or 1 occurrences of pattern.

^ Matches the beginning of the line.

$ Matches the end of the line.

_ Character _ has special meanings in AS path regular expression. It matches to space andcomma , and AS set delimiter { and } and AS confederation delimiter ( and ). And it alsomatches to the beginning of the line and the end of the line. So _ can be used for AS valueboundaries match. show ip bgp regexp _7675_ matches to all of BGP routes which as ASnumber include 7675.

Example

This example shows how to insert a regular expression in list named tag and how to be used in a route-map andright after in the BGP.

DmSwitch(config)#ip as-path access-list tag permit _7728_DmSwitch(config)#route-map r1 deny 1DmSwitch(config-route-map)#match as-path tagDmSwitch(config)#router bgp 1DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 1.1.1.1 remote-as 2DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 1.1.1.1 route-map r1 out

You can verify that the expression was added to the list by entering the show ip as-path access-listprivileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

route-map Create route-map or enter route-map command mode.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show ip as-pathaccess-list

Shows configured as-path_access-lists.

375

ip default-gateway

ip default-gateway { ip-address }

no ip default-gateway

Description

Configures the default gateway for DmSwitch.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the default gateway.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address Specifies the default gateway IP address.

DefaultNo default gateway is configured.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the IP address "10.1.1.1" for default gateway of DmSwitch.

DmSwitch(config)#ip default-gateway 10.1.1.1DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the IP address was configured by entering the show ip default-gateway user EXECcommand.

376

Chapter 3. ip default-gateway

Related Commands

Command Description

ip address Sets an IP address for the selected VLAN.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

377

ip host-table aging-time

ip host-table aging-time seconds

no ip host-table aging-time

Description

Defines the aging time of all entries in the L3 ARP table.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the aging time to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

seconds Specifies the aging time in seconds. (Range: 60-1000000)

Default300 seconds.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced. Before this was called arp aging-time.

Usage Guidelines

ARP aging time is used to remove from the ARP table entries that are not in used anymore. Since it’s globallyconfigured, whenever ARP aging timer expires the whole table is verified and updated.

While the ARP table is being refreshed, there are two different behaviors depending on the entry. Entries that arenext-hop to routes: a new ARP request is sent and the entry is never removed. All other entries: will be removedif it’s not hit between two consecutive agings. No new ARP requests will be generated for this type of entry.

Note that this command affects only the L3 Forwarding Tables. Control plane has its own ARP table and itsbehavior is out of the scope of this command. Depending on the L3 protocols that are running on the system,one may see extra ARP Requests to maintain the control plane’s ARP Table.

378

Chapter 3. ip host-table aging-time

Example

This example shows how to change the aging time to 1000 seconds.

DmSwitch#ip host-table aging-time 1000DmSwitch#

You can verify that the value was changed by entering the show ip host-table aging-time privilegedEXEC configuration command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip host-tableaging-time

Shows host-table aging-time configuration.

379

ip dhcp server

ip dhcp server index net-ip net-mask first-pool-ip last-pool-ip [ default-lease-time dayshours minutes seconds ] [ dns-server ip-address ] [ domain-name text ] [ max-lease-timedays hours minutes seconds ] [ netbios-dd-server ip-address ] [ netbios-name-server ip-address ] [ netbios-node-type type ] [ router ip-address ]

no ip dhcp server index

Description

Configures DHCP server index to serve net-ip/net-mask network (must be compatible with some VLAN L3 IP)and deliver addresses from first-pool-ip to last-pool-ip, which must be consecutive and can not have a VLANL3 IP in the pool range.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the selected index server.

Syntax

Parameter Description

default-lease-time days hours minutesseconds

Specifies default lease time. Days: (range: 0-20000),hours: (range: 0-23), minutes: (range: 0-59) and seconds:(range: 0-59)

dns-server ip-address Specifies the DNS server ip address.

domain-name text Specifies the DNS server ip address. (Max. 32 characters)

first-pool-ip Specifies the pool begin ip address.

index Specifies the server to configure. (Range: 1-6)

last-pool-ip Specifies the pool end ip address.

max-lease-time days hours minutes seconds Specifies max lease time. Days: (range: 0-20000), hours:(range: 0-23), minutes: (range: 0-59) and seconds: (range:0-59)

net-ip Specifies the network address of the DHCP pool. Thenet-ip value must be the equal to network address of targetIP L3 vlan. To obtain network address value, performs abitwise AND operation between ip address and maskfrom IP L3 vlan.

net-mask Specifies the network mask, in X.X.X.X format, of theDHCP pool. The net-mask value must be equal to maskvalue of target IP L3 vlan.

netbios-dd-server ip-address Specifies the NetBIOS datagram distribution server ipaddress.

netbios-name-server ip-address Specifies the NetBIOS name server (WINS) ip address.

netbios-node-type type Specifies the NetBIOS node type.

router ip-address Specifies the router ip address to be set on DHCP clients.

380

Chapter 3. ip dhcp server

DefaultNo DHCP server is configured.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

DHCP server is set to deliver ip addresses and automatically configure network clients parameters. No previousclient network setup is needed, just physical connection to equipment and a DHCP client.

A VLAN interface with L3 address is needed to enable a server. The server uses VLAN network address to run.

Example

This example shows how to configure the DHCP server 1 to run over previous configured VLAN 2 with primaryL3 address "20.20.20.1/24". The server will run on "20.20.20.0/255.255.255.0" network/mask and create a poolof IP addresses ranging from "20.20.20.10" to "20.20.20.20".

DmSwitch(config)#ip dhcp server 1 20.20.20.0 255.255.255.0 20.20.20.10 20.20.20.20DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the DHCP server was configured by entering the show ip dhcp user EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip dhcp Shows the configured DHCP servers.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

381

ip http

ip http { server | port port-number | secure-server | secure-port port-number }

no ip http { server | port | secure-server | secure-port }

Description

Configures the internal HTTP server for external access.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will stop the HTTP server or reset binded ports to the default value.

It can also reset the maximum number of connections on the HTTP server to default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

server Enables the internal HTTP server.

port port-number Specifies a port number for access the HTTP server.(Range: 1-65535)

secure-server Enables the internal secure HTTP server.

secure-port port-number Specifies a port number for access the secure HTTPserver. (Range: 1-65535)

Default

Port: 80

Secure-port: 443

HTTP is enabled and secure HTTP is disabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

382

Chapter 3. ip http

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable the secure HTTP server.

DmSwitch(config)#ip http secure-serverDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the secure HTTP server was enabled by entering the show ip http privileged EXECcommand.

This example shows how to change to 3000 the access port of HTTP server.

DmSwitch(config)#ip http port 3000DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the port of HTTP server was changed by entering the show ip http privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

management Filters client IP address that tries to access internal servers.

show ip http Shows the HTTP server information.

show management Shows the management IP filters.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

383

ip nat-helper

ip nat-helper { ftp { ports port_number } | irc { ports port_number } | tftp { portsport_number } }

no ip nat-helper { ftp | irc | tftp }

Description

Configure application specific helpers for transversal NAT and reuse of tcp connections.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable each of the nat helpers.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ftp Configures ftp NAT helper.

irc Configures irc NAT helper.

tftp Configures tftp NAT helper.

ports Configures operation using port.

port_number Defines which port to operate. (Range 1-65535)

DefaultNo NAT helpers sets

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

NAT helper modules do some application specific NAT handling. Usually this includes on-the-fly manipulationof data. Think about the PORT command in FTP, where the client tells the server which ip/port to connectto. Thererfore a FTP helper module has to replace the ip/port after the PORT command in the FTP controlconnection.

384

Chapter 3. ip nat-helper

If we are dealing with TCP a possible change of the packet size may occur (FTP example: The length of thestring representing an IP/port tuple after the PORT command has changed). If we had to change the packet size,we have a syn/ack difference between left and right side of the NAT box. (i.e. if we had extended one packet by4 octets, we have to add this offset to the TCP sequence number of each following packet)

Special NAT handling of all related packets is required, too. Take as example again FTP, where all incomingpackets of the DATA connection have to be NATed to the ip/port given by the client with the PORT commandon the control connection.

Example

This example shows how to set ftp NAT helper over port 2121.

DmSwitch#ip nat-helper ftp ports 2121DmSwitch#

You can verify that the limit rate was changed by entering the show running-config user EXEC com-mand.

!ip nat-helper irc ports 3ip nat-helper ftp ports 2121ip nat-helper tftp ports 3!

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

385

ip prefix-list

ip prefix-list name seq seq-number { permit | deny } ipaddress/mask [ ge ge-length ] [le le-length ]

no ip prefix-list name seq seq-number { permit | deny } ipaddress/mask [ gege-length ] [ le le-length ]

Description

Configure a prefix list.

The prefix-list can be used to match routes received from other equipments. The permit/deny facilities providedby these commands can be used to filter which routes will install in the kernel.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will erase prefix list.

Syntax

Parameter Description

name Specifies a name of a prefix list.

seq seq-number Specifies a sequence number of an entry. (Range:1-65535)

deny Specifies packets to reject of a prefix list.

permit Specifies packets to forward of a prefix list.

ipaddress/mask Specifies a IP prefix.

ge ge-length (Optional) Specifies a matching prefix mask greater orequal than the given value. Range: 1-32. The default is notconfigured by the value 0, although not being a validrange value.

le le-length (Optional) Specifies a matching prefix mask less or equalthan the given value. Range: 1-32. Default is notconfigured by the value 32.

DefaultBy default, there are no prefix-lists created.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

386

Chapter 3. ip prefix-list

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe ge (greater or equal) and le (less or equal) parameters allow the range of the prefix length to be matched onto be varied. If only the ge attribute is specified the range is assumed to be from ge-length value to the addresslength of the family. If only the le attribute is specified, it matches from mask to le-length value. A specifiedge and/or le must satisfy the following condition:mask <= ge-length <= le-length <= address length of family.

Example

This example shows how to insert a ip address in list.

DmSwitch(config)#ip prefix-list name seq 1 permit 192.168.1.1/24DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the address was added to the list by entering the show ip prefix-list privilegedEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

router bgp Enables and accesses the BGP configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show ip prefix-list Shows configured prefix-lists.

387

ip protocol-management-address

ip protocol-management-address [vlan { vlan_id }| mgmt-eth]

no ip protocol-management-address

Description

Configure management address for protocols.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the protocol-management-address configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

vlan_id Configures vlan interface number. (Range: 1-4094)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesInterface vlan must be created.

Example

This example shows how to configure protocol management address.

DmSwitch(config)#ip protocol-management-address vlan 2DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the configuration was set by entering show ip protocol-management-addressprivileged EXEC command.

388

Chapter 3. ip protocol-management-address

Related Commands

Command Description

show ipprotocol-management-address

Shows the management address for protocols.

389

ip route

ip route { destination-ip-address/mask forwarding-ip-address [ distance { value } [ route-remark] | route-remark ] }

no ip route { all | destination-ip-address/mask forwarding-ip-address }

Description

Adds a static route to the routing table.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specified static route.

Syntax

Parameter Description

distance value (Optional) Sets administrative distance. (Range: 1-255)

route-remark (Optional) Sets static route remark.

destination-ip-address/mask Specifies the destination network.

forwarding-ip-address Specifies the gateway to reach the destination network.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesUse the mask /32 to indicate a host.

Example

This example shows how to establish a static route to the network "10.2.1.0/24" through gateway "10.1.1.1".

DmSwitch(config)#ip route 10.2.1.0/24 10.1.1.1

390

Chapter 3. ip route

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the static route was added by entering the show ip route user EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

ip routing Enables the IP routing.

show ip route Shows IP routing table.

show ip routing Shows the routing status.

391

ip routing

ip routing

no ip routing

Description

Enables the IP routing.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable IP routing.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultIP routing is disabled by default.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable the IP routing.

DmSwitch(config)#ip routingDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the IP routing was enabled by entering the show ip routing user EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

ip route Adds a static route to the routing table.

392

Chapter 3. ip routing

Command Descriptionshow ip route Shows IP routing table.

show ip routing Shows the routing status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

393

ip snmp-server

ip snmp-server [ community text [ ro | rw ] | contact text | host ip-address {source-iface [ loopback number | vlan number ] | version { 1 text | 2c text | 3 text [ md5text | sha text ] [ aes text | des text ] } } | location text | traps [ parameters ] | user text { ro |rw } { md5 text | sha text } [ aes text | des text ] ]

no ip snmp-server [ community text | contact | host ip-address { source-iface } |location | traps [ parameters ] | user text ]

Description

Configures the internal SNMP server.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will stop SNMP server or remove the specified configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

community text (Optional) Creates a new community with the specified name.

rw Specifies that the access is read and write.

ro Specifies that the access is read only.

contact text (Optional) Sets the DmSwitch’s contact name. Is accepted spaces forthe variable text.

host ip-address (Optional) Sets the IP address of a manager device. It will receive thetraps of a specific community sent by DmSwitch.

source-iface Specifies the SNMP source interface

loopback number Select loopback interface.

vlan number Select VLAN interface. (Range: 1-4094)

version Specifies a SNMP version.

1 text Sets the SNMP version 1.

2c text Sets the SNMP version 2c.

3 text Sets the SNMP version 3.

location location (Optional) Sets the DmSwitch’s location. It accepts spaces.

user text (Optional)Creates a new user with the specified name.

md5 text Uses MD5 algorithm for the user authentication.

sha text Uses SHA algorithm for the user authentication.

aes text (Optional) Uses AES algorithm for the data transmission privacy.

des text (Optional) Uses DES algorithm for the data transmission privacy.

traps parameters Disables sending of SNMP traps. Click here to see the parametersdescription.

394

Chapter 3. ip snmp-server

DefaultSNMP server is enabled by default and community read-only "public".

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to set the manager device for the community "management" using a SNMP version2c.

DmSwitch(config)#ip snmp-server host 10.5.1.2 version 2c managementDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the manager device was set by entering the show ip snmp-server privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

ip snmp-server trap Enables sending of SNMP traps.

management Filters client IP address that tries to access internal servers.

show ip snmp-server Shows the SNMP server information.

show management Shows the management IP filters.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show system Shows system information.

395

ip snmp-server traps

ip snmp-server traps [ alarm-status-change | bpdu-protect-limit-reached| bpdu-protect-block-time-expired | cesop-tdm-link | cesop-tdm-remote| cesop-tdm-cas | cesop-tdm-crc | cesop-bundle-tdm-local |cesop-bundle-tdm-remote | cesop-bundle-local | cesop-bundle-remote |cesop-bundle-pkt-mismatch | cesop-bundle-next-hop | cesop-clock-source| cfm-notification | config-change | config-save | cpu-l3-usage |cpu-usage | critical-event-detected | critical-event-recovered |dying-gasp-received | eaps-status-change | erps-status-change |evc-status-change | fan-status-change | high-memory-l3-usage-detected |high-memory-l3-usage-no-more-detected | high-memory-usage-detected| high-memory-usage-no-more-detected | license-expire-warning |link-up-down | lldp-remote-changed | lldp-remote-changed-global |lst-link-up-down | login-fail | login-success | loopback-detected| loopback-no-more-detected | non-homologated-transceiver| transceiver-presence | traps-lost | unidir-link-detected |unidir-link-recovered ]

no ip snmp-server traps [ alarm-status-change |bpdu-protect-limit-reached | bpdu-protect-block-time-expired |cesop-tdm-link | cesop-tdm-remote | cesop-tdm-cas | cesop-tdm-crc |cesop-bundle-tdm-local | cesop-bundle-tdm-remote | cesop-bundle-local |cesop-bundle-remote | cesop-bundle-pkt-mismatch | cesop-bundle-next-hop| cesop-clock-source | cfm-notification | config-change |config-save | cpu-l3-usage | cpu-usage | critical-event-detected |critical-event-recovered | dying-gasp-received | eaps-status-change| erps-status-change | evc-status-change | fan-status-change |high-memory-l3-usage-detected | high-memory-l3-usage-no-more-detected| high-memory-usage-detected | high-memory-usage-no-more-detected| license-expire-warning | link-up-down | lldp-remote-changed |lldp-remote-changed-global | lst-link-up-down | login-fail |login-success | loopback-detected | loopback-no-more-detected |non-homologated-transceiver | transceiver-presence | traps-lost |unidir-link-detected | unidir-link-recovered ]

Description

Enables the sending of SNMP traps.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable all or the specified SNMP trap.

Syntax

Parameter Description

alarm-status-change (Optional) Issues alarm-status-change traps.

396

Chapter 3. ip snmp-server traps

Parameter Descriptionbpdu-protect-limit-reached (Optional) Issues bpdu-protect-limit-reached traps.

bpdu-protect-block-time-expired (Optional) Issues bpdu-protect-block-time-expired traps.

cesop-tdm-link (Optional) Issues cesop-tdm-link traps.

cesop-tdm-remote (Optional) Issues cesop-tdm-remote traps.

cesop-tdm-cas (Optional) Issues cesop-tdm-cas traps.

cesop-tdm-crc (Optional) Issues cesop-tdm-crc traps.

cesop-bundle-tdm-local (Optional) Issues cesop-bundle-tdm-local traps.

cesop-bundle-tdm-remote (Optional) Issues cesop-bundle-tdm-remote traps.

cesop-bundle-local (Optional) Issues cesop-bundle-local traps.

cesop-bundle-remote (Optional) Issues cesop-bundle-remote traps.

cesop-bundle-pkt-mismatch (Optional) Issues cesop-bundle-pkt-mismatch traps.

cesop-bundle-next-hop (Optional) Issues cesop-bundle-next-hop traps.

cesop-clock-source (Optional) Issues cesop-clock-source traps.

cfm-notification (Optional) Issues cfm-notification traps.

config-change (Optional) Issues config-change traps.

config-save (Optional) Issues config-save traps.

cpu-l3-usage (Optional) Issues layer 3 CPU usage traps.

cpu-usage (Optional) Issues cpu-usage traps.

critical-event-detected (Optional) Issues critical-event-detected traps.

critical-event-recovered (Optional) Issues critical-event-recovered traps.

dying-gasp-received (Optional) Issues dying-gasp-received traps.

eaps-status-change (Optional) Issues eaps-status-change traps.

erps-status-change (Optional) Issues erps-status-change traps.

evc-status-change (Optional) Issues EVC status change.

fan-status-change (Optional) Issues fan-status-change traps.

high-memory-l3-usage-detected (Optional) Issues layer 3 high-memory-usage-detectedtraps.

high-memory-l3-usage-no-more-detected(Optional) Issues layer 3high-memory-usage-no-more-detected traps.

high-memory-usage-detected (Optional) Issues high-memory-usage-detected traps.

high-memory-usage-no-more-detected (Optional) Issues high-memory-usage-no-more-detectedtraps.

license-expire-warning (Optional) Issues license-expire-warning traps.

link-up-down (Optional) Issues link-up or link-down traps.

lldp-remote-changed (Optional) Issues trap for changes in LLDP remote tableof an interface.

lldp-remote-changed-global (Optional) Issues trap for changes in LLDP remote tables.

lst-link-up-down (Optional) Issues lst-link-up-down traps.

login-fail (Optional) Issues login-fail traps.

login-success (Optional) Issues login-success traps.

loopback-detected (Optional) Loopback detection.

loopback-no-more-detected (Optional) Loopback recovery.

non-homologated-transceiver (Optional) Issues non-homologated-transceiver traps.

transceiver-presence (Optional) Issues transceivers insertion/removal traps.

397

Chapter 3. ip snmp-server traps

Parameter Descriptiontraps-lost (Optional) Issues traps-lost traps.

unidir-link-detected (Optional) Issues unidir-link-detected traps.

unidir-link-recovered (Optional) Issues unidir-link-recovered traps.

DefaultThe sending of all SNMP traps are enabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

5.2 Added cpu-l3-usage, evc-status-change,high-memory-l3-usage-detected andhigh-memory-l3-usage-no-more-detected commands.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable the DmSwitch to send SNMP traps.

DmSwitch(config)#ip snmp-server trapsDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the sending was enabled by entering the show ip snmp-server traps privilegedEXEC command. As default, all traps are enable.

Related Commands

Command Description

ip snmp-server Configures the internal SNMP server.

show ip snmp-server Shows the SNMP server information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

398

ip ssh

ip ssh { max-connections max-connections-number | server | timeout seconds |server-key size number-of-bits | source-iface [ vlan number | loopback number ] |host-key { clear | generate } [ rsa | dsa ] }

no ip ssh { max-connections | server | timeout | server-key size | source-iface}

Description

Configures the internal SSH server for external access.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will stop the SSH server or reset the specified parameter to the defaultvalue.

Syntax

Parameter Description

max-connections max-connections-number Specifies the maximum number of connections on SSHserver. (Range: 1-3)

server Enables the internal SSH server.

timeout seconds Defines the amount of time that the SSH server wait aresponse from a client during the authentication. (Range:0-600)

server-key size number-of-bits Defines the number of bits that compose theauthentication key. (Range: 512- 896)

host-key Configures the host key pair (public and private).

generate Generates the specified host key pair.

rsa (Optional) Specifies the RSA key for SSH version 1.

dsa (Optional) Specifies the DSA key for SSH version 2.

source-iface Specify SSH source interface.

loopback number Select loopback interface.

vlan number Select VLAN interface. (Range: 1-4094)

Default

Default max-connections is 3.

Default timeout value is 120 seconds.

Default server-key size is 768 bits.

399

Chapter 3. ip ssh

Default SSH server is disabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe host-key pair must be generated in order to enable SSH.

Example

This example shows how to generate the DSA host key pair for SSH version 2.

DmSwitch(config)#ip ssh host-key generate dsaGenerating dsa keys...Fingerprint: 2e:64:59:be:76:e5:e5:a1:bf:0f:a2:31:2f:8e:84:46DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the key pair was generated by entering the show ip ssh privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

management Filters client IP address that tries to access internal servers.

show ip ssh Shows the SSH server information.

show management Shows the management IP filters.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show system Shows system information.

terminal timeout Sets an idle timeout for terminal.

400

ip telnet

ip telnet { max-connections max-connections-number | server | source-iface [ vlannumber | loopback number ] }

no ip telnet { max-connections | server | source-iface }

Description

Configures the internal telnet server for external access.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will stop the telnet server or reset the maximum number of connectionsto the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

max-connections max-connections-number Specifies the maximum number of connections on telnetserver. (Range: 1-3)

server Enables the internal telnet server.

source-iface Specify Telnet source address.

loopback number Select loopback interface as source address.

vlan number Select VLAN interface as source address. (Range:1-4094)

Default

Max-connections: 3 connections

Telnet server is enabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

401

Chapter 3. ip telnet

Example

This example shows how to change the maximum number of connections to 2.

DmSwitch(config)#ip telnet max-connections 2DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the maximum number os connections was changed by entering the show ip telnetprivileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

management Filters client IP address that tries to access internal servers.

show ip telnet Shows the telnet server information.

show management Shows the management IP filters.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

terminal timeout Sets an idle timeout for terminal.

402

ip tftp

ip tftp { source-iface [ loopback 0 ] }

no ip tftp { source-iface }

Description

Configures the internal TFTP client options.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the chosen option to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

source-iface Specify TFTP source address.

loopback 0 Select loopback interface as source address.

DefaultNo default source interface is chosen, nearest IP address will be used.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to change the source interface to loopback interface 0.

DmSwitch(config)#ip tftp source-iface loopback 0DmSwitch(config)#

The configuration can be verified by entering the show ip privileged EXEC command.

403

Chapter 3. ip tftp

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip Shows the IP configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

404

l2protocol-tunnel

l2protocol-tunnel { dest-mac-address mac-address }

no l2protocol-tunnel { dest-mac-address }

Description

Configures the layer 2 protocols tunneling.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will delete the destination MAC address defined for the layer 2protocol tunneling.

This configuration does not apply on L2 Control Protocol Tunneling, and Extended Tunneling which alwaysuses DATACOM OUI MAC address prefix (01:04:DF:CD:CD) as destination.

Syntax

Parameter Description

dest-mac-address mac-address Defines a destination MAC address. It will be used by thepackets that have been tunneled.(XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe configured destination MAC address must be the same on all switches on the tunnelling path.

Example

This example shows how to define a MAC address to be used by the layer 2 protocol tunneling.

405

Chapter 3. l2protocol-tunnel

DmSwitch(config)#l2protocol-tunnel dest-mac-address 01:02:03:04:05:06DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the MAC address was defined by entering the show l2protocol-tunnel privilegedEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show l2protocol-tunnel Shows Layer 2 Protocols Tunneling information.

l2protocol-tunnel Configures Layer 2 protocols tunneling for the Ethernet interface.

406

lacp mode

lacp mode { active | passive }

no lacp mode

Description

Configures LACP operation mode.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset it to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

active Enables LACP in active mode.

passive Enables LACP in passive mode.

DefaultThe default value for LACP mode is active.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable LACP in passive mode.

DmSwitch(config)#lacp mode passiveDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the active mode was enabled by entering the show lacp internal user EXEC com-mand.

407

Chapter 3. lacp mode

Related Commands

Command Description

show lacp internal Shows the LACP internal information.

show lacp neighbors Shows the LACP neighbors information.

408

link-state-track group

link-state-track group [ downstream add { ethernet { all | range { first-interfacelast-interface } | interface-number } | port-channel portchannel-number } | upstream add {ethernet { all | range { first-interface last-interface } | interface-number } | port-channelportchannel-number } ]

no link-state-track group { ethernet interface_number | port-channel port-channel_id}

Description

Configure the link-state tracking.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the link-state tracking.

Syntax

Parameter Description

all Selects all available ethernet ports.

group Specifies the link-state tracking group (Range: 1-4).

interface-number Specifies the interface number. (Range 1-8)

portchannel-id Specifies the port-channel number. (Range: 1-8)

range { first-interface last-interface } Specifies a range of ethernet ports.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

5.2 Added all and range parameter to ethernet command.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

409

Chapter 3. link-state-track group

Example

This example shows how configure the link-state tracking.

DmSwitch(config)#link-state-track 1 downstream add ethernet 5DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the link-state-track was configured by entering the show link-state-track privilegedEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

410

lldp

lldp

no lldp

Description

Enables the LLDP operation in the DmSwitch.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the LLDP operation.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultLLDP is disabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable LLDP operation.

DmSwitch(config)#lldpDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that LLDP operation was enable by entering the show lldp user EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

lldp admin-status Configures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agent.

411

Chapter 3. lldp

Command Descriptionlldp notification Enables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.

lldpnotification-interval

Configures the allowed interval at which Simple Network ManagementProtocol (SNMP) notifications can be sent.

lldp reinitialize-delay Configures the delay that applies to a re-initialization attempt afterLLDP ports were disabled or the link went down.

lldp tlvs-tx-enable Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.

lldp transmit-delay Configures the delay time between successive frame transmissions.

lldp transmit-hold Configures the transmit-hold.

lldp transmit-interval Configures the periodic transmit interval for LLDP protocol data units(PDUs).

show lldp Shows LLDP configuration information.

show lldp neighbor Shows LLDP neighbor information.

412

lldp notification-interval

lldp notification-interval seconds

no lldp notification-interval

Description

Configures the allowed interval at which Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) notifications can besent. If multiple neighbor information changes occur after the sent notification, no additional notifications aresent.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the notification interval to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

seconds Specifies the interval at which lldp notifications are sent. (Range: 5-3600)

DefaultThe default value is 5 seconds.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure an interval of 120 seconds for SNMP notifications.

DmSwitch(config)#lldp notification-interval 120DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the notification interval was configured by entering the show lldp user EXEC command.

413

Chapter 3. lldp notification-interval

Related Commands

Command Description

lldp Enables the LLDP operation in the DmSwitch.

lldp admin-status Configures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agent.

lldp notification Enables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.

lldp reinitialize-delay Configures the delay that applies to a re-initialization attempt afterLLDP ports were disabled or the link went down.

lldp tlvs-tx-enable Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.

lldp transmit-delay Configures the delay time between successive frame transmissions.

lldp transmit-hold Configures the transmit-hold.

lldp transmit-interval Configures the periodic transmit interval for LLDP protocol data units(PDUs).

show lldp Shows LLDP configuration information.

show lldp neighbor Shows LLDP neighbor information.

414

lldp reinitialize-delay

lldp reinitialize-delay seconds

no lldp reinitialize-delay

Description

Configures the delay that applies to a re-initialization attempt after LLDP ports were disabled or the link wentdown.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the reinitialize delay to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

seconds Specifies the delay that applies to the re-initialization attempt.(Range: 1-10)

DefaultThe default value is 2 seconds.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure a re-initialization delay of 10 seconds.

DmSwitch(config)#lldp reinitialize-delay 10DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the re-initialization delay was configured by entering the show lldp user EXEC com-mand.

415

Chapter 3. lldp reinitialize-delay

Related Commands

Command Description

lldp Enables the LLDP operation in the DmSwitch.

lldp admin-status Configures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agent.

lldp notification Enables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.

lldpnotification-interval

Configures the allowed interval at which Simple Network ManagementProtocol (SNMP) notifications can be sent.

lldp tlvs-tx-enable Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.

lldp transmit-delay Configures the delay time between successive frame transmissions.

lldp transmit-hold Configures the transmit-hold.

lldp transmit-interval Configures the periodic transmit interval for LLDP protocol data units(PDUs).

show lldp Shows LLDP configuration information.

show lldp neighbor Shows LLDP neighbor information.

416

lldp transmit-delay

lldp transmit-delay { auto | seconds }

no lldp transmit-delay

Description

Configures the delay time between successive frame transmissions initiated by a value change or status changein any of the LLDP local systems Management Information Base (MIB).

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the transmit interval to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

auto Set delay time to maximum allowed value. Maximum allowed value is 25% oftransmit-interval.

seconds Specifies the delay time between successive frame transmissions. Maximum allowedvalue is 25% of transmit-interval. (Range: 1-8192)

DefaultThe default value is 2 seconds.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how automatically to configure the delay time between successive LLDP frame transmis-sions.

DmSwitch(config)#lldp transmit-delay auto

417

Chapter 3. lldp transmit-delay

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the auto transmit delay was configured by entering the show lldp user EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

lldp Enables the LLDP operation in the DmSwitch.

lldp admin-status Configures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agent.

lldp notification Enables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.

lldpnotification-interval

Configures the allowed interval at which Simple Network ManagementProtocol (SNMP) notifications can be sent.

lldp reinitialize-delay Configures the delay that applies to a re-initialization attempt afterLLDP ports were disabled or the link went down.

lldp tlvs-tx-enable Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.

lldp transmit-hold Configures the transmit-hold.

lldp transmit-interval Configures the periodic transmit interval for LLDP protocol data units(PDUs).

show lldp Shows LLDP configuration information.

show lldp neighbor Shows LLDP neighbor information.

418

lldp transmit-hold

lldp transmit-hold value

no lldp transmit-hold

Description

Configures the transmit-hold that is used to calculate the actual time-to-live (TTL) value used in the LLDP PDUpackets. The formula is transmit-interval * transmit-hold.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the transmit-hold to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

value Specifies the TTL value to transmit. (Range: 2-10)

DefaultThe default value is 4.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the transmit-hold value of 5.

DmSwitch(config)#lldp transmit-hold 5DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the the transmit-hold value was configured by entering the show lldp user EXEC com-mand.

419

Chapter 3. lldp transmit-hold

Related Commands

Command Description

lldp Enables the LLDP operation in the DmSwitch.

lldp admin-status Configures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agent.

lldp notification Enables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.

lldpnotification-interval

Configures the allowed interval at which Simple Network ManagementProtocol (SNMP) notifications can be sent.

lldp reinitialize-delay Configures the delay that applies to a re-initialization attempt afterLLDP ports were disabled or the link went down.

lldp tlvs-tx-enable Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.

lldp transmit-delay Configures the delay time between successive frame transmissions.

lldp transmit-interval Configures the periodic transmit interval for LLDP protocol data units(PDUs).

show lldp Shows LLDP configuration information.

show lldp neighbor Shows LLDP neighbor information.

420

lldp transmit-interval

lldp transmit-interval seconds

no lldp transmit-interval

Description

Configures the periodic transmit interval for LLDP protocol data units (PDUs).

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the transmit interval to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

seconds Specifies the time duration between LLDP transmissions. Minimum allowed value is4 times the transmit-delay. (Range: 5-32768)

DefaultThe default value is 30 seconds.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure a transmit interval of 10 seconds for LLDP PDUs.

DmSwitch(config)#lldp transmit-interval 10DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the transmit interval was configured by entering the show lldp user EXEC command.

421

Chapter 3. lldp transmit-interval

Related Commands

Command Description

lldp Enables the LLDP operation in the DmSwitch.

lldp admin-status Configures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agent.

lldp notification Enables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.

lldpnotification-interval

Configures the allowed interval at which Simple Network ManagementProtocol (SNMP) notifications can be sent.

lldp reinitialize-delay Configures the delay that applies to a re-initialization attempt afterLLDP ports were disabled or the link went down.

lldp tlvs-tx-enable Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.

lldp transmit-delay Configures the delay time between successive frame transmissions.

lldp transmit-hold Configures the transmit-hold.

show lldp Shows LLDP configuration information.

show lldp neighbor Shows LLDP neighbor information.

422

logging debug

logging debug { all | arp | cpu rx | eaps | erps | icmp | lacp | link | stp }

no logging debug { all | arp | cpu rx | eaps | erps | icmp | lacp | link | stp }

Description

Configures logging of debug messages related to the selected option.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable logging of debug messages related to the selected option.

Syntax

Parameter Description

all Enables logging of all debug messages.

arp Enables logging of ARP debug messages.

cpu rx Enables logging messages received at CPU.

eaps Enables logging of EAPS debug messages.

erps Enables logging of ERPS debug messages.

icmp Enables logging of ICMP debug messages.

lacp Enables logging of LACP debug messages.

link Enables logging of link state debug messages.

stp Enables logging of STP debug messages.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis command configures logging of debug messages.

423

Chapter 3. logging debug

Example

This example shows how to configure logging of debug messages for all protocols.

DmSwitch(config)#logging debug allDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify the debug messages logging configuration by entering the show running-config privilegedEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

debug Enables the printing of debug messages.

logging facility Sets the facility type for remote logging.

logging history Configures the level of events to be stored in memory.

logging on Enables the logging of events.

logging trap Configures the level of events that will be sent to remote server.

logging host Configures a remote syslog server.

show log Shows log messages.

show logging Shows logging configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

424

logging facility

logging facility { facility-type }

no logging facility

Description

Sets the facility type for remote logging.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set the facility type to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

facility-type Specifies the facility type. (Range: 16-23)

DefaultLogging facility default value is 23.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to set the facility type 18 for remote logging.

DmSwitch(config)#logging facility 18DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the facility type was set by entering the show logging privileged EXEC command.

425

Chapter 3. logging facility

Related Commands

Command Description

logging history Configures the level of events to be stored in memory.

logging host Configures a remote syslog server.

logging on Enables the logging of events.

logging sendmail Enables and configures the sending of logs via e-mail.

logging trap Configures the level of events that will be sent to remote server.

show log Shows log messages.

show logging Shows logging configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

426

logging history

logging history { flash | ram } { log-level }

no logging history { flash | ram }

Description

Configures the level of events to be stored in memory.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable logging in the specified memory.

Syntax

Parameter Description

flash Configures log level for flash memory.

ram Configures log level for RAM memory.

log-level Defines the range of log levels that will be saved in the specified memory. (Range: 0-7)

DefaultDefault log level for flash is 3, and for ram is 6.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure a range of 0 to 3 of log levels to be saved in flash memory.

DmSwitch(config)#logging history flash 3DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the configuration was maked by entering the show logging privileged EXEC command.

427

Chapter 3. logging history

Related Commands

Command Description

logging facility Sets the facility type for remote logging.

logging host Configures a remote syslog server.

logging on Enables the logging of events.

logging sendmail Enables and configures the sending of logs via e-mail.

logging trap Configures the level of events that will be sent to remote server.

show log Shows log messages.

show logging Shows logging configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

428

logging host

logging host { ip-address [ source-iface { loopback number | vlan number } ] }

no logging host { ip-address [ source-iface ] }

Description

Configures a remote syslog server.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the configuration of a remote syslog server.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address Specifies the IP address of the remote syslog server.

source-iface (Optional) Specifies the host source interface.

loopback number Select loopback interface as source address. (Range:1-4094)

vlan number Select VLAN interface as source address. (Range: 0-7)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to specify the IP address of the remote syslog server.

DmSwitch(config)#logging host 10.5.1.2

429

Chapter 3. logging host

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the IP address was configured by entering the show logging privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

logging facility Sets the facility type for remote logging.

logging history Configures the level of events to be stored in memory.

logging on Enables the logging of events.

logging sendmail Enables and configures the sending of logs via e-mail.

logging trap Configures the level of events that will be sent to remote server.

show log Shows log messages.

show logging Shows logging configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

430

logging on

logging on

no logging on

Description

Enables the logging of events.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the logging of events.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultEnabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable event logging.

DmSwitch(config)#logging onDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the logging was enabled by entering the show logging privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

logging facility Sets the facility type for remote logging.

431

Chapter 3. logging on

Command Descriptionlogging history Configures the level of events to be stored in memory.

logging host Configures a remote syslog server.

logging sendmail Enables and configures the sending of logs via e-mail.

logging trap Configures the level of events that will be sent to remote server.

show log Shows log messages.

show logging Shows logging configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

432

logging sendmail

logging sendmail [ host ip-address | level log-level | source-email email-address |destination-email email-address ]

no logging sendmail [ host ip-address | level | source-email | destination-emailemail-address ]

Description

Enables and configures the sending of logs via e-mail.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the sending of logs via e-mail or delete the specifiedconfiguration used for sending e-mails.

Syntax

Parameter Description

host ip-address (Optional) Specifies the IP address of the SMTP server.

level log-level (Optinal) Defines the range of log levels that will be sentby email. (Range: 0-7)

source-email email-address (Optional) Specifies the email address to use for the"from" field.

destination-email email-address (Optional) Specifies the recipients email address ofmessages.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

433

Chapter 3. logging sendmail

Example

This example shows how to configure an e-mail to use for the "from" field.

DmSwitch(config)#logging sendmail source-email DmSwitch@Datacom.ind.brDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the email was configured by entering the show logging privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

logging facility Sets the facility type for remote logging.

logging history Configures the level of events to be stored in memory.

logging host Configures a remote syslog server.

logging on Enables the logging of events.

logging trap Configures the level of events that will be sent to remote server.

show log Shows log messages.

show logging Shows logging configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

434

logging trap

logging trap { log-level }

no logging trap

Description

Configures the level of events that will be sent to remote server.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the sending of logs to a remote server.

Syntax

Parameter Description

log-level Defines the range of log levels that will be sent by trap. (Range: 0-7)

DefaultDefault value is 6.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the range of log levels that will be sent by traps.

DmSwitch(config)#logging trap 3DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the range of log levels was configured by entering the show logging privileged EXECcommand.

435

Chapter 3. logging trap

Related Commands

Command Description

logging facility Sets the facility type for remote logging.

logging history Configures the level of events to be stored in memory.

logging host Configures a remote syslog server.

logging on Enables the logging of events.

logging sendmail Enables and configures the sending of logs via e-mail.

show log Shows log messages.

show logging Shows logging configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

436

loopback-detection action

loopback-detection action { block | shutdown }

no loopback-detection action

Description

Configures action taken by Loopback Detection protocol when failure condition is detected.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return to the default values.

Syntax

Parameter Description

block Blocks traffic on interface when fail condition is detected.

shutdown Shutdown interface when fail condition is detected.

DefaultThe default action taken by Loopback-Detection protocol is to block the interface.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This commmand is used to configure action taken when failure condition is detected by Loopback-Detectionprotocol.

The most common action is to block the interface and let its link state unchanged. However, for some appli-cations a more restrictive action is necessary; the shutdown action changes the link state in the same way asshutdown command.

Example

This example shows how to configure loopback-detection action:

437

Chapter 3. loopback-detection action

DmSwitch(config)#loopback-detection action shutdownDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the information was configured by entering the show loopback-detection privilegedEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show loopback-detection Shows loopback-detection status and configuration

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show loopback-detection Shows loopback-detection status and configuration

loopback-detectiondestination-address

Configures destination address Loopback Detection PDUs

438

loopback-detection destination-address

loopback-detection destination-address { alternative | interface-mac |standard }

no loopback-detection destination-address

Description

Configures destination MAC address of Loopback Detection PDUs.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return to the default values.

Syntax

Parameter Description

alternative Use slow protocols alternative MAC address: 01:04:DF:00:00:02.

interface-mac Use ethernet interface MAC address.

standard Use slow protocols standard MAC address: 01:80:C2:00:00:02.

DefaultThe default destination address of Loopback-Detection PDUs the standard address of slow protocols.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command is used to configure the destination MAC address of Loopback-Detection PDUs.

The most usual destination MAC address is the standard address of slow protocols (multicast). That MACaddress is not forwarded by any network element, and is very useful to detect RX/TX loopback on optical linksor electrical loopbacks caused by problems on copper links.

439

Chapter 3. loopback-detection destination-address

An alternative MAC address of slow protocols can be used for applications where PDUs must be commuted byadjacent network elements, to detect issues in other links; that is not possible when using the standard adddressfor slow protocols. The alternative MAC address is also a multicast address.

Finally, Loopback-Detection PDUs can use the interface MAC address, which is an unicast address. Using thataddress will reduce traffic of multicast frames on the network.

Example

This example shows how to configure loopback-detection destination address:

DmSwitch(config)#loopback-detection destination-address interface-macDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the information was configured by entering the show loopback-detection privilegedEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show loopback-detection Shows loopback-detection status and configuration

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

loopback-detection action Configures action of Loopback Detection protocol

440

mac-address-table aging-time

mac-address-table aging-time { value | 0 }

no mac-address-table aging-time

Description

Sets the aging time for MAC address table entries.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command will set aging time to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

value Sets the global aging time in seconds. (Range: 10-1000000)

0 Disables the global aging time.

DefaultDefault aging time value is 300 seconds.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If you disable the MAC address table aging time, MAC addresses are learned and never removed from the table.When the table is full, packets with unknown source MAC addresses do not cause learning and packets withunknown destination MAC addresses are flooded.

When a specific port change its status to down, all entries on that port are removed from the MAC address table.This is independent of the aging time set to MAC address table entries.

Example

This example shows how to changes the global aging time to 1000 seconds.

441

Chapter 3. mac-address-table aging-time

DmSwitch(config)#mac-address-table aging-time 1000DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify the global aging time configuration by entering the show mac-address-tableaging-time privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

clear mac-address-table Clears dynamically learned L2 entries from MAC address table.

mac-address-table static Adds a static address to MAC address table.

show mac-address-table Shows the MAC address table.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

442

mac-address-table static

mac-address-table static { mac-address } { ethernet port-number | port-channelportchannel-number } { vlan [ vlan-id ] } { priority value }

no mac-address-table static { mac-address } { vlan vlan-id }

Description

Adds a static entry to the MAC address table. This will force packets with a specified destination MAC addressand VLAN to be always forwarded to the specified interface.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command will remove a static entry from the MAC address table.

Syntax

Parameter Description

mac-address Defines the MAC address. (XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX)

ethernet port-number Defines the port to be associated with the static entry.

port-channel portchannel-number Defines the port channel to be associated with the staticentry.

priority value Defines 802.1p priority for matching packets. (Range:0-7)

vlan vlan-id Defines the VLAN ID associated with the static entry.(Range: 1-4094)

DefaultBy default, no static entries are configured.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

443

Chapter 3. mac-address-table static

Example

This example shows how to add a static MAC address on ethernet port 1 and VLAN 1.

DmSwitch(config)#mac-address-table static 00:01:02:03:04:05 ethernet 1 vlan 1DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the static MAC address was added by entering the show mac-address-table privi-leged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

clear mac-address-table Clears dynamically learned L2 entries from MAC address table.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

444

management

management { all-client | http-client | snmp-client | ssh-client |telnet-client } ip-address/mask

no management { all-client | http-client | snmp-client | ssh-client |telnet-client } ip-address/mask

Description

Filters client IP address to access internal servers.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specified filter.

Syntax

Parameter Description

all-client Adds clients IP addresses to HTTP, SNMP, SSH and Telnet internal servers.

http-client Adds clients IP addresses to HTTP internal server.

snmp-client Adds clients IP addresses to SNMP internal server.

ssh-client Adds clients IP addresses to SSH internal server.

telnet-client Adds clients IP addresses to Telnet internal server.

ip-address/mask Specifies the clients network.

DefaultNo filter is configured.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The configuration to filter a different IP address that you are logged in (e.g. Telnet connection), disconnects yourcurrent session.

Use the mask /32 to indicate a unique host.

445

Chapter 3. management

Example

This example shows how to add a client IP address to access all internal servers.

DmSwitch(config)#management all-client 10.5.1.2/32DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the client IP address was added by entering the show management all-client priv-ileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

ip http Configures the internal HTTP server for external access.

ip snmp Configures the internal SNMP server.

ip ssh Configures the internal SSH server for external access.

ip telnet Configures the internal Telnet server for external access.

show ip http Shows the HTTP server information.

show ip snmp Shows the SNMP server information.

show ip ssh Shows the SSH server information.

show ip telnet Shows the telnet server information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

446

meter

meter { new | id } mode { flow [ burst burst-size | rate-limit rate-value | remark text ] |srtcm color-blind { committed CIR CBS excess EBS | remark text } }

no meter id

Description

Configure a meter to be used by a filter.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove specified meter.

Syntax

Parameter Description

new Creates a new meter.

id Selects a meter to edit by ID. (Range: 1-63)

mode flow Specifies flow mode.

mode srtcm Specifies single-rate three-color marker mode.

burst burst-size (Optional) Specifies the maximum burst size in kbyte.(Range: 32-4096. Granularity: power of 2)

rate-limit rate (Optional) Specifies the rate-limit in kbit/s. (Range:0-1000000. Granularity: 64)

remark text (Optional) Adds a remark text.

committed Committed information rate and burst size.

color-blind Specifies color-blind mode. Resulting color is incomingcolor independent.

excess Specifies excess burst size.

CIR Specifies committed information rate (CIR) in kbit/s.(Range: 0-1000000. Granularity:64)

CBS Specifies committed burst size (CBS) in kbyte. (Range:32-4096. Granularity: power of 2)

EBS Specifies excess burst size (EBS) in kbyte. (Range:32-4096. Granularity: power of 2)

DefaultBy default, no meter is created and initial parameters are not defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

447

Chapter 3. meter

Command History

Release Modification

3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesUsing these meters, the filter can perform different actions on packets depending on the state of the meter.

Example

This example shows how to create a new meter.

DmSwitch(config)#meter new mode flow rate-limit 1536 burst 512 remark tcp_policyMeter 1 created.DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the configuration was created by entering the show meter privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show meter Shows meters configuration.

filter Creates or configures a traffic filter.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

448

monitor

monitor destination { port-number }

no monitor destination

Description

Configures the traffic monitoring.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable monitor.

Syntax

Parameter Description

destination port-number Specifies the monitor destination port.

DefaultNo monitoring is configured.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesIf you do not set the destination monitor port to preserve the original format, the output packets will be taggedor untagged as the configuration for this port.

Example

This example shows how to configure a monitor port.

DmSwitch(config)#monitor destination 5DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the port was configured by entering the show monitor privileged EXEC command.

449

Chapter 3. monitor

Related Commands

Command Description

monitor Sets the interface as a monitoring source.

show monitor Shows traffic monitoring configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

450

nat-rule

nat-rule name icmp { any | host ipaddress | ipaddress rnetmask } { any | host ipaddress| ipaddress rnetmask } { change-destination-to ipaddress | change-source-to {interface-address | ipaddress } }

nat-rule name insert { icmp | ip | tcp | udp | protocol-number } { any | host ipaddress| ipaddress rnetmask } { change-destination-to ipaddress | change-source-to {interface-address | ipaddress } }

nat-rule name ip { any | host ipaddress | ipaddress rnetmask } { any | host ipaddress| ipaddress rnetmask } { change-destination-to ipaddress | change-source-to {interface-address | ipaddress } }

nat-rule name { tcp | udp } { any | host ipaddress | ipaddress rnetmask } { any | eqport-number { any | host ipaddress | ipaddress rnetmask } | gt port-number { any | host ipaddress |ipaddress rnetmask } | host ipaddress | lt port-number { any | host ipaddress | ipaddress rnetmask }| neq port-number { any | host ipaddress | ipaddress rnetmask } | range first-port last-port { any |host ipaddress | ipaddress rnetmask } | ipaddress rnetmask } { { change-destination-toipaddress [ port { range { first-port last-port } | port-number } ] | change-source-to {interface-address | ipaddress } [ port { range { first-port last-port } | port-number } ] } | { eqport-number | gt port-number | lt port-number | neq port-number | range first-port last-port } {change-destination-to ipaddress [ port { range { first-port last-port } | port-number } ] |change-source-to { interface-address | ipaddress } [ port { range { first-port last-port} | port-number } ] } }

nat-rule name protocol-number { any | host ipaddress | ipaddress rnetmask } { any | hostipaddress | ipaddress rnetmask } { change-destination-to ipaddress | change-source-to{ interface-address | ipaddress } }

DescriptionAdds network address translation rule.

Syntax

Parameter Description

name Nat rule name.

icmp Internet control message protocol.

insert Insert a nat-rule on top.

ip Any internet protocol.

tcp Transmission control protocol.

udp User datagram protocol.

protocol-number An IP protocol number.

451

Chapter 3. nat-rule

Parameter Descriptionany Any source host.

host A single source host.

ipaddress IP address.

rnetmask Source wildcard bits. (Range: 0-7)

port-number Port number. (Range: 1-65535)

change-destination-to Change destination.

change-source-to Change source.

interface-address Change to interface’s address.

eq Match only packets on a given port.

gt Match only packets with a greater or equal port.

lt Match only packets with a lower or equal port.

neq Match only packets not on a given port.

range Match only packets in the range of ports.

first-port First port number. (Range: 1-65535)

last-port Last port number. (Range: 1-65535)

port Match given port.

DefaultNo NAT rules are configured by default.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to set a nat rule.

DmSwitch(config)#nat-rule test 1 any any change-source-to interface-addressDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify the configuration change by running the command show running-config privileged EXECcommand.

452

Chapter 3. nat-rule

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

453

qos queue cos-map

qos queue cos-map queue-id priority first-priority-number [ second-priority-number [third-priority-number [ fourth-priority-number [ fiveth-priority-number [ sixth-priority-number [seventh-priority-number [ eighth-priority-number ] ] ] ] ] ] ]

no qos queue cos-map

Description

Map CoS priorities to queues.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set the default configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

queue-id The QoS queue ID. (Range: 0 - 3)

x-priority-number The CoS priority. (Range: 0 - 7)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot defined.

Example

This example shows how to configure map CoS priorities to queues.

DmSwitch(config)#qos queue cos-map 1 priority 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0DmSwitch(config)#

454

Chapter 3. qos queue cos-map

You can verify that the CoS map was configured by entering show qos queue cos-map privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

455

qos queue sched-mode

qos queue sched-mode { rr | sp | wfq | wrr queue-weights { { weight-queue0-number | sp} { weight-queue1-number | sp } { weight-queue2-number | sp } { weight-queue3-number | sp } } }

no qos queue sched-mode

Description

QoS Queue Scheduling mode configuration.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set the default configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

rr Round Robin - Queues served in sequential order.

sp Strict Priority - Queues served in priority order until getempty.

wfq Weighted Fair Queueing - Queues served with minimumbandwidth guarantee.

wrr Weighted Round Robin - Queues served in sequentialorder prioritized by weights.

wrr queue-weights Queue weights can be sp (QueueX in strict priority) or theweight-queueX-number. (Range 1-15.

DefaultDefault value is weighted round robin. Queue 0, weight 1. Queue 1, weight 2. Queue 2, weight 3. Queue 3, strictpriority.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesUse the this command to change the QoS Queue Scheduling Mode configuration.

456

Chapter 3. qos queue sched-mode

Example

This example shows how to change the QoS queue scheduling mode.

DmSwitch(config)#qos queue sched-mode rrDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the information was changed by entering the show qos queue sched-mode userEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show qos queue sched-mode Show QoS queue configuration.

457

radius-server acct-port

radius-server acct-port port-number

no radius-server acct-port

Description

Configures the default RADIUS server accounting port.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return to the default port number.

Syntax

Parameter Description

port-number Specifies the port number. (Range: 1-65535)

DefaultDefault port number is 1813.

Command ModesGlobal Configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe accounting by a RADIUS server uses this default server port if no port is configured to a specific RADIUShost.

Example

This example shows how to change the default RADIUS accounting port number.

DmSwitch(config)#radius-server acct-port 6500DmSwitch(config)#

The configuration can be verified by entering the show radius-server privileged EXEC command.

458

Chapter 3. radius-server acct-port

Related Commands

Command Description

radius-server host Configures a specific RADIUS server.

radius-server key Configures the default RADIUS server key string.

radius-server retries Configures the RADIUS server retries.

radius-server timeout Configures the RADIUS server timeout.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show radius-server Shows RADIUS server information.

459

radius-server auth-port

radius-server auth-port port-number

no radius-server auth-port

Description

Configures the default RADIUS server authentication port.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return to the default port number.

Syntax

Parameter Description

port-number Specifies the port number. (Range: 1-65535)

DefaultDefault port number is 1812.

Command ModesGlobal Configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe authentication login by a RADIUS server uses this default server port if no port is configured to a specificRADIUS host.

Example

This example shows how to change the default RADIUS authentication port number.

DmSwitch(config)#radius-server auth-port 6500DmSwitch(config)#

The configuration can be verified by entering the show radius-server privileged EXEC command.

460

Chapter 3. radius-server auth-port

Related Commands

Command Description

authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.

radius-server acct-port Configures the default RADIUS server accounting port.

radius-server host Configures a specific RADIUS server.

radius-server key Configures the default RADIUS server key string.

radius-server retries Configures the RADIUS server retries.

radius-server timeout Configures the RADIUS server timeout.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show radius-server Shows RADIUS server information.

461

radius-server host

radius-server host index { accounting | acct-port acct-port-number | addressip-address | authentication | auth-port auth-port-number | key key-text | source-iface {loopback number | vlan number } }

no radius-server host index { accounting | authentication | source-iface }

Description

Configures a specific RADIUS server.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the configuration for the specified host.

Syntax

Parameter Description

index Specifies the server index. (Range: 1-5)

accounting Enables RADIUS accounting.

acct-port Specifies RADIUS server accounting port.

acct-port-number Specifies the server accounting port number. (Range: 1-65535)

authentication Enables RADIUS authentication.

auth-port Specifies RADIUS server authentication port.

auth-port-number Specifies the RADIUS server port number. (Range: 1-65535)

address Specifies RADIUS server IP address.

ip-address Specifies the server IP address.

key Specifies RADIUS server key.

key-text Specifies the server key string.

source-iface Specifies the RADIUS source interface.

loopback 0 Select loopback interface as source address.

vlan number Select VLAN interface as source address. (Range: 1-4094)

DefaultNo host is configured.

Command ModesGlobal Configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

462

Chapter 3. radius-server host

Usage GuidelinesIt configures the IP address, port and key for authentication and accounting in a specific RADIUS server.

Example

This example shows how to define a RADIUS server.

DmSwitch(config)#radius-server host 1 address 10.10.50.70DmSwitch(config)#radius-server host 1 auth-port 4050DmSwitch(config)#radius-server host 1 authenticationDmSwitch(config)#radius-server host 1 key key_for_this_hostDmSwitch(config)#radius-server host 1 acct-port 4051DmSwitch(config)#radius-server host 1 accountingDmSwitch(config)#

The configuration can be verified by entering the show radius-server privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.

radius-server acct-port Configures the default RADIUS server accounting port.

radius-server auth-port Configures the default RADIUS server authentication port.

radius-server key Configures the default RADIUS server key string.

radius-server retries Configures the RADIUS server retries.

radius-server timeout Configures the RADIUS server timeout.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show radius-server Shows RADIUS server information.

463

radius-server key

radius-server key key-text

no radius-server key

Description

Configures the default RADIUS server key string.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the configured key.

Syntax

Parameter Description

key-text Specifies the key string.

DefaultNo key is configured.

Command ModesGlobal Configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe authentication login by a RADIUS server uses this default server key if no key string is configured to aspecific RADIUS host.

Example

This example shows how to define the default RADIUS key string.

DmSwitch(config)#radius-server key this_is_a_testDmSwitch(config)#

The configuration can be verified by entering the show radius-server privileged EXEC command.

464

Chapter 3. radius-server key

Related Commands

Command Description

authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.

radius-server acct-port Configures the default RADIUS server accounting port.

radius-server auth-port Configures the default RADIUS server authentication port.

radius-server host Configures a specific RADIUS server.

radius-server retries Configures the RADIUS server retries.

radius-server timeout Configures the RADIUS server timeout.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show radius-server Shows RADIUS server information.

465

radius-server retries

radius-server retries retries

no radius-server retries

Description

Configures the RADIUS server retries.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return to the default retries value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

retries Specifies the server retries. (Range: 1-5)

DefaultRetries default value is 2.

Command ModesGlobal Configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesIt defines the number of login attempts in the RADIUS server.

Example

This example shows how to change the RADIUS server retries.

DmSwitch(config)#radius-server retries 1DmSwitch(config)#

The configuration can be verified by entering the show radius-server privileged EXEC command.

466

Chapter 3. radius-server retries

Related Commands

Command Description

authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.

radius-server acct-port Configures the default RADIUS server accounting port.

radius-server auth-port Configures the default RADIUS server authentication port.

radius-server host Configures a specific RADIUS server.

radius-server key Configures the default RADIUS server key string.

radius-server timeout Configures the RADIUS server timeout.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show radius-server Shows RADIUS server information.

467

radius-server timeout

radius-server timeout timeout

no radius-server timeout

Description

Configures the RADIUS server timeout.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return to the default timeout value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

timeout Specifies the server timeout (in seconds). (Range: 1-65535)

DefaultTimeout default value is 5.

Command ModesGlobal Configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesIt defines the number of login attempts in the RADIUS server.

Example

This example shows how to change the RADIUS server timeout.

DmSwitch(config)#radius-server timeout 10DmSwitch(config)#

The configuration can be verified by entering the show radius-server privileged EXEC command.

468

Chapter 3. radius-server timeout

Related Commands

Command Description

authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.

radius-server acct-port Configures the default RADIUS server accounting port.

radius-server auth-port Configures the default RADIUS server authentication port.

radius-server host Configures a specific RADIUS server.

radius-server key Configures the default RADIUS server key string.

radius-server retries Configures the RADIUS server retries.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show radius-server Shows RADIUS server information.

469

remote-devices auto-force

remote-devices auto-force

no remote-devices auto-force

Description

Force configuration of remote devices with configuration conflict.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will not force configuration of remote devices with configurationconflict.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.4 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to force configuration of remote devices with configuration conflict.

DmSwitch(config)#remote-devices auto-forceDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the force configuration was configurated by entering the show running-config privi-leged EXEC command.

Related Commands

470

Chapter 3. remote-devices auto-force

Command Description

remote-devicesdevices-vlan

Configure a VLAN to manage remote devices locally.

remote-devices enable Enables remote devices management.

remote-devices mode Selects remote devices operation mode.

remote-devices rate-limit Configure maximum number of packets per second sent to remotedevices.

remote-devices service Configure services available on remote devices.

show remote devices Remote device management configuration and status.

show running config Shows the current operating configuration.

471

remote-devices devices-vlan

remote-devices devices-vlan { vlan-id ip ipaddress/mask }

no remote-devices devices-vlan

Description

Configure a VLAN to manage remote devices locally.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will clear VLAN’s created to manage remote devices.

Syntax

Parameter Description

vlan-id Specifies the vlan id. (Range: 1-4094)

ip Configures an IP address to manage remote devices.

ipaddress/mask Specifies the ip address/mask. (mask: /16)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.4 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure a VLAN and a IP address to manage remote devices.

DmSwitch(config)#remote-devices devices-vlan 3 ip 192.163.255.254/16DmSwitch(config)#

472

Chapter 3. remote-devices devices-vlan

You can verify that the VLAN was configured by entering the show running-config privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

remote-devices auto-force Force configuration of remote devices with configuration conflict.

remote-devices enable Enables remote devices management.

remote-devices mode Selects remote devices operation mode.

remote-devices rate-limit Configure maximum number of packets per second sent to remotedevices.

remote-devices service Configure services available on remote devices.

show remote devices Remote device management configuration and status.

show running config Shows the current operating configuration.

473

remote-devices enable

remote-devices enable [ ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } } ]

no remote-devices enable [ ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } } ]

Description

Enables remote devices management.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable remote devices management.

Syntax

Parameter Description

all Enables for all ethernet ports.

port-number Enables for a specific ethernet port. (Range: 1-8)

range { first-port-numberlast-port-number }

Enables for a range of specific units and ports. (Range: 1-8)

DefaultRemote devices management is enabled by default. For LAN ports are disabled and for WAN ports are enabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

5.0.2 Added ethernet parameter.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable remote devices management.

474

Chapter 3. remote-devices enable

DmSwitch(config)#remote-devices enableDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the remote devices management was enabled by entering the show remote-devicesprivileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

remote-devices auto-force Force configuration of remote devices with configuration conflict.

remote-devicesdevices-vlan

Configure a VLAN to manage remote devices locally.

remote-devices enable Enables remote devices management.

remote-devices mode Selects remote devices operation mode.

remote-devices rate-limit Configure maximum number of packets per second sent to remotedevices.

remote-devices service Configure services available on remote devices.

show remote devices Remote device management configuration and status.

show running config Shows the current operating configuration.

475

remote-devices mode

remote-devices mode { master | slave }

DescriptionSelects remote devices operation mode.

Syntax

Parameter Description

master Configures this device to operate in master mode.

slave Configures this device to operate in slave mode.

DefaultDefault value is slave.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.4 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure this device to operate in master mode.

DmSwitch(config)#remote-devices mode masterDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that this device is operating in master mode by entering the show running-config privi-leged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

remote-devices auto-force Force configuration of remote devices with configuration conflict.

476

Chapter 3. remote-devices mode

Command Descriptionremote-devicesdevices-vlan

Configure a VLAN to manage remote devices locally.

remote-devices enable Enables remote devices management.

remote-devices rate-limit Configure maximum number of packets per second sent to remotedevices.

remote-devices service Configure services available on remote devices.

show remote devices Remote device management configuration and status.

show running config Shows the current operating configuration.

477

remote-devices rate-limit

remote-devices rate-limit packets/seconds

no remote-devices rate-limit

Description

Configure maximum number of packets per second sent to remote devices.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset maximum number of packets per second sent to remotedevices.

Syntax

Parameter Description

packets/seconds Packets per second sent to remote devices. (Range: 10-10000)

DefaultRate limit default value is 100.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.4 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure a maximum number of 1000 packets per second to send for remotedevices.

DmSwitch(config)#remote-device rate-limit 1000DmSwitch(config)#

478

Chapter 3. remote-devices rate-limit

You can verify that the rate-limit was configured by entering the show remote-devices privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

remote-devices auto-force Force configuration of remote devices with configuration conflict.

remote-devicesdevices-vlan

Configure a VLAN to manage remote devices locally.

remote-devices enable Enables remote devices management.

remote-devices mode Selects remote devices operation mode.

remote-devices service Configure services available on remote devices.

show remote devices Remote device management configuration and status.

show running config Shows the current operating configuration.

479

remote-devices service

remote-devices service index { tcp port-number | udp port-number }

no remote-devices service index

Description

Configure services available on remote devices.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will delete service index.

Syntax

Parameter Description

index Service index. (Range: 1-20)

tcp port-number TCP port number. (Range: 1-1024)

udp port-number UDP port number. (Range: 1-1024)

DefaultDefault value for services is service 1, TCP 23 and service 2, TCP 80.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.4 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure a service available on remote devices.

DmSwitch(config)#remote-device service 1 tcp 100DmSwitch(config)#

480

Chapter 3. remote-devices service

You can verify that the service was configured by entering the show running-config privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

remote-devices auto-force Force configuration of remote devices with configuration conflict.

remote-devicesdevices-vlan

Configure a VLAN to manage remote devices locally.

remote-devices enable Enables remote devices management.

remote-devices mode Selects remote devices operation mode.

remote-devices rate-limit Configure maximum number of packets per second sent to remotedevices.

show remote devices Remote device management configuration and status.

show running config Shows the current operating configuration.

481

rmon

rmon { alarm { parameters } | event { parameters } }

no rmon [ alarm { parameters } | event { parameters } ]

Description

Configures a RMON.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specified RMON configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

alarm parameters Configures a RMON alarm. Click here to see the alarm parameters description.

event parameters Configures a RMON event. Click here to see the event parameters description.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to remove all RMON configuration for the switch.

DmSwitch(config)#no rmonDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that all RMON configuration was removed by entering the show running-config privi-leged EXEC command.

482

Chapter 3. rmon

Related Commands

Command Description

rmon alarm Configures a RMON alarm.

rmon collection history Configures a RMON history group of statistics.

rmon collection stats Configures a RMON collection of statistics.

rmon event Configures a RMON event.

show rmon alarm Shows the RMON alarm table.

show rmon event Shows the RMON event table.

show rmon history Shows the RMON history table.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show rmon statistics Shows the RMON statistics table.

483

rmon alarm

rmon alarm index { oid-variable sample-interval } { absolute | delta } { rising-thresholdvalue } [ event-number ] { falling-threshold value } [ event-number ] [ owner string ]

no rmon alarm index

Description

Configures a RMON alarm.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will removes the specified RMON alarm.

Syntax

Parameter Description

index Specifies the RMON alarm index. (Range: 1-65535)

sample-interval Specifies the time between each sample, in seconds.(Range: 1-2147483647)

oid-variable Specifies the MIB object to monitor.

absolute Tests each MIB variable directly.

delta Tests the change between samples of a MIB variable.

rising-threshold value Specified the rising threshold value. (Range: -2147483647- 2147483647)

falling-threshold value Specified the falling threshold value. (Range:-2147483647 - 2147483647)

event-number Specifies the event number to trigger when the rising orfalling threshold exceeds its limit. (Range: 1-65535)

owner string Specifies the owner of the alarm.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0.2 This command was introduced.

484

Chapter 3. rmon alarm

Usage GuidelinesYou can set an alarm on any MIB object. The specified MIB must be an existing SNMP MIB object in stan-dard dot notation (.1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.14.5 for ifInErrors.5). The falling threshold must be lower than the risingthreshold. Specified events must exists.

Example

This example shows how to configure a RMON alarm index 1 that monitors the MIB variable ifInErrors.5 onceevery 30 seconds. If the ifInErrors.5 increase 10 or more, the alarm is triggered. The alarm in turn triggers eventnumber 1, which is configured with the RMON event command. If the MIB value changes by 0, the alarm isreset and can be triggered again.

DmSwitch(config)#rmon alarm 1 .1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.14.5 30 delta rising-threshold 10 1falling-threshold 0 owner testDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the RMON alarm was configured by entering the show rmon alarm privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

rmon Configures a RMON.

rmon collection history Configures a RMON history group of statistics.

rmon collection stats Configures a RMON collection of statistics.

rmon event Configures a RMON event.

show rmon alarm Shows the RMON alarm table.

show rmon event Shows the RMON event table.

show rmon history Shows the RMON history table.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show rmon statistics Shows the RMON statistics table.

485

rmon event

rmon event index [ description string ] [ log ] [ owner string ] [ trap community ]

no rmon event index

Description

Configures a RMON event.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specified RMON event.

Syntax

Parameter Description

index Specifies the RMON event index. (Range: 1-65535)

description string (Optional) Specifies a description of the event.

log (Optional) Generates a RMON log entry when the event is triggered.

owner string (Optional) Specifies the owner of the event.

trap community (Optional) Generates a trap when the event is triggered using the specifiedcommunity.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure a RMON event index 1 to define HighErrors. The event generates a logentry and a SNMP trap when the event is triggered by the alarm.

486

Chapter 3. rmon event

DmSwitch(config)#rmon event 1 description HighErrors log trap public owner testDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the RMON alarm was configured by entering the show rmon event privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

rmon Configures a RMON.

rmon alarm Configures a RMON alarm.

rmon collection history Configures a RMON history group of statistics.

rmon collection stats Configures a RMON collection of statistics.

show rmon alarm Shows the RMON alarm table.

show rmon event Shows the RMON event table.

show rmon history Shows the RMON history table.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show rmon statistics Shows the RMON statistics table.

487

key chain

key chain name

no key chain name

Description

Configures a key chain.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the configured key chain.

Syntax

Parameter Description

name Specifies the name of key chain.

DefaultNo key chain is configured.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesKey chain management is a method of authentication to configure shared secrets on all the entities, whichexchange secrets such as keys before establishing trust with each other.

Example

This example shows how to specify a key chain name.

DmSwitch(config)#key chain testDmSwitch(config-keychain)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

488

Chapter 3. key chain

Related Commands

Command Description

key Specifies a key identifier.

key-string Configures the text string for a key identifier.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

489

route-map

route-map tag { deny number | permit number }

no route-map tag { deny number | permit number }

Description

Create route-map and/or enter route-map command mode.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will delete the route map.

Syntax

Parameter Description

tag Specifies a route map tag.

deny Specifies route map denies set operations.

permit Specifies route map permits set operations.

number Specifies sequence to insert to route-map entry. (Range:1-65535)

DefaultDisabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to add a route-map named tag.

DmSwitch(config)#route-map tag permit 1

490

Chapter 3. route-map

DmSwitch(config-route-map)#

You can verify that route-map was added by entering the show runnig-config privileged EXEC com-mand.

Related Commands

Command Description

router bgp Enables and accesses the BGP configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

continue Executes additional entries in a route map.

match as-path Matches as-path values from routing table.

match ip addressprefix-list

Matches ip address by prefix-list values from routing table.

match ip next-hopprefix-list

Matches next-hop ip values from routing table.

match ip route-sourceprefix-list

Matches route-source ip values from routing table.

match metric Matches metric values from routing table.

set as-path Sets as-path values in destination routing protocol.

set local-preference Sets local-preference value in destination routing protocol.

set metric Sets metric value in destination routing protocol.

set next-hop Sets next_hop value in destination routing protocol.

set origin Sets origin value in destination routing protocol.

set weight Sets weight value in destination routing protocol.

show running config Shows the current operating configuration.

491

router bgp

router bgp { AS }

no router bgp { AS }

Description

Enables the BGP process with the specified AS number.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable BGP routing process.

Syntax

Parameter Description

AS The autonomous system (AS) number. (Range: 1-65535)

DefaultBGP process is disabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesAfter enabling the BGP process, you can not create different BGP process under different AS number.

Example

This example shows how to enable the protocol.

DmSwitch(config)#router bgp 5DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

Enter the show ip bgp user EXEC command to verify if the protocol was enabled.

492

Chapter 3. router bgp

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip bgp

493

router ospf

router ospf

no router ospf

Description

Enables the OSPF process and provides access to its configuration.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable OSPF routing process.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultOSPF process is disabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe OSPF process only act when a network is associated by the network router ospf command.

Example

This example shows how to enable the protocol.

DmSwitch(config)#router ospfDmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

Enter the show ip ospf user EXEC command to verify the protocol was enabled.

Related CommandsNo related command.

494

router rip

router rip

no router rip

Description

Enables the RIP process and provides access to its configuration.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable RIP routing process.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultRIP process is disabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe RIP process only act when a network is associated by the network router rip command.

Example

This example shows how to enable the protocol.

DmSwitch(config)#router ripDmSwitch(config-router-rip)#

Enter the show ip rip user EXEC command to verify the protocol was enabled.

Related CommandsNo related command.

495

sntp

sntp { client | poll interval | server { ip-address key key-number source-iface {loopback number | vlan number } } | authenticate | authentication-key { key-numbermd5 string } }

no sntp { client | poll | server ip-address { source-iface } | authenticate |authentication-key key-number }

Description

Configures the simple network time protocol (SNTP).

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the SNTP configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

client Enables the SNTP protocol, accepting time from specified time servers.

poll Sets the interval at which the client polls for time.

interval Seconds number of SNTP poll interval. (Range: 16-16384)

server Specifies a time server.

ip-address Specifies the IP address.

key Associates a key to a SNTP server.

key-number Specifies the key-number. (Range: 1-4294967295)

authenticate Enables the authentication feature.

authentication-key Specifies a key-number.

md5 MD5.

string String up to eight characters for the key.

source-iface Specifies the SNTP source interface.

loopback 0 Select loopback interface as source address.

vlan number Select VLAN interface as source address. (Range: 1-4094)

Default

SNTP is disabled by default.

Poll interval default value is 30 seconds.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

496

Chapter 3. sntp

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesYou can configure one or more time servers.

Example

This example shows how to changes the poll interval.

DmSwitch(config)#sntp poll 10000DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify the SNTP configuration by entering the show sntp user EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show sntp Shows simple network time protocol information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

497

spanning-tree

spanning-tree { instance }

no spanning-tree { instance }

Description

Enables spanning-tree protocol.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the specified spanning-tree parameters.

Syntax

Parameter Description

instance Specifies the spanning-tree instance. (Range: 0-7)

DefaultSpanning-tree instance 1 is enabled and other instances are disabled by default.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable a spanning-tree instance.

DmSwitch(config)#spanning-tree 1DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the instance was enabled by entering the show spanning-tree privileged EXEC com-mand.

498

Chapter 3. spanning-tree

Related Commands

Command Description

spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.

spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.

spanning-tree instanceforward-delay

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.

spanning-tree instancehello-time

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.

spanning-tree instancemax-age

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.

spanning-tree instancemax-hops

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.

spanning-tree instancepriority

Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.

spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.

spanning-tree instancevlan-group

Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.

spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.

spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

499

spanning-tree bpdufilter

spanning-tree bpdufilter

Description

Enables the Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) filter globally.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the global BPDU filter.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultBPDU filter is disabled by default.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.4 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesBPDU filtering allows you to avoid transmitting BPDUs on ports that are connected to an end system.

Example

This example shows how to enable BPDU filter globally.

DmSwitch#configureDmSwitch(config#spanning-tree bpdufilter

Related Commands

Command Description

spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.

spanning-tree_bpdufilter(per port)

Enables the Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) filter per port.

500

Chapter 3. spanning-tree bpdufilter

Command Descriptionspanning-tree_bpduguard(global)

Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.

spanning-tree_bpduguard(per port)

Enables the Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) guard per port.

spanning-tree instanceforward-delay

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.

spanning-tree instancehello-time

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.

spanning-tree instancemax-age

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.

spanning-tree instancemax-hops

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.

spanning-tree instancepriority

Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.

spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.

spanning-tree instancevlan-group

Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.

spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.

spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

501

spanning-tree bpduguard

spanning-tree bpduguard

Description

Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard for all edge ports.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the global BPDU guard.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultBPDU guard is disabled by default.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The BPDU guard is used to prevent BPDU attacks from spanning-tree edge ports.

If an edge port receives a BPDU when BPDU guard is enabled, that port is administratively disabled.

Example

This example shows how to enable BPDU guard.

DmSwitch(config)#spanning-tree bpduguardDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that BPDU guard was enabled by entering the show spanning-tree configurationprivileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

502

Chapter 3. spanning-tree bpduguard

Command Descriptionspanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.

spanning-tree_bpdufilter(global)

Enables the Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) filter globally.

spanning-tree_bpdufilter(per port)

Enables the Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) filter per port.

spanning-tree_bpduguard(per port)

Enables the Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) guard per port.

spanning-tree instanceforward-delay

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.

spanning-tree instancehello-time

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.

spanning-tree instancemax-age

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.

spanning-tree instancemax-hops

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.

spanning-tree instancepriority

Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.

spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.

spanning-tree instancevlan-group

Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.

spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.

spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

503

spanning-tree instance bpdu-tag

spanning-tree instance bpdu-tag { first-vlan | untagged | 1-4094 }

no spanning-tree instance bpdu-tag

Description

Configure the VLAN tag in BPDU packets.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return bpdu-tag to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

instance Specifies the spanning-tree instance. (Range: 0-7)

first-vlan Send BPDUs with first vlan tag

untagged Send untagged BPDUs

1-4094 VLAN ID

DefaultDefault is first-vlan.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.16 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the bpdu-tag.

DmSwitch(config)#spanning-tree 1 bpdu-tag untaggedDmSwitch(config)#

504

Chapter 3. spanning-tree instance bpdu-tag

You can verify that the delay time was configured by entering the show spanning-tree privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.

spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.

spanning-tree instancehello-time

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.

spanning-tree instancemax-age

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.

spanning-tree instancemax-hops

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.

spanning-tree instancepriority

Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.

spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.

spanning-tree instancevlan-group

Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.

spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.

spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

505

spanning-tree instance forward-delay

spanning-tree instance forward-delay delay

no spanning-tree instance forward-delay

Description

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forwarding delay time.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return forwarding delay time to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

instance Specifies the spanning-tree instance. (Range: 0-7)

delay Specifies the forwarding delay time in seconds. (Range: 4-30)

DefaultDelay default value is 15 seconds.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the forwarding delay time.

DmSwitch(config)#spanning-tree 1 forward-delay 30DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the delay time was configured by entering the show spanning-tree privileged EXECcommand.

506

Chapter 3. spanning-tree instance forward-delay

Related Commands

Command Description

spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.

spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.

spanning-tree instancehello-time

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.

spanning-tree instancemax-age

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.

spanning-tree instancemax-hops

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.

spanning-tree instancepriority

Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.

spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.

spanning-tree instancevlan-group

Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.

spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.

spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

507

spanning-tree instance hello-time

spanning-tree instance hello-time time

no spanning-tree instance hello-time

Description

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return hello time to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

instance Specifies the spanning-tree instance. (Range: 0-7)

time Specifies the hello time in seconds. (Range: 1-10)

DefaultHello time default value is 2 seconds.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the hello time.

DmSwitch(config)#spanning-tree 1 hello-time 5DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the hello time was configured by entering the show spanning-tree privileged EXECcommand.

508

Chapter 3. spanning-tree instance hello-time

Related Commands

Command Description

spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.

spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.

spanning-tree instanceforward-delay

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.

spanning-tree instancemax-age

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.

spanning-tree instancemax-hops

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.

spanning-tree instancepriority

Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.

spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.

spanning-tree instancevlan-group

Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.

spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.

spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

509

spanning-tree instance max-age

spanning-tree instance max-age max-age-time

no spanning-tree instance max-age

Description

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return the maximum age to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

instance Specifies the spanning-tree instance. (Range: 0-7)

max-age Specifies the maximum age in seconds. (Range: 6-40)

DefaultMaximum age: 20 seconds.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe value of maximum age must be less than: 2 * (forward_delay - 1).

Example

This example shows how to configure the maximum age.

DmSwitch(config)#spanning-tree 1 max-age 28DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the maximum age was configured by entering the show spanning-tree privilegedEXEC command.

510

Chapter 3. spanning-tree instance max-age

Related Commands

Command Description

spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.

spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.

spanning-tree instanceforward-delay

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.

spanning-tree instancehello-time

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.

spanning-tree instancemax-hops

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.

spanning-tree instancepriority

Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.

spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.

spanning-tree instancevlan-group

Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.

spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.

spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

511

spanning-tree instance max-hops

spanning-tree instance max-hops max-hops-number

no spanning-tree instance max-hops

Description

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops. This is the maximum number of hops in a MSTP regionbefore a BPDU is discarded.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return the maximum hops to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

instance Specifies the spanning-tree instance. (Range: 0-7)

max-hops-number Specifies the maximum number of hops. (Range: 1-40)

DefaultMaximum hops default value 20.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis parameter only applies to MSTP mode of spanning-tree protocol.

Example

This example shows how to configure the maximum hops.

DmSwitch(config)#spanning-tree 1 max-hops 25DmSwitch(config)#

512

Chapter 3. spanning-tree instance max-hops

You can verify that the maximum hops was configured by entering the show spanning-tree privilegedEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.

spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.

spanning-tree instanceforward-delay

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.

spanning-tree instance hello-time Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.

spanning-tree instance max-age Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.

spanning-tree instance priority Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.

spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.

spanning-tree instance vlan-group Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.

spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.

spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

513

spanning-tree instance priority

spanning-tree instance priority priority-value

no spanning-tree instance priority

Description

Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return the priority value to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

instance Specifies the spanning-tree instance. (Range: 0-7)

priority-value Specifies the priority value. (Range: 0-61440. Granularity: 4096)

DefaultPriority default value is 32768.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the spanning-tree priority.

DmSwitch(config)#spanning-tree 1 priority 40960DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the maximum age was configured by entering the show spanning-tree privilegedEXEC command.

514

Chapter 3. spanning-tree instance priority

Related Commands

Command Description

spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.

spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.

spanning-tree instanceforward-delay

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.

spanning-tree instancehello-time

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.

spanning-tree instancemax-age

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.

spanning-tree instancemax-hops

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.

spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.

spanning-tree instancevlan-group

Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.

spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.

spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

515

spanning-tree instance root

spanning-tree instance root { primary | secondary }

DescriptionConfigures the spanning-tree priority so that the equipment becomes the root bridge or a backup for the rootbridge.

Syntax

Parameter Description

instance Specifies the spanning-tree instance. (Range: 0-7)

primary Configures a new priority that would cause the equipment to become the root bridge.

secondary Configures a new priority would cause the equipment to become the root bridge after afailure in the current root bridge.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to force the equipment to be the root bridge for spanning-tree instance 1.

DmSwitch(config)#spanning-tree 1 root primaryDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the priority was configured by entering the show spanning-tree privileged EXECcommand.

516

Chapter 3. spanning-tree instance root

Related Commands

Command Description

spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.

spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.

spanning-tree instanceforward-delay

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.

spanning-tree instance hello-time Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.

spanning-tree instance max-age Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.

spanning-tree instance max-hops Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hopsparameter.

spanning-tree instance priority Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.

spanning-tree instance vlan-group Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.

spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.

spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

517

spanning-tree instance vlan-group

spanning-tree instance vlan-group { index | all | range first-index last-index }

no spanning-tree instance vlan-group { index | all | range first-index last-index }

Description

Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specified VLAN groups from spanning-tree instance.

Syntax

Parameter Description

instance Specifies the spanning-tree instance. (Range: 0-7)

index Specifies a VLAN group ID. (Range: 0-3)

all Specifies all VLAN groups.

range first-index last-index Specifies a range of VLAN group IDs. (Range: 0-3)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to add a range of VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.

DmSwitch(config)#spanning-tree 1 vlan-group range 1 10DmSwitch(config)#

518

Chapter 3. spanning-tree instance vlan-group

You can verify that the VLAN groups were added by entering the show spanning-tree privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.

spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.

spanning-tree instanceforward-delay

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.

spanning-tree instancehello-time

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.

spanning-tree instancemax-age

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.

spanning-tree instancemax-hops

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.

spanning-tree instancepriority

Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.

spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.

spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.

spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

519

spanning-tree mode

spanning-tree mode { mstp | rstp | stp }

no spanning-tree mode

Description

Configures the spanning-tree mode.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return the spanning-tree mode to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

mstp Selects the multiple spanning-tree protocol mode.

rstp Selects the rapid spanning-tree protocol mode.

stp Selects the spanning-tree protocol mode.

DefaultSpanning-tree default mode is rstp.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to select the MSTP mode.

DmSwitch(config)#spanning-tree mode mstpDmSwitch(config)#

520

Chapter 3. spanning-tree mode

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show spanning-tree privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.

spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.

spanning-tree instanceforward-delay

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.

spanning-tree instancehello-time

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.

spanning-tree instancemax-age

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.

spanning-tree instancemax-hops

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.

spanning-tree instancepriority

Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.

spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.

spanning-tree instancevlan-group

Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.

spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

521

spanning-tree mst

spanning-tree mst { name text | revision revision-number }

no spanning-tree mst { name | revision }

Description

Defines parameters of multiple spanning-tree (MST) configuration.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the records from the specified parameters.

Syntax

Parameter Description

name text Specifies the MST configuration name.

revision revision-number Specifies the MST configuration revision number. (Range:0-65535)

DefaultName is empty and revision is 0.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to specify a name to MST configuration.

DmSwitch(config)#spanning-tree mst name testDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the name was saved by entering the show spanning-tree privileged EXEC command.

522

Chapter 3. spanning-tree mst

Related Commands

Command Description

spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.

spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.

spanning-tree instanceforward-delay

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.

spanning-tree instancehello-time

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.

spanning-tree instancemax-age

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.

spanning-tree instancemax-hops

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.

spanning-tree instancepriority

Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.

spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.

spanning-tree instancevlan-group

Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.

spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

523

storm-control

storm-control action

no storm-control action

Description

This option enables at global level the storm-control action options, which then must be fine-grained controlledby interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable any action other than limit on all interfaces.

Syntax

Parameter Description

action Confirm intention on enabling or disable actions for storm-control.

DefaultDefaults to be disabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.6 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable storm-control actions on interfaces.

DmSwitch(configure)#storm-control actionDmSwitch(configure)#

524

Chapter 3. storm-control

You can verify that the configuration was done by entering the show interfaces switchport userEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces switchport Shows switchport information.

525

sync-source

sync-source { external-clock-mode { 2MHz | 2Mbps } | hierarchy { all | hier-number |range { first-hier-number last-hier-number } } } | revertive | switch-enable }

Description

Configures clock source options.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove/revert the specified configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

external-clock-mode Select 2MHz or 2Mbps as the external clock operationmode.

hierarchy Additional configurations for each hierarchy.

revertive Enable revertive operation. Allows sync-source to returnto a better hierarchy.

switch-enable Enable globally switch between interfaces.

Default

external-clock-mode: 2MHz.

revertive: enabled.

switch-enable: enabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

5.6 This command was changed. Full clock hierarchy added.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

526

Chapter 3. sync-source

Example

This example shows how to enable the sync-source switching.

DmSwitch(config)#sync-source switch-enableDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the information was set by entering the show sync-source user EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show sync-source Shows sync-source information.

sync-source hierarchy Clock source configuration.

527

sync source advanced

sync-source advanced out-of-limits-switch

no sync-source advanced out-of-limits-switch

Description

Enable clock source switching when reach out of limits.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the clock source switching when reach out of limits.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultThe clock source out of limits is enabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesUse the advanced clock source options in order to enable/disable the clock source switching when reach out oflimits.

Example

This example shows how to enable the clock source switching.

DmSwitch(config)#sync-source advanced out-of-limits-switchDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show sync-source user EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

528

Chapter 3. sync source advanced

Command Descriptionshow running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show sync-source Shows sync-source information.

529

sync-source hierarchy

sync-source { hierarchy { all | hier-number | range { first-hier-number last-hier-number} ack-out-of-limits | enable | transmit-clock-source { adaptive bundle port-number [ switch-criteria [ local-tdm-fail | local-tdm-fail | packet-size-mismatch | remote-tdm-fail] ] | external | internal | tdm port-number [ switch-criteria [ ais | all | crc | lom ] ] } | wtr{ size } } }

Description

Selects transmit clock source type among bundle, external, internal or TDM.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove/revert the specified configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ack-out-of-limits Ack out of limits.

enable Set hierarchy to enable/disable.

transmit-clock-source Configures transmit clock source hierarchy.

wtr Configures wait to restore time in seconds.

hierarchy Selects a specific hierarchy to configure.

all Configure all hierarchies.

hier-number Configure a specific hierarchy. (Range 1-6)

range{ first-hier-number last-hier-number } Configure a range of specific hierarchy. (Range: 1-6)

bundle Selects a specific Bundle as hierarchy source.

external Selects a external clock as hierarchy source.

internal Selects a internal clock as hierarchy source.

tdm Selects a specific TDM as hierarchy source.

DefaultThe internal clock source is selected.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.6 This command was introduced.

530

Chapter 3. sync-source hierarchy

Usage GuidelinesUse the transmit clock source in order to select the desired clock source type for each hierarchy.

Example

This example shows how to configure the hierarchies.

DmSwitch(config)#sync-source hierarchy 1 transmit-clock-source adaptative bundle 1DmSwitch(config)#sync-source hierarchy 2 transmit-clock-source tdm 2 switch-criteria ais lomDmSwitch(config)#sync-source hierarchy 3 transmit-clock-source externalDmSwitch(config)#sync-source hierarchy 4 transmit-clock-source adaptative bundle 4 switch-criteria local-tdm-failDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the information was set by entering the show sync-source hierarchy X userEXEC command.

You can verify the active hierarchy by entering the show sync-source status user EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show sync-source Shows sync-source information.

sync source Clock source configuration.

531

tacacs-server acct-port

tacacs-server acct-port port-number

no tacacs-server acct-port

Description

Configures the TACACS default server accounting port.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return to the default port value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

port-number Specify TACACS server accounting port. (Range:1-65535)

DefaultPort number: 49.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe accounting login by a TACACS server depends on this configuration.

Example

This example shows how to define a different TACACS server accounting port.

DmSwitch(config)#tacacs-server acct-port 8380DmSwitch(config)#

The configuration can be verified by entering the show tacacs-server privileged EXEC command.

532

Chapter 3. tacacs-server acct-port

Related Commands

Command Description

authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show tacacs-server Shows global TACACS information and all configured servers.

tacacs-server host Configures the TACACS server IP address.

tacacs-server key Configures the TACACS server key string.

tacacs-server acct-type Configures the TACACS accounting type.

tacacs-server authe-type Configures the TACACS authentication type.

tacacs-server authe-port Configures the TACACS default server authentication port.

tacacs-server autho-port Configures the TACACS default server authorization port.

533

tacacs-server acct-type

tacacs-server acct-type { pap | ascii }

no tacacs-server acct-type

Description

Configures the TACACS default server accounting type.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return to the default type value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

pap Specify PAP accounting type.

ascii Specify ASCII accounting type.

DefaultType: PAP.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe accounting login by a TACACS server depends on this configuration.

Example

This example shows how to define a different TACACS server accounting type.

DmSwitch(config)#tacacs-server acct-type asciiDmSwitch(config)#

The configuration can be verified by entering the show tacacs-server privileged EXEC command.

534

Chapter 3. tacacs-server acct-type

Related Commands

Command Description

authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show tacacs-server Shows global TACACS information and all configured servers.

tacacs-server host Configures the TACACS server IP address.

tacacs-server key Configures the TACACS server key string.

tacacs-server acct-port Configures the TACACS default server accounting port.

tacacs-server authe-type Configures the TACACS authentication type.

tacacs-server authe-port Configures the TACACS default server authentication port.

tacacs-server autho-port Configures the TACACS default server authorization port.

535

tacacs-server authe-port

tacacs-server authe-port port-number

no tacacs-server authe-port

Description

Configures the TACACS default server authentication port.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return to the default port value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

port-number Specify TACACS server authentication port. (Range:1-65535)

DefaultPort number: 49.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe authentication login by a TACACS server depends on this configuration.

Example

This example shows how to define a different TACACS server authentication port.

DmSwitch(config)#tacacs-server authe-port 8380DmSwitch(config)#

The configuration can be verified by entering the show tacacs-server privileged EXEC command.

536

Chapter 3. tacacs-server authe-port

Related Commands

Command Description

authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show tacacs-server Shows global TACACS information and all configured servers.

tacacs-server host Configures the TACACS server IP address.

tacacs-server key Configures the TACACS server key string.

tacacs-server acct-port Configures the TACACS default server accounting port.

tacacs-server acct-type Configures the TACACS accounting type.

tacacs-server authe-type Configures the TACACS authentication type.

tacacs-server autho-port Configures the TACACS default server authorization port.

537

tacacs-server authe-type

tacacs-server authe-type { pap | ascii }

no tacacs-server authe-type

Description

Configures the TACACS default server authentication type.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return to the default type value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

pap Specify PAP accounting type.

ascii Specify ASCII accounting type.

DefaultType: PAP.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe authentication login by a TACACS server depends on this configuration.

Example

This example shows how to define a different TACACS server authentication type.

DmSwitch(config)#tacacs-server authe-type asciiDmSwitch(config)#

The configuration can be verified by entering the show tacacs-server privileged EXEC command.

538

Chapter 3. tacacs-server authe-type

Related Commands

Command Description

authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show tacacs-server Shows global TACACS information and all configured servers.

tacacs-server host Configures the TACACS server IP address.

tacacs-server key Configures the TACACS server key string.

tacacs-server acct-port Configures the TACACS default server accounting port.

tacacs-server acct-type Configures the TACACS accounting type.

tacacs-server authe-port Configures the TACACS default server authentication port.

tacacs-server autho-port Configures the TACACS default server authorization port.

539

tacacs-server autho-port

tacacs-server autho-port port-number

no tacacs-server autho-port

Description

Configures the TACACS default server authorization port.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return to the default port value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

port-number Specify TACACS server authorization port. (Range:1-65535)

DefaultPort number: 49.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe authorization login by a TACACS server depends on this configuration.

Example

This example shows how to define a different TACACS server authorization port.

DmSwitch(config)#tacacs-server autho-port 8380DmSwitch(config)#

The configuration can be verified by entering the show tacacs-server privileged EXEC command.

540

Chapter 3. tacacs-server autho-port

Related Commands

Command Description

authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show tacacs-server Shows global TACACS information and all configured servers.

tacacs-server host Configures the TACACS server IP address.

tacacs-server key Configures the TACACS server key string.

tacacs-server acct-port Configures the TACACS default server accounting port.

tacacs-server acct-type Configures the TACACS accounting type.

tacacs-server authe-port Configures the TACACS default server authentication port.

tacacs-server authe-type Configures the TACACS authentication type.

541

tacacs-server host

tacacs-server host index { accounting | acct-port number | authentication |autho-port number | address ip-address | key text | source-iface { loopback number |vlan number } }

no tacacs-server host index [ accounting | authorization | authentication |source-iface ]

Description

Configures the TACACS server IP address.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the configuration for the specified host.

Syntax

Parameter Description

index Specifies the server index. (Range: 1-5)

accounting Enables TACACS accounting.

acct-port number Specifies TACACS server accounting port. (Range: 1-65535)

authentication Enables RADIUS authentication.

authe-port number Specifies TACACS server authentication port. (Range: 1-65535)

authorization Enable TACACS authorization.

autho-port number Specifies TACACS server authorization port. (Range: 1-65535)

address ip-address Specifies TACACS server IP address.

key text Specifies TACACS server key. (text up to 32 characters)

source-iface Specifies the TACACS source interface.

loopback 0 Select loopback interface as source address.

vlan number Select VLAN interface as source address. (Range: 1-4094)

DefaultNo host is configured.

Command ModesGlobal Configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

542

Chapter 3. tacacs-server host

Usage GuidelinesThe authentication login by a TACACS server depends on this configuration.

Example

This example shows how to define the TACACS server IP address.

DmSwitch(config)#tacacs-server host 1 10.10.11.20DmSwitch(config)#

The configuration can be verified by entering the show tacacs-server privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show tacacs-server Shows global TACACS information and all configured servers.

tacacs-server key Configures the TACACS server key string.

tacacs-server acct-port Configures the TACACS default server accounting port.

tacacs-server acct-type Configures the TACACS accounting type.

tacacs-server authe-port Configures the TACACS default server authentication port.

tacacs-server authe-type Configures the TACACS authentication type.

tacacs-server autho-port Configures the TACACS default server authorization port.

543

tacacs-server key

tacacs-server key text

no tacacs-server key

Description

Configures the TACACS server key string.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the configured key.

Syntax

Parameter Description

text Specifies the key string. (up to 32 characters)

DefaultNo key is configured.

Command ModesGlobal Configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe authentication login by a TACACS server depends on this configuration.

Example

This example shows how to define the TACACS key string.

DmSwitch(config)#tacacs-server key this_is_a_testDmSwitch(config)#

The configuration can be verified by entering the show tacacs-server privileged EXEC command.

544

Chapter 3. tacacs-server key

Related Commands

Command Description

authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show tacacs-server Shows global TACACS information and all configured servers.

tacacs-server host Configures the TACACS server IP address.

tacacs-server acct-port Configures the TACACS default server accounting port.

tacacs-server acct-type Configures the TACACS accounting type.

tacacs-server authe-port Configures the TACACS default server authentication port.

tacacs-server authe-type Configures the TACACS authentication type.

tacacs-server autho-port Configures the TACACS default server authorization port.

545

terminal login-timeout

terminal login-timeout { 0 | seconds }

no terminal login-timeout

Description

Allows to set a login timeout for terminal. This is the maximum time for login operations including all authen-tication methods: local database, TACACS+ servers or RADIUS servers.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset login-timeout to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

0 Specifies 0 to disable timeout.

seconds Specifies maximum time for login operations. (Range: 10-600)

DefaultTimeout setted to 60 seconds.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to set the login timeout.

DmSwitch(config)#terminal login-timeout 50DmSwitch(config)#

546

Chapter 3. terminal login-timeout

You can verify that the login timeout was configured by entering the show terminal privileged EXECconfiguration command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show terminal Shows terminal information.

547

terminal paging

terminal paging

no terminal paging

Description

Allows to set a filter for paging through text one screenful at a time.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command makes terminal screen to roll continuously.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultEnabled.

Command ModesUser EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

5.6 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to disable paging.

DmSwitch(config)#no terminal pagingDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the paging was configured by entering the show running-config privileged EXECconfiguration command.

Related Commands

Command Description

548

Chapter 3. terminal paging

Command Descriptionshow running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

549

terminal timeout

terminal timeout { 0 | seconds }

no terminal timeout

Description

Allows to set an idle timeout for terminal. When the timeout is reached the system issues an auto-logout.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the terminal timeout feature.

Syntax

Parameter Description

0 Specifies 0 to disable timeout.

seconds Specifies the number of seconds until timeout. (Range: 15-3600)

DefaultTimeout setted to 600 seconds.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

3.4 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to set an idle timeout for terminal.

DmSwitch(config)#terminal timeout 300DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the timeout was configured by entering the show running-config privileged EXECconfiguration command.

550

Chapter 3. terminal timeout

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

551

username

username { username } { access-level { 0 | 15 } | nopassword | password { 0 plain-text-password | 7 encripted-password } }

no username { username }

Description

Creates users and configures its access to the DmSwitch.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specified username.

Syntax

Parameter Description

username Specifies an user name. (Maximum: 32 characters)

access-level Specifies the privilege level for the user.

0 Defines the normal user access.

15 Defines the privileged user access.

nopassword Defines that the user does not have password.

password Defines an user password.

0 plain-text-password Specifies a password in plain text.

7 encripted-password Specifies a password in encrypted form.

Default

Username: admin; access-level: 15.

Username: guest; access-level: 0.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesCreating a nopassword user, it configures access-level 0. Use the username username

552

Chapter 3. username

access-level command to change it.

Example

This example shows how to create a new user with normal access.

DmSwitch(config)#username test access-level 0DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the user was created by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC com-mand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show managers Shows the connected managers using terminals.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show users Shows the users information.

553

vlan qinq

vlan qinq

no vlan qinq

Description

Enables the QinQ VLAN mode, also known as "Double Tagging".

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the QinQ VLAN.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultThe QinQ mode is disabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesUse the QinQ mode in order to implement a second level of VLAN tagging on a core or service provider netwok.

Example

This example shows how to enable the QinQ VLAN.

DmSwitch(config)#vlan qinqDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the information was added by entering the show running-config privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

554

Chapter 3. vlan qinq

Command Descriptionshow running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

555

vlan-group

vlan-group instance [ vlan { index | all | range { first-index last-index } } ]

no vlan-group instance [ vlan { index | all | range { first-index last-index } } ]

Description

Create a VLAN group and manage its members in case of VLAN group already exists.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specified VLAN group or VLAN group member.

Syntax

Parameter Description

instance Specifies the VLAN group instance. (Range: 0-3)

vlan Adds VLANs to the specified VLAN group.

index Specifies a VLAN ID. (Range: 1-4094)

all Specifies all VLANs.

range { first-index last-index } Specifies a range of VLAN IDs. (Range: 1-8)

DefaultVlan-group 1 created with all VLAN added.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to create a VLAN group, and add a range of VLANs to this group.

DmSwitch(config)#vlan-group 2

556

Chapter 3. vlan-group

DmSwitch(config)#vlan-group 2 vlan range 1 100DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the VLAN groups were added by entering the show running-config instance privi-leged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

557

vlan-translate egress-table

vlan-translate egress-table { ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-numberlast-port-number } } | port-channel port-number } source-vlan { vlan-number | range { first-vlan-number last-vlan-number } } new-vlan vlan-number [ priority priority-number ]

no vlan-translate egress-table [ ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } [ source-vlan { vlan-number | range { first-vlan-number last-vlan-number } } ] | port-channel port-number [ source-vlan { vlan-number | range { first-vlan-number last-vlan-number } } ] | source-vlan { vlan-number | range { first-vlan-number last-vlan-number } } [ ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } } ] ]

Description

Add an entry or entries to the egress VLAN translation table. When the filter matches it will replace the sourceVLAN ID in the packet.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the vlan-translate entry.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ethernet Adds an entry filter that matches a specific ethernet port.

all Adds an entry filter that matches all ethernet ports.

range {first-port-numberlast-port-number }

Adds an entry filter that matches a specific range of ethernet ports. (Range: 1-8)

port-channel Adds an entry filter that matches a specific port-channel.

source-vlan Adds an entry filter that matches a specific source VLAN.

range {first-vlan-numberlast-vlan-number }

Adds an entry filter that matches a specific range of source VLANs. (Range: 1-4094)

priority Specifies the CoS priority. (Range 0-7)

DefaultDisabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

558

Chapter 3. vlan-translate egress-table

Release Modification3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis command can be used to create a filter, or more then one, that will add a new VLAN ID to the packet onall or a specific group of ethernet ports or port-channels.

Example

This example shows how to add a vlan-translate egress filter.

DmSwitch(config)#vlan-translate egress-table ethernet 5 source-vlan 2 new-vlan 10 priority 2DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the vlan-translate was added by entering the show vlan-translate table privilegedEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show vlan-translate table Show VLAN translate table information.

show vlan-translate usage Show VLAN translate usage information.

vlan-translateingress-table add

Add an entry or entries to the ingress VLAN translation table and add anew VLAN ID to the packet.

vlan-translateingress-table replace

Add an entry or entries to the ingress VLAN translation table andreplace the packet source VLAN ID.

559

vlan-translate ingress-table add

vlan-translate ingress add { ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-numberlast-port-number } } | port-channel port-number } source-vlan { vlan-number | range { first-vlan-number last-vlan-number } } new-vlan vlan-number [ priority priority-number ]

no vlan-translate ingress-table [ ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } [ source-vlan { vlan-number | range { first-vlan-number last-vlan-number } } ] | port-channel port-number [ source-vlan { vlan-number | range { first-vlan-number last-vlan-number } } ] | source-vlan { vlan-number | range { first-vlan-number last-vlan-number } } [ ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } } ] ]

Description

Add an entry or entries to the ingress VLAN translation table. When the filter matches it will add a new VLANID to the packet.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the vlan-translate entry.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ethernet Adds an entry filter that matches a specific ethernet port.

all Adds an entry filter that matches all ethernet ports.

range {first-port-numberlast-port-number }

Adds an entry filter that matches a specific range of ethernet ports. (Range: 1-8)

port-channel Adds an entry filter that matches a specific port-channel.

source-vlan Adds an entry filter that matches a specific source VLAN.

range {first-vlan-numberlast-vlan-number }

Adds an entry filter that matches a specific range of source VLANs. (Range: 1-4094)

priority Specifies the CoS priority. (Range: 1-4094)

DefaultDisabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

560

Chapter 3. vlan-translate ingress-table add

Release Modification3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis command can be used to create a filter, or more then one, that will add a new VLAN ID to the packet onall or a specific group of ethernet ports or port-channels.

Example

This example shows how to add a vlan-translate filter.

DmSwitch(config)#vlan-translate ingress-table add ethernet 5 source-vlan 2 new-vlan 10 priority 2DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the vlan-translate was added by entering the show vlan-translate table privilegedEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show vlan-translate table Show VLAN translate table information.

show vlan-translate usage Show VLAN translate usage information.

vlan-translateegress-table

Add an entry or entries to the egress VLAN translation table andreplaces the source VLAN ID in the packet.

vlan-translateingress-table replace

Add an entry or entries to the ingress VLAN translation table andreplace the packet source VLAN ID.

561

vlan-translate ingress-table replace

vlan-translate ingress replace { ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } } | port-channel port-number } source-vlan { vlan-number | range{ first-vlan-number last-vlan-number } new-vlan vlan-number [ priority priority-number ]

no vlan-translate ingress-table [ ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } [ source-vlan { vlan-number | range { first-vlan-number last-vlan-number } } ] | port-channel port-number [ source-vlan { vlan-number | range { first-vlan-number last-vlan-number } } ] | source-vlan { vlan-number | range { first-vlan-number last-vlan-number } } [ ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } } ] ]

Description

Add an entry or entries to the ingress VLAN translation table. When the filter matches it will replace the packetsource VLAN ID.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the vlan-translate entry.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ethernet Adds an entry filter that matches a specific ethernet port.

all Adds an entry filter that matches all ethernet ports.

range {first-port-numberlast-port-number }

Adds an entry filter that matches a specific range of ethernet ports. (Range: 1-8)

port-channel Adds an entry filter that matches a specific port-channel.

source-vlan Adds an entry filter that matches a specific source VLAN.

range {first-vlan-numberlast-vlan-number }

Adds an entry filter that matches a specific range of source VLANs. (Range: 1-4094)

priority Specifies the CoS priority. (Range: 0-7)

DefaultDisabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

562

Chapter 3. vlan-translate ingress-table replace

Release Modification3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis command can be used to create a filter, or more then one, that will translate the source VLAN to the a newVLAN on all or a specific group of ethernet ports or port-channels.

Example

This example shows how to add a vlan-translate filter.

DmSwitch(config)#vlan-translate ingress-table replace ethernet 1 source-vlan 2 new-vlan 10DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the vlan-translate was added by entering the show vlan-translate table privilegedEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show vlan-translate table Show VLAN translate table information.

show vlan-translate usage Show VLAN translate usage information.

vlan-translateegress-table

Add an entry or entries to the egress VLAN translation table andreplaces the source VLAN ID in the packet.

vlan-translateingress-table add

Add an entry or entries to the ingress VLAN translation table and add anew VLAN ID to the packet.

563

Chapter 4. CFM MD Commands

fault-alarm-address

fault-alarm-address ip-address

no fault-alarm-address

Description

Configures IP address of the fault alarms recipient.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the IP address of the fault alarms recipient.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address Specifies a IP address for the fault alarms recipient.

DefaultNot transmitted.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the IP address "10.5.1.2" for the fault alarms recipient.

DmSwitch(config-cfm)#fault-alarm-address 10.5.1.2

564

Chapter 4. fault-alarm-address

DmSwitch(config-cfm)#

You can verify that the IP address was configured by entering the show cfm md privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

565

ma

ma ma-name [ vlan-list primary-vlan-id [ second-tag vlan-id ] | none ]

no ma

Description

Create a maintenance association and configure its parameters.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the maintenance association (MA).

Syntax

Parameter Description

ma-name Specifies maintenance association (MA) name.

vlan-list vlan-id Specifies a MA primary VLAN ID. (Range: 1-4094)

none Specifies a empty vlan-list.

DefaultNo default MA is configured.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to create a maintenance association.

DmSwitch(config-cfm)#ma MA_1 vlan-list 1DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#

You can verify that the IP address was configured by entering the show cfm ma privileged EXEC command.

566

Chapter 4. ma

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

567

mhf

mhf { none | default | explicit }

DescriptionConfigure creation of MHFs for current maintenance domain.

Syntax

Parameter Description

none Specifies that MHF’s can not be created for currentVID(s).

default Specifies that MHF’s can be created for current VID(s) onany bridge port.

explicit Specifies that MHF’s can be created for current VID(s)only on bridge ports through which current VID(s) canpass.

DefaultMHF none.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure creation of MHF’s.

DmSwitch(config-cfm)#mhf defaultDmSwitch(config-cfm)#

You can verify that the IP address was configured by entering the show cfm md privileged EXEC command.

568

Chapter 4. mhf

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

569

sender-id-tlv

sender-id-tlv { none | chassis | manage | chassis-manage }

DescriptionConfigure the inclusion of Sender ID TLV transmitted by maintenance points.

Syntax

Parameter Description

none Specifies that sender ID TLV is not to be sent.

chassis Specifies that chassis ID fields of the sender ID TLV areto be sent.

manage Specifies that management address length and address ofthe sender ID TLV are to be sent.

chassis-manage Specifies that both Chassis ID fields management addresslength and address of the Sender ID TLV are to be sent.

Defaultsender-id-tlv none.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the inclusion of Sender ID TLV transmitted by maintenance points.

DmSwitch(config-cfm)#sender-id-tlv chassis-manageDmSwitch(config-cfm)#

You can verify that the IP address was configured by entering the show cfm md privileged EXEC command.

570

Chapter 4. sender-id-tlv

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

571

Chapter 5. CFM MA Commands

ais alarm-suppression

ais alarm-suppression

no ais alarm-suppression

Description

Enables alarm indication signal (AIS) alarm suppression.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the AIS alarm suppression.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultEnabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable AIS alarm suppression.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#ais alarm-suppressionDmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#

You can verify that the AIS alarm suppression was configured by entering the show cfm ma privileged EXECcommand.

572

Chapter 5. ais alarm-suppression

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

573

ais enable

ais enable

no ais enable

Description

Enables alarm indication signal (AIS) transmission.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable AIS transmission.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultDisabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable AIS alarm suppression.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#ais enableDmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#

You can verify that the AIS was enabled by entering the show cfm ma privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

574

Chapter 5. ais enable

Command Descriptionshow cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

575

ais level

ais level number

no ais level

Description

The maintenance level to send AIS frames for MEPs that belongs to MA.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the AIS level to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

number Insert a level number. (Range: 0-7)

DefaultThe same level of the current MD.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to change AIS level.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#ais level 7DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#

You can verify that the MEP ID was configured by entering the show cfm ma privileged EXEC command.

576

Chapter 5. ais level

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

577

ais period

ais period { 1min | 1s }

no ais period

Description

Transmission periodicity of frames.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the AIS period.

Syntax

Parameter Description

1min Insert 1 minute period.

1s Insert 1 second period.

Default1 second.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to change AIS level.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#ais period 1minDmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#

You can verify that the AIS period was configured by entering the show cfm ma privileged EXEC command.

578

Chapter 5. ais period

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

579

ais priority

ais priority number

no ais priority

Description

Transmission priority of frames.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the AIS priority.

Syntax

Parameter Description

number Insert priority for AIS frames transmitted by MEPs.(Range: 0-7)

DefaultPriority 0.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to change AIS priority.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#ais priority 7DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#

You can verify that the AIS period was configured by entering the show cfm ma privileged EXEC command.

580

Chapter 5. ais priority

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

581

ais recovery-limit

ais recovery-limit number

no ais recovery-limit

Description

AIS alarm suppression recovery limit.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the AIS alarm suppression recovery limit.

Syntax

Parameter Description

number Insert AIS recovery limit. (Range: 1.0-10.0)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to change AIS recovery limit.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#ais recovery-limit 1.0DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#

You can verify that the AIS recovery limit was configured by entering the show runnig-config privilegedEXEC command.

582

Chapter 5. ais recovery-limit

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

583

ais vlan-notify

ais vlan-notify vlan-id-list

no ais vlan-notify

Description

Create a list of VLANs to send AIS message.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will empty AIS VLAN list.

Syntax

Parameter Description

vlan-id-list Add list of VIDs. (Range list: 1-16, Range vid: 1-4094)

DefaultThe list of VIDs is empty by default.

Commands ModesCFM configuration

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to create a list of VLANs that will be notified with AIS frames.

DM4000(config-cfm-ma)#ais vlan-notify 1 2 3DM4000(config-cfm-ma)#

584

Chapter 5. ais vlan-notify

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

585

ccm-interval

ccm-interval { 1s | 10s | 1min | 10min }

no ccm-interval

Description

Configure time between continuity check messages transmissions.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command reset ccm interval to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

1s | 10s | 1min | 10min Specifies a time between Continuity Check Messagestransmissions.

DefaultDefault value is 1 second.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure a time interval for continuity check messages transmissions.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#ccm-interval 10sDmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#

You can verify that the time was configured to the list by entering the show cfm ma privileged EXEC com-mand.

586

Chapter 5. ccm-interval

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

587

fault-alarm-address

fault-alarm-address ip-address

no fault-alarm-address

Description

Configures IP address of the fault alarms recipient.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the IP address of the fault alarms recipient.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address Specifies a IP address for the fault alarms recipient.

DefaultNot transmitted.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the IP address "10.5.1.2" for the Fault Alarms recipient.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#fault-alarm-address 10.5.1.2DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#

You can verify that the IP address was configured by entering the show running-config privileged EXECcommand.

588

Chapter 5. fault-alarm-address

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

589

mep

mep id mep-id [ direction { down | up } { ethernet port-number | port-channelportchannel-number } ]

no mep id mep-id

Description

Maintenance end point configuration.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the MEP ID reported.

Syntax

Parameter Description

id mep-id Insert a source MEP ID value. (Range: 1-8191)

direction down Specifies the sending continuity check messages awayfrom the MAC relay entity.

direction up Specifies the sending continuity check messages towardsthe MAC relay entity.

ethernet port-number Entry ethernet interface number. (Range: 1-8)

port-channel portchannel-number Entry port channel interface number. (Range: 1-8)

DefaultDisabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

590

Chapter 5. mep

Example

This example shows how to configure maintenance end point (MEP).

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#mep id 1 direction down ethernet 10DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#

You can verify that the MEP ID was configured by entering the show cfm mep privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

591

mep-list

mep-list { id | range first-id last-id }

no mep-list { id | range first-id last-id }

Description

List of maintenance end points for this association.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the mep id reported of the mep id’s list.

Syntax

Parameter Description

id Insert a list of maintenance end point (MEP) identifier.(Range: 1-8191)

range first-id last-id Insert a range of maintenance end point (MEP) identifiers.(Range: 1-8191)

DefaultDefault values of list is empty.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure Maintenance End Point (MEP) List.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#mep-list 1 2 3DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#

592

Chapter 5. mep-list

You can verify that the MEP ID was configured by entering the show running-config privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

593

mhf

mhf { none | default | explicit | defer }

DescriptionConfigure creation of MHFs for current maintenance domain.

Syntax

Parameter Description

none Specifies that MHF’s can not be created for currentVID(s).

default Specifies that MHF’s can be created for current VID(s) onany Bridge Port.

explicit Specifies that MHF’s can be created for current VID(s)only on Bridge Ports through which current VID(s) canpass.

defer Specifies that MHF’s control variable corresponds to theone set on its parent Maintenance Domain.

DefaultMHF defer.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure creation of MHF’s.

DmSwitch(config-cfm)#mhf defaultDmSwitch(config-cfm)#

594

Chapter 5. mhf

You can verify that the MHF was configured by entering the show cfm ma privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

595

mip

mip { ethernet { port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } } | port-channelportchannel-number }

no mip { ethernet { port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } } |port-channel portchannel-number }

Description

Maintenance intermediate point configuration.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will delete the mip ethernet port reported.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ethernet port-number Entry ethernet interface number. (Range: 1-8)

range first-port-number last-port-number Entry a range of ethernet interfaces. (Range: 1-8)

port-channel portchannel-number Entry port channel interface. (Range: 1-8)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure maintenance intermediate point (MIP).

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#mip ethernet 16

596

Chapter 5. mip

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#

You can verify that the MEP ID was configured by entering the show running-config privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

597

sender-id-tlv

sender-id-tlv { none | chassis | manage | chassis-manage | defer }

DescriptionConfigure the inclusion of sender ID TLV transmitted by maintenance points.

Syntax

Parameter Description

none Specifies that sender ID TLV is not to be sent.

chassis Specifies that chassis ID fields of the Sender ID TLV areto be sent.

manage Specifies that Management Address Length and Addressof the Sender ID TLV are to be sent.

chassis-manage Specifies that both Chassis ID fields Management AddressLength and Address of the Sender ID TLV are to be sent.

defer Specifies that sender ID TLV control variable correspondsto the one set on its parent Maintenance Domain.

DefaultSender-id-tlv default value is defer.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the inclusion of Sender ID TLV transmitted by maintenance points.

DmSwitch(config-cfm)#sender-id-tlv chassis-manageDmSwitch(config-cfm)#

598

Chapter 5. sender-id-tlv

You can verify that the IP address was configured by entering the show cfm ma privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

599

Chapter 6. CFM MEP Commands

auto-linktrace

auto-linktrace

no auto-linktrace

Description

Enable the MEP’s auto-linktrace feature.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable auto-linktrace.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultDisabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable auto-linktrace.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#auto-linktraceDmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#

You can verify that the auto-linktrace was enabled by entering the show cfm mep privileged EXEC com-mand.

600

Chapter 6. auto-linktrace

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

601

action shutdown event

action shutdown

no action shutdown

Description

Enable action shutdown in response to CFM fail-events (when MEP lost connectivity to some remote MEP orwhen some remote interface link is down).

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the action shutdown when an event occur.

DefaultDisabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.12 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis option is only available on MEPs with direction up.

Example

This example shows how to enable action shutdown

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#action shutdownDmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#

You can verify that the action was enabled by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC com-mand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

602

Chapter 6. action shutdown event

603

enable

enable

no enable

Description

Enables maintenance end point (MEP).

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable MEP.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultDisabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable MEP.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#enableDmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#

You can verify that the MEP was enabled by entering the show cfm mep privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

604

Chapter 6. enable

Command Descriptionshow cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

605

fault-alarm-address

fault-alarm-address ip-address

no fault-alarm-address

Description

Configures IP address of the fault alarms recipient.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the IP address of the fault alarms recipient.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address Specifies a IP address for the fault alarms recipient.

DefaultNot specified.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the IP address "10.5.1.2" for the fault alarms recipient.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#fault-alarm-address 10.5.1.2DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#

You can verify that the IP address was configured by entering the show cfm mep privileged EXEC command.

606

Chapter 6. fault-alarm-address

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

607

fault-alarm-priority

fault-alarm-priority { all | mac-status | remote-ccm | error-ccm |cross-connect-ccm | none }

DescriptionConfigure the lowest priority defect that is allowed to generate a fault alarm.

Syntax

Parameter Description

all Specifies all defects.

mac-status Specifies CCM received reports that MEP’s MAC isreporting error and set: remote-ccm, error-ccm andcross-connect-ccm.

remote-ccm Specifies that this MEP is not receiving CCMs fromremotes and set: error-ccm and cross-connect-ccm.

error-ccm Specifies that this MEP is not receiving CCMs fromremotes and set: cross-connect-ccm.

cross-connect-ccm Specifies that this MEP is receiving CCMs that should befrom some other MA.

none Specifies no defects are to be reported.

DefaultMAC Status, Remote CCM, Error CCM and Cross Conect CCM.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the fault alarm priority.

608

Chapter 6. fault-alarm-priority

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#fault-alarm-priority cross-connect-ccmDmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#

You can verify that the fault alarm priority was configured by entering the show cfm mep privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

609

fault-alarm-time

fault-alarm-time { absent time | present time }

DescriptionConfigure the time that defects generate/reset a fault alarm.

Syntax

Parameter Description

absent time Configure the time that defects must be absent to reset afault alarm. (Range: 1-10000 miliseconds)

present time Configure the time that defects must be present togenerate a fault alarm. (Range: 1-2500 miliseconds)

Defaultabsent: 10000 ms , present: 2500 ms.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure 10ms for the fault alarm time absent.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#fault-alarm-time absent 10DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#

You can verify that the fault alarm time was configured by entering the show cfm mep privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

610

Chapter 6. fault-alarm-time

Command Description

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

611

generate-ccm

generate-ccm

no generate-ccm

Description

Enable the MEP’s generation of continuity check messages (CCM).

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable CCM generation.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultDisabled.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable CCM generation.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#generate-ccmDmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#

You can verify that the CCM generation was enabled by entering the show cfm mep privileged EXEC com-mand.

Related Commands

Command Description

612

Chapter 6. generate-ccm

Command Descriptionshow cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

613

primary-vid

primary-vid vlan-id

DescriptionConfigure the Primary VID of the MEP. Must be one of the MEP’s MA VIDs.

Syntax

Parameter Description

vlan-id Specifies the primary VID of the MEP. Must be one of theMEP’s MA vlan-list.

DefaultThe first VID of the MEP’s MA vlan-list.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure VID 1 for the primary vid of the MEP.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#primary-vid 1DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#

You can verify that the primary VID was configured by entering the show cfm mep privileged EXEC com-mand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

614

Chapter 6. primary-vid

Command Descriptionshow cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

615

priority

priority number

DescriptionConfigure priority for CCMs and LTMs transmitted by the MEP.

Syntax

Parameter Description

number Specifies the priority for CCMs and LTMs transmitted byMEP. (Range: 0-7)

DefaultPriority 7.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure priority 3 for for CCMs and LTMs transmitted by MEP.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#priority 3DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#

You can verify that the priority was changed by entering the show cfm mep privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

616

Chapter 6. priority

Command Descriptionshow cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

617

Chapter 7. CFM Probe Commands

delay-measurement

delay-measurement { probe-id }

no delay-measurement { probe-id }

Description

Creates or edits a CFM delay-measurement probe instance.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command remove the probe ID.

Syntax

Parameter Description

probe-id Specifies the probe ID. (Range: 1-16)

DefaultNo delay measurement is configured by default.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the delay measurement.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-probe)#ccm-interval 10s

618

Chapter 7. delay-measurement

DmSwitch(config-cfm-probe)#

You can verify that the delay measurement was configured by entering the show running-config privi-leged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

619

Chapter 8. CFM Probe Delay-MeasurementCommands

interval

interval { time }

DescriptionConfigures the interval between 2 delay-measurement probes.

Syntax

Parameter Description

time Specifies the interval in minutes. (Range: 1-1440)

DefaultDefault value is not defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure an interval time interval between 2 delay-measurement probes.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-probe-dm)#interval 100DmSwitch(config-cfm-probe-dm)#

620

Chapter 8. interval

You can verify that the time was configured to the list by entering the show running-config privilegedEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

621

ma

ma name mep id id-number remote-mep id id-number [ count value [ interval { 1s | 10s |1min | 10min } ] ]

DescriptionConfigures maintenance association (MA).

Syntax

Parameter Description

name Specifies the MA name.

mep id id-number Specifies the MEP ID number. (Range: 1-8191)

remote-mep id id-number Specifies the destination MEP number. (Range: 1-8191)

count value Sets the number of messages to be sent. (Range: 1-65535)

interval Configures interval between messages.

1s 1 second.

10s 10 seconds.

1min 1 minute.

10min 10 minutes.

DefaultDefault value is not defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure a maintenance association (MA).

DmSwitch(config-cfm-probe-dm)#ma test mep id 1 remote-mep id 1

622

Chapter 8. ma

DmSwitch(config-cfm-probe-dm)#

You can verify that the time was configured to the list by entering the show running-config privilegedEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

623

Chapter 9. E-LMI Commands

uni-c

uni-c interface ethernet port-number

no uni interface ethernet port-number

Description

Configures a user network interface (UNI) on customer edge device for a specific interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the UNI configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

interface ethernet port-number Creates/Edits an UNI instance in the specified port.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesE-LMI configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to create/edit an user network interface (UNI) on the customer equipment for theinterface ethernet 5.

624

Chapter 9. uni-c

DmSwitch(config-elmi)#uni-c interface ethernet 5DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the information was set by entering the show elmi interface ethernet 5 privi-leged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show elmi Shows ethernet local management interface (ELMI)settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

elmi Enters on Ethernet Local Management Interfaceprotocol configuration mode.

625

uni-n

uni-n interface ethernet port-number

no uni interface ethernet port-number

Description

Configures a user network interface (UNI) on provider edge devices.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the UNI configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

interface ethernet port-number Creates/Edits an UNI instance in the specified port.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesE-LMI configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to create/edit an user network interface (UNI) on provider equipment for interfaceethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-elmi)#uni-n interface ethernet 5DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the information was set by entering the show elmi interface ethernet 5 privi-leged EXEC command.

626

Chapter 9. uni-n

Related Commands

Command Description

show elmi Shows ethernet local management interface (ELMI)settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

elmi Enters on Ethernet Local Management Interfaceprotocol configuration mode.

627

Chapter 10. E-LMI UNI-C Commands

polling-counter

polling-counter value

no polling-counter

Description

Configures polling counter value on customer edge devices.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the polling counter value to its default.

Syntax

Parameter Description

value Value for polling counter. (Range: 1-65535)

DefaultThe default polling counter value is 360.

Command ModesE-LMI configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to set a polling-counter.

DmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-c)#polling-counter 100

628

Chapter 10. polling-counter

DmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-c)#

You can verify that the information was set by entering the show elmi user EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show elmi Shows ethernet local management interface (ELMI)settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

elmi Enters on Ethernet Local Management Interfaceprotocol configuration mode.

629

polling-timer

polling-timer value

no polling-timer

Description

Configures polling timer value on customer edge devices.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the polling timer to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

value Value for polling timer. (Range: 5-30)

DefaultThe default polling timer value is 10 seconds.

Command ModesE-LMI configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to set the polling timer for an UNI instance on the customer equipment.

DmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-c)#polling-timer 20DmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-c)#

You can verify that the information was set by entering the show elmi user EXEC command.

630

Chapter 10. polling-timer

Related Commands

Command Description

show elmi Shows ethernet local management interface (ELMI)settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

elmi Enters on Ethernet Local Management Interfaceprotocol configuration mode.

631

status-counter

status-counter value

no status-counter

Description

Configures status counter value on customer edge devices.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the status counter to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

value Value for status counter. (Range: 2-10)

DefaultThe default status counter value is 4.

Command ModesE-LMI configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to set the status counter on customer equipment.

DmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-c)#status-counter 5DmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-c)#

You can verify that the information was set by entering the show elmi user EXEC command.

632

Chapter 10. status-counter

Related Commands

Command Description

show elmi Shows ethernet local management interface (ELMI)settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

elmi Enters on Ethernet Local Management Interfaceprotocol configuration mode.

633

Chapter 11. E-LMI UNI-N Commands

evc

evc name customer-vlan-list { any | default-evc { [ untagged ] vlan-id | range { first-vlan-id last-vlan-id } } | vlan-id | range { first-vlan-id last-vlan-id } | untagged { vlan-id | range{ first-vlan-id last-vlan-id } } }

no evc name

DescriptionAssigns an existing EVC to an existing UNI-N.

Syntax

Parameter Description

name EVC identifier of an existing EVC. (Up to 32 characters)

any All VLANs and untagged frames.

default-evc (Optional) Default EVC.

untagged (Optional) Untagged frames.

vlan-id VLAN Identifier. (Range: 1-4094)

range first-vlan-id last-vlan-id VLAN range. (Range: 1-4094)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesE-LMI configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Parameter any can be configured only if EVC map type is all to one bundling.

634

Chapter 11. evc

Parameter default-evc can be configured only if EVC map type is bundling.

Example

This example shows how to assign an existing EVC to an existing UNI-N.

DmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-n)#evc EVC_NAME customer-vlan-list anyDmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-n)#

You can verify that the information was set by entering the show elmi privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show elmi Shows ethernet local management interface (ELMI)settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

elmi Enters on Ethernet Local Management Interfaceprotocol configuration mode.

evc Creates an ethernet virtual circuit.

cfm Enables connectivity fault management (CFM) andcreate a maintenance domain (MD).

evc-map-type Configures EVC map type on an UNI-N.

635

evc-map-type

evc-map-type { all-to-one-bundling | bundling | service-multiplexing }

no evc-map-type

Description

Configures EVC map type for an UNI-N instance on provider edge devices.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the EVC map type to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

all-to-one-bundling Configures EVC map type to all to one bundling.

bundling Configures EVC map type to bundling.

service-multiplexing Configures EVC map type to all to service multiplexing.

DefaultThe default EVC map type is bundling.

Command ModesE-LMI configuration.

Command History

Release

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure an EVC map type.

DmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-n)#evc-map-type bundlingDmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-n)#

You can verify that the information was set by entering the show elmi user EXEC command.

636

Chapter 11. evc-map-type

Related Commands

Command Description

show elmi Shows ethernet local management interface (ELMI)settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

elmi Enters on Ethernet Local Management Interfaceprotocol configuration mode.

evc Creates an ethernet virtual circuit.

637

id

id name

no id

Description

Configures UNI identifier on provider edge devices.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the identifier.

Syntax

Parameter Description

name UNI identifier. (Up to 64 characters)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesE-LMI configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure UNI identifier text on customer equipment.

DmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-n)#id UNI_IDDmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-n)#

You can verify that the information was set by entering the show elmi privileged EXEC command.

638

Chapter 11. id

Related Commands

Command Description

show elmi Shows ethernet local management interface (ELMI)settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

elmi Enters on Ethernet Local Management Interfaceprotocol configuration mode.

639

polling-verification-timer

polling-verification-timer value

no polling-verification-timer

Description

Configures polling verification timer value on provider edge devices.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the polling verification timer to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

value Value for polling verification timer. (Range: 5-30)

Default15 seconds.

Command ModesE-LMI configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesUNI-N polling-verification-timer should be greater than polling-timer configured in UNI-C.

Example

This example shows how to set the polling verification timer on provider equipment.

DmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-n)#polling-verification-timer 15DmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-n)#

You can verify that the information was set by entering the show elmi user EXEC command.

640

Chapter 11. polling-verification-timer

Related Commands

Command Description

show elmi Shows ethernet local management interface (ELMI)settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

elmi Enters on Ethernet Local Management Interfaceprotocol configuration mode.

641

status-counter

status-counter value

no status-counter

Description

Configures status counter value on provider edge devices.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the status counter to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

value Value for status counter. (Range: 2-10)

DefaultThe default status counter value is 4.

Command ModesE-LMI configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to set a status counter.

DmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-n)#status-counter 5DmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-n)#

You can verify that the information was set by entering the show elmi privileged EXEC command.

642

Chapter 11. status-counter

Related Commands

Command Description

show elmi Shows ethernet local management interface (ELMI)settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

elmi Enters on Ethernet Local Management Interfaceprotocol configuration mode.

643

Chapter 12. Interface Bundle Commands

circuit-name

circuit-name { name }

DescriptionUse circuit-name command to configure the name of the circuit for the bundle interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description

name Insert a name for a circuit or bundle (Maximum: 127 characters).

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesBundle interface must be disabled before using ip-next-hop command.

Example

This example shows how to configure name of circuit for bundle 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#circuit-name bundle1DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#

You can verify that the name of the circuit was configured by entering the show interfaces bundle userEXEC configuration command.

644

Chapter 12. circuit-name

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.

show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

645

destination-bundle

destination-bundle { bundle_id }

DescriptionUse destination-bundle command to set the destination bundle.

Syntax

Parameter Description

bundle_id Configures a destination bundle id (Range: 1 - 16383).

Defaultdestionation-bundle: 1

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesBundle interface must be disabled before using destination-bundle command.

Example

This example shows how to configure destination-bundle for bundle interface 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#destination-bundle 5DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#

You can verify that the destination-bundle was configured by entering the show interfaces bundle userEXEC configuration command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.

646

Chapter 12. destination-bundle

Command Descriptionshow interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

647

destination-ip-address

destination-ip-address { ip-address }

DescriptionUse destination-ip-address command to configure the ip address of the destination for the bundle interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address Configures the destination-ip-address for the bundle interface.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesBundle interface must be disabled before using destination-ip-address command.

Example

This example shows how to configure destination-ip-address for bundle 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#destination-ip-address 10.5.1.2DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#

You can verify that the destination-ip-address was configured by entering the show interfaces bundleuser EXEC configuration command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.

648

Chapter 12. destination-ip-address

Command Descriptionshow interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

649

dscp

dscp { index }

DescriptionUse dscp command to configure specify the dscp for the bundle interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description

index specifies the Differentiated Services Codepoint for destination IPaddress (Range: 0 - 63).

DefaultDscp default value is 0.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesBundle interface must be disabled before using ip-next-hop command.

Example

This example shows how to configure dscp for bundle interface 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#dscp 1DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#

You can verify that the dscp was configured by entering the show interfaces bundle user EXEC con-figuration command.

Related Commands

Command Description

650

Chapter 12. dscp

Command Descriptionshow interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.

show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

651

ip-next-hop

ip-next-hop { ip-address }

no ip-next-hop

Description

Use ip-next-hop command to configure to set the ip of the next hop for the bundle interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the ip-next-hop configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address Configures the ip address for the next hop of the bundle interface.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesBundle interface must be disabled before using ip-next-hop command.

Example

This example shows how to configure ip-next-hop for bundle 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#ip-next-hop 10.5.1.2DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#

You can verify that the ip-next-hop was configured by entering the show interfaces bundle user EXECconfiguration command.

652

Chapter 12. ip-next-hop

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.

show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

653

jitter-buffer

jitter-buffer { size }

DescriptionUse jitter-buffer command to configure the jitter buffer for the bundle interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description

size Configures jitter buffer maximum range size (Range: 1.00ms -496.00ms).

Defaultjitter-buffer: 10ms.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesBundle interface must be disabled before using jitter_buffer command.

Example

This example shows how to configure jitter buffer for bundle 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#jitter-buffer 1.00DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#

You can verify that the jitter-buffer was configured by entering the show interfaces bundle user EXECconfiguration command.

Related Commands

Command Description

654

Chapter 12. jitter-buffer

Command Descriptionshow interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.

show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

655

lost-pkt-fill

lost-pkt-fill { automatic | idle-byte | repeat-last-data }

no lost-pkt-fill

Description

Configures lost packet fill.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will resets lost packet fill to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

automatic Automatically choose how to fill lost packets.

idle-byte Fill lost packet with idle byte.

repeat-last-data Fill lost packet with last valid data received.

DefaultLost-pkt-fill default value is repeat-last-data.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.4 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesBundle interface must be disabled before using lost-pkt-fill command.

Example

This example shows how to set lost packet fill in the bundle interface 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#lost-pkt-fill automaticDmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#

656

Chapter 12. lost-pkt-fill

You can verify that the lost-pkt-fill was configured by entering the show interfaces bundle user EXECconfiguration command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.

show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

657

packet-delay

packet-delay { value }

DescriptionUse packet-delay command to configure packet-delay for the bundle interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description

value Insert the value for packet delay (Range: 0.5 - 8.0 ms in steps of0.125ms).

Defaultpacket-delay: 1.0ms

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesBundle interface must be disabled before using packet-delay command.

Example

This example shows how to configure packet-delay for bundle 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#packet-delay 0.5DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#

You can verify that the packet-delay was configured by entering the show interfaces bundle userEXEC configuration command.

Related Commands

Command Description

658

Chapter 12. packet-delay

Command Descriptionshow interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.

show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

659

packet-loss-threshold

packet-loss-threshold { value }

no packet-loss-threshold

Description

Use packet-loss-threshold command to set a threshold value for packet-loss in the bundle interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set the packet-loss-threshold to its default configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

value Insert a value for the packet-loss threshold (Range: 0.1 - 100.0%).

Defaultpacket-loss-threshold: 10%.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesBundle interface must be disabled before using packet-loss-threshold command.

Example

This example shows how to configure packet-loss threshold for bundle 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#packet-loss-threshold 5DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#

You can verify that the packet-loss-threshold was configured by entering the show interfaces bundleuser EXEC configuration command.

660

Chapter 12. packet-loss-threshold

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.

show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

661

shutdown

shutdown

no shutdown

Description

Use shutdown commando to disable the bundle interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will enable the bundle interface.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultBundle interface is disabled

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to shutdown a bundle interface.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#shutdownDmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#

You can verify that the bundle interface was disabled by entering the show interfaces bundle userEXEC configuration command.

Related Commands

662

Chapter 12. shutdown

Command Description

show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.

show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

663

source-ip-address

source-ip-address ip address

no source-ip-address

Description

Set a source ip address for the current bundle interface

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set source-ip-address to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip address bundle source ip address

DefaultDefault is using interface PW source-ip-address.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.10 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Entered address must be a valid IP address.

If an IP address is not configured on bundle, PW interface source-ip-address will be used instead.

Example

This example define the address 10.1.1.22 as the source address of interface bundle 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#source-ip-address 10.1.1.22

664

Chapter 12. source-ip-address

The configuration may be checked using the command show interfaces bundle 1 privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces pw Shows PW interface configuration.

show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.

665

tdm-channel

tdm-channel { tdm-number }

DescriptionUse tdm-channel command to map the bundle interface in TDM interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description

tdm-number Specify the TDM interface that will be used (Range: 1 - 8).

DefaultTdm-channel default value is 1.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesBundle interface must be disabled before using tdm-channel command.

Example

This example shows how to configure tdm-channel in the bundle interface 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#tdm-channel 1DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#

You can verify that the tdm-channel was configured by entering the show interfaces bundle user EXECconfiguration command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.

666

Chapter 12. tdm-channel

Command Descriptionshow interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

667

test

test { bert-tdm-side | bert-psn-side | bert-error | loop }

no test

Description

Enable tests in a specific bundle interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will disable all tests.

Syntax

Parameter Description

bert-tdm-side Enable TDM BERT test.

bert-psn-side Enable ethernet BERT test.

bert-error Insert BERT error.

loop Enable loop on TDM and PSN.

DefaultAll tests are disable.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesIt is possible to perform one test at a time.

Example

This example shows how to set up a test in the bundle interface 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#test bert-tdm-sideDmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#

668

Chapter 12. test

You can verify which test are enable by entering the show interfaces bundle user EXEC configurationcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.

show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

669

timeslots

timeslots { initial_timeslot number_of_timeslots }

DescriptionUse timeslots command to configure initial timeslot and the number of timeslots for the bundle interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description

initial_timeslot Configures the initial timeslot for the bundle (Range: 0 - 31).

number_of_timeslots Configures the number of timeslots for the bundle (Range: 1 - 32).

DefaultDisable. Initial_timeslot is 0 and number_of_timeslots is 32.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesBundle interface must be disabled before using timeslots command. Bundle interface configuration for timeslotsmust match TDM interface line type configuration.

Example

This example shows how to configure initial timeslot and the number of timeslots for bundle 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#timeslots 1 31DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#

You can verify that the initial timeslot and the number of timeslots was configured by entering the showinterfaces bundle user EXEC configuration command.

Related Commands

670

Chapter 12. timeslots

Command Description

show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.

show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

671

udp-port

udp-port { [source src-port] | [destination dst-port] }

DescriptionUse udp-port command to set the source and/or destination bundle UDP port.

Syntax

Parameter Description

src-port Configures a source bundle UDP port (Range: 1 - 65535).

dst-port Configures a destination bundle UDP port (Range: 1 - 65535).

Default

The udp-port source is:

49153 for interface bundle 1.49154 for interface bundle 2.49155 for interface bundle 3 and so on.

The udp-port destination is 0. By default the destination-bundle ID is used. When configuring the udp-portdestination the destination-bundle is not used anymore until configured back again.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.16 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesBundle interface must be disabled before using udp-port command.

Example

This example shows how to configure udp-port for bundle interface 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1

672

Chapter 12. udp-port

DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#udp-port source 3 destination 49153DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#

You can verify that the destination-bundle was configured by entering the show interfaces bundle userEXEC configuration command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.

show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

673

vlan

vlan vlan-id priority priority-level

no vlan

Description

Use this command to define in which vlan current bundle interface will work.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set VLAN to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

vlan-id Specifies VLAN ID used in bundle interface. (Range:1-4094)

priority-level Specifies priority used in bundle interface. (Range: 0-7)

DefaultDefault is using interface PW VLAN.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.10 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Selected vlan must have been created.

If a vlan is not configured on bundle, PW interface vlan will be used instead.

If PW Q-in-Q is enabled, bundle cannot use individual vlan.

674

Chapter 12. vlan

Example

This example shows how to configure interface bundle 1 of unit 2 to use vlan 10.

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-10)#interface bundle 1DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#vlan 10 priority 2

You may check the configuration using the command show interfaces bundle 2/1

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.

675

Chapter 13. Interface Ethernet/Port-channelCommands

capabilities

capabilities { 10full | 10half | 100full | 100half | 1000full | all | flow-control[ transmit | receive ] }

no capabilities { 10full | 10half | 100full | 100half | 1000full | all |flow-control [ transmit | receive ] }

Description

Configure interface port capabilities for autonegotiation.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the specified capability.

Syntax

Parameter Description

10full Advertises 10Mbps full-duplex operation support.

10half Advertises 10Mbps half-duplex operation support.

100full Advertises 100Mbps full-duplex operation support.

100half Advertises 100Mbps half-duplex operation support.

1000full Advertises 1000Mbps full-duplex operation support.

all Advertises all capabilities operation support.

flow-control Advertises flow control operation support.

transmit (Optional) Advertises support of PAUSE frames for transmission.

receive (Optional) Advertises support of PAUSE frames for reception.

Default

All supported speed and duplex capabilities enabled for LAN ports.

Only 1000full capability enabled for WAN ports.

Flow control capabilities disabled.

676

Chapter 13. capabilities

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesWhen enabling flow control advertisement without specifying transmit or receive, flow control will be advertisedfor both of them.

Example

This example shows how to set interface capabilities for interface Ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config)interface ethernet 5DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#capabilities 100fullDmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#no capabilities 10halfDmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#no capabilities 10fullDmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the information was set by entering the show interfaces status user EXEC com-mand.

Related Commands

Command Description

negotiation Use the negotiation command to enable or disableautonegotiation.

speed-duplex Configures forced speed and duplex modes.

show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

show interfaces table configuration Shows the interface average utilization table.

677

description

description { string }

no description

Description

Use the description command to insert some descriptive text for ethernet and port-channel interfaces.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will remove the description.

Syntax

Parameter Description

string Some description for the interface. (Size: 127 characters)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to set a description for an Ethernet interface.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/2)#description GatewayInterfaceDmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/2)#

You can verify that the information was inserted by entering the show interfaces status ethernetuser EXEC command.

678

Chapter 13. description

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

679

l2protocol-tunnel

l2protocol-tunnel { cdp | control-protocols { option-1 } | dot1x | eaps | extended| gvrp | lacp | lldp | maker | oam | pagp | pvst | stp | udld | vtp }

no l2protocol-tunnel { cdp | control-protocols { option-1 } | dot1x | eaps | gvrp| lacp | lldp | marker | oam | pagp | pvst | stp | udld | vtp }

Description

Use the l2protocol-tunnel command to configure Layer 2 protocols tunneling for the Ethernet interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable l2protocol-tunnel for the specified protocol.

Syntax

Parameter Description

cdp Enable/disable CDP packets tunneling.

control-protocols option-1 Enable/disable Control Protocols MEF Ethernet PrivateLine (EPL) Option 1 packets tunneling.

dot1x Enable/disable 802.1X packets tunneling.

eaps Enable/disable EAPS packets tunneling

extended Enable/disable Extended packets tunneling

gvrp Enable/disable GVRP packets tunneling.

lacp Enable/disable LACP packets tunneling.

lldp Enable/disable LLDP packets tunneling

maker Enable/disable Maker packets tunneling.

oam Enable/disable OAM packets tunneling.

pagp Enable/disable PAgP packets tunneling.

pvst Enable/disable PVST packets tunneling.

stp Enable/disable STP packets tunneling.

udld Enable/disable UDLD packets tunneling.

vtp Enable/disable VTP packets tunneling.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

680

Chapter 13. l2protocol-tunnel

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

5.16 The commands control-protocols, extended, eaps and lldp parameteres wereadded.

Usage Guidelines

L2 protocol tunneling is based on destination MAC address modification for protocol packets. Protocol packetsreceived on a port that has tunneling enabled will have their destination address changed to another address.With that destination address the packets will be transparently forwarded (flooded) through the network untilsome other port with tunneling enabled is reached.

You must use this command on ports that will convert protocol packets into tunneled packets and/or converttunneled packets into protocol packets. The intermediate ports on the tunneling path must not have this commandenabled so that they will only forward tunneled packets without modifications.

Example

This example shows how to enable STP packets tunneling for the interface Ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#l2protocol-tunnel stpDmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show l2protocol-tunnel user EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show l2protocol-tunnel Shows Layer 2 Protocols Tunneling information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

681

lacp

lacp [ actor admin-key key ]

no lacp [ actor admin-key ]

Description

Enables and configures LACP status on an interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable LACP, or unconfigure LACP actor in an interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description

actor (Optional) The local side of an aggregate link

admin-key Specifies the LACP administration key

key Administration key value. (Range: 0-255)

Default

LACP is disabled in interfaces.

Default value for key is 1.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable LACP for interface Ethernet 5 and set admin-key to 30.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#lacp

682

Chapter 13. lacp

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#lacp actor admin-key 30DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the lacp is enabled by entering the show interfaces status and show lacp userEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

debug Enables the printing of debug messages.

show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

show lacp counters Shows the LACP traffic counters.

show lacp group Shows the specified LACP channel group information.

show lacp internal Shows the LACP internal information.

show lacp neighbors Shows the LACP neighbors information.

show lacp sysid Shows the system identifier used by LACP.

683

lldp admin-status

lldp admin-status { disable | rx-only | tx-only | tx-and-rx }

DescriptionConfigures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agent.

Syntax

Parameter Description

disable Specifies that the transmit and receive mode are disabled.

rx-only Specifies that only the receive mode is enabled.

tx-only Specifies that only the transmit mode is enabled.

tx-and-rx Specifies that the transmit and receive mode are enabled.

DefaultThe default is tx-and-rx.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable only the LLDP receive mode for interface Ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#lldp admin-status rx-onlyDmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show lldp user EXEC command.

Related Commands

684

Chapter 13. lldp admin-status

Command Description

lldp Enables the LLDP operation in the DmSwitch.

lldp notification Enables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.

lldpnotification-interval

Configures the allowed interval at which Simple Network ManagementProtocol (SNMP) notifications can be sent.

lldp reinitialize-delay Configures the delay that applies to a re-initialization attempt afterLLDP ports were disabled or the link went down.

lldp tlvs-tx-enable Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.

lldp transmit-delay Configures the delay time between successive frame transmissions.

lldp transmit-hold Configures the transmit-hold.

lldp transmit-interval Configures the periodic transmit interval for LLDP protocol data units(PDUs).

show lldp Shows LLDP configuration information.

show lldp neighbor Shows LLDP neighbor information.

685

lldp notification

lldp notification

no lldp notification

Description

Enables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it disables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNotification sending is disable.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable LLDP SNMP trap for interface Ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#lldp notificationDmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show lldp user EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

lldp Enables the LLDP operation in the DmSwitch.

686

Chapter 13. lldp notification

Command Descriptionlldp admin-status Configures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agent.

lldpnotification-interval

Configures the allowed interval at which Simple Network ManagementProtocol (SNMP) notifications can be sent.

lldp reinitialize-delay Configures the delay that applies to a re-initialization attempt afterLLDP ports were disabled or the link went down.

lldp tlvs-tx-enable Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.

lldp transmit-delay Configures the delay time between successive frame transmissions.

lldp transmit-hold Configures the transmit-hold.

lldp transmit-interval Configures the periodic transmit interval for LLDP protocol data units(PDUs).

show lldp Shows LLDP configuration information.

show lldp neighbor Shows LLDP neighbor information.

687

lldp tlvs-tx-enable

lldp tlvs-tx-enable { all | management-address | port-description |system-capabilities | system-description | system-name }

no lldp tlvs-tx-enable { all | management-address | port-description |system-capabilities | system-description | system-name }

Description

Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it disable the specified TLV sending.

Syntax

Parameter Description

all Enables all TLVs sending.

management-address Enables the management address TLV sending.

port-description Enables the port description TLV sending.

system-capabilities Enables the system capabilities TLV sending.

system-description Enables the system description TLV sending.

system-name Enables the system name TLV sending.

DefaultAll optional TLVS sending are enabled.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

688

Chapter 13. lldp tlvs-tx-enable

Example

This example shows how to enable the System Name TLV sending for interface Ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#lldp tlvs-tx-enable system-nameDmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show lldp user EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

lldp Enables the LLDP operation in the DmSwitch.

lldp admin-status Configures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agent.

lldp notification Enables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.

lldpnotification-interval

Configures the allowed interval at which Simple Network ManagementProtocol (SNMP) notifications can be sent.

lldp reinitialize-delay Configures the delay that applies to a re-initialization attempt afterLLDP ports were disabled or the link went down.

lldp transmit-delay Configures the delay time between successive frame transmissions.

lldp transmit-hold Configures the transmit-hold.

lldp transmit-interval Configures the periodic transmit interval for LLDP protocol data units(PDUs).

show lldp Shows LLDP configuration information.

show lldp neighbor Shows LLDP neighbor information.

689

loopback-detection

loopback-detection [ unblock-time unblock-time ]

no loopback-detection [ unblock-time ]

Description

Configures the Loopback Detection. This functionality enables the capacity of loop detection in the equipmentports. The action is to block the port when a loop happens. Right after, when the link is restored, the unblock-timedecreases until unblocking the port if everything is fine.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return to the default values.

Syntax

Parameter Description

unblock-time unblock-time Selects the time interval to wait before unblock the interface (seconds).(Range: 2-86400)

Default

The default for the loopback-detecion is enabled for each port.

The default values for the unblock-time is 30 seconds.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure loopback-detection for interface ethernet 5

690

Chapter 13. loopback-detection

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#loopback-detection unblock-time 300DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the information was configured by entering the show loopback-detection privilegedEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show loopback-detection Shows loopback-detection status and configuration

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

loopback-detection action Configures action of Loopback Detection protocol

loopback-detectiondestination-address

Configures destination address Loopback Detection PDUs

691

mdix

mdix { auto | force-auto | normal | xover }

no mdix

Description

Use the mdix command to configure the medium dependent interface crossover mode.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set MDIX to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

auto Enables auto-MDIX when autonegotiation is enabled.

force-auto Enables auto-MDIX when auto negotiation is disabled.

normal Disables auto-MDIX and force mode to normal.

xover Disables auto-MDIX and force mode to crossed-over.

DefaultDefault value for MDIX is auto MDIX.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesMDIX command is available only for LAN ports. The value for WAN ports is always auto.

Example

This example shows how to disable auto-MDIX and force mode to cross-over on interface Ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#mdix xoverDmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

692

Chapter 13. mdix

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show interfaces status user EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

693

monitor source

monitor source { rx | tx | all }

no monitor source

Description

Sets the interface as a source of monitored traffic.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the interface as a monitor source.

Syntax

Parameter Description

rx Monitors only received traffic.

tx Monitors only transmitted traffic.

all Monitors all traffic.

DefaultBy default, the interface is not a source of monitored traffic.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to set the interface Ethernet 5 as a monitoring source for the capture of its receivedtraffic.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#monitor source rxDmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

694

Chapter 13. monitor source

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show monitor privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

monitor Configures the traffic monitoring.

show monitor Shows traffic monitoring configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

695

negotiation

negotiation

no negotiation

Description

Use the negotiation command to enable or disable autonegotiation.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will disable autonegotiation.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to disable autonegotiation for interface Ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#no negotiationDmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the autonegotiation was disabled by entering the show interfaces status userEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

696

Chapter 13. negotiation

Command Descriptionshow interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

697

oam

oam [ mode { active | passive } ]

no oam

Description

Enables or disables OAM for ethernet interfaces.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will disable OAM in the interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description

mode (Optional) Configures OAM mode.

active (Optional) Configure as an active port.

passive (Optional) Configure as a passive port.

DefaultThe OAM is disabled in LAN ports and enabled in WAN ports.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure OAM for interface Ethernet 5

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#oamDmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the information was configured by entering the show oam user EXEC command.

698

Chapter 13. oam

Related Commands

Command Description

show oam Shows OAM information status and configuration

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

699

qos dscp-mapping

qos dscp-mapping

no qos dscp-mapping

Description

Use the qos dscp-mapping command to enable differentiated services code point mapping.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will disable DSCP mapping.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultDSCP mapping is disabled.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable DSCP mapping to an interface.

DmSwitch(config)#interface ethernet 5DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#qos dscp-mappingDmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the DSCP mapping is enabled by entering the show qos privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

700

Chapter 13. qos dscp-mapping

Command Descriptionqos_queue_wfq_min-bw Configure minimum bandwidth allocation for QoS

weighted fair queueing.

qos_queue_maxbw Configure maximum bandwidth allocation per queuefor QoS.

qos_map Configures the differentiated services code point map.

qos queue cos-map Map CoS priorities to queues.

qos queue sched-mode Scheduling mode.

show qos Show QoS configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

701

qos map dscp-table

qos map dscp-table { code-point1 | all | range { first-code-point last-code-point } } to code-point2 priority value

DescriptionConfiguress the differentiated services code point map.

Syntax

Parameter Description

code_point1 Specifies the dscp code point that will be remaped.(Range: 0 - 63)

all Selects all dscp code point to be remaped.

range first-code-point last-code-point Specifies a specific range of dscp code point that will beremaped. (Range: 0 - 63)

to code_point2 Specifies the egress dscp code point. (Range: 0 - 63)

priority value Specifies the CoS priority. (Range: 0 - 7)

DefaultNo default is difined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the qos dscp table map.

DmSwitch(config)#interface ethernet 1DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/1)#qos map dscp-table 1 to 2 priority 1DmSwitch(config)#

702

Chapter 13. qos map dscp-table

You can verify that the dscp-table was configured by entering the show qos map dscp-table instanceprivileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

qos_queue_wfq_min-bw Configure minimum bandwidth allocation for QoS weighted fairqueueing.

qos_queue_maxbw Configure maximum bandwidth allocation per queue for QoS.

qos_dscp-mapping Enables Differentiated Services Code Point Mapping.

qos queue cos-map Map CoS priorities to queues.

qos queue sched-mode Scheduling mode.

show qos Show QoS configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

703

qos queue buffer

qos queue buffer { cos_queue_id } { buffer_size }

no qos queue buffer { cos_queue_id }

Description

Configures maximum buffer size allocation per CoS queue.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set the CoS queue to its default configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

cos_queue_id Specifies the CoS queue. (Range: 0 - 3)

buffer_size Specifies the maximum buffer size for a specific queue inbytes. (Range: 12800 - 307200. Granularity: 128)

DefaultDefault is 51200 bytes for each queue on all ports.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.10.4 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure qos queue max-bw.

DmSwitch(config)#interface ethernet 1DmSwitch(config-if-ethernet-1/1)#qos queue buffer 0 51200DmSwitch(config-if-ethernet-1/1)#

704

Chapter 13. qos queue buffer

You can verify that the configuration was set by entering show qos queue config privileged EXEC com-mand.

Related Commands

Command Description

qos_queue_wfq_min-bw Configure minimum bandwidth allocation for QoS weighted fairqueueing.

qos_map Configures the differentiated services code point map.

qos_dscp-mapping Enables Differentiated Services Code Point Mapping.

qos queue cos-map Map CoS priorities to queues.

qos queue sched-mode Scheduling mode.

show qos Show QoS configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

705

qos queue max-bw

qos queue max-bw { bw_value | unlim-all | unlimited } { unlimited | bw_value } {unlimited | bw_value } { unlimited | bw_value }

no qos queue max-bw

Description

Configures maximum bandwidth allocation per queue for QoS.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set the qos queue max-bw to its default configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

unlim-all Specifies unlimited bandwidth for all queues.

unlimited specifies unlimited bandwidt for specific queue.

bw_value Specifies the maximum bandwidth for a specific queue inkbit/s. (Range: 0 - 1000000. Granularity: 64)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure qos queue max-bw.

DmSwitch(config)#interface ethernet 1

706

Chapter 13. qos queue max-bw

DmSwitch(config-if-ethernet-1/1)#qos queue max-bw unlim-allDmSwitch(config-if-ethernet-1/1)#

You can verify that the configuration was set by entering show qos queue config privileged EXEC com-mand.

Related Commands

Command Description

qos_queue_wfq_min-bw Configure minimum bandwidth allocation for QoS weighted fairqueueing.

qos_map Configures the differentiated services code point map.

qos_dscp-mapping Enables Differentiated Services Code Point Mapping.

qos queue cos-map Map CoS priorities to queues.

qos queue sched-mode Scheduling mode.

show qos Show QoS configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

707

qos queue wfq

qos queue wfq min-bw { bw_value | sp } { bw_value | sp } { bw_value | sp } { bw_value| sp }

no qos queue wfq min-bw

Description

Configures minimum bandwidth allocation for QoS weighted fair queueing.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set the qos queue wfq min-bw to its default configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

bw_value Minimun bandwidth for each queue in kbit/s. (Range: 0 -1000000. Granularity: 64)

sp Strict priority for each queue.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure qos queue wfq min-bw.

DmSwitch(config)#interface ethernet 1DmSwitch(config-if-ethernet-1/1)#qos queue wfq min-bw 64 64 64 64DmSwitch(config-if-ethernet-1/1)#

708

Chapter 13. qos queue wfq

You can verify that the configuration was set by entering show qos queue config privileged EXEC com-mand.

Related Commands

Command Description

qos_queue_maxbw Configure maximum bandwidth allocation per queue for QoS.

qos_map Configures the differentiated services code point map.

qos_dscp-mapping Enables Differentiated Services Code Point Mapping.

qos queue cos-map Map CoS priorities to queues.

qos queue sched-mode Scheduling mode.

show qos Show QoS configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

709

rate-limit

rate-limit { input | output } { rate rate-limit } { burst burst-size }

no rate-limit { input | output }

Description

Configures rate-limits for ethernet interfaces.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the data rate limit.

Syntax

Parameter Description

input Specifies the ingress rate-limit for a port.

output Specifies the egress rate-limit for a port.

rate Specifies the rate-limit.

rate-limit Rate-limit in kilobits per second. (Range: 64-1000000. Granularity: 64)

burst Specifies the maximum burst size.

burst-size Maximum burst size in kilobyte. (Range: 4-512. Granularity: 4)

DefaultRate limit is disabled in interfaces.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure rate-limits for interface ethernet 5.

710

Chapter 13. rate-limit

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#rate-limit input rate 64000 burst 512DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#rate-limit output rate 64000 burst 512DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was enabled by entering the show interfaces switchport userEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfacesswitchport

Shows switchport information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

711

rmon collection history

rmon collection history { auto-index | index } [ buckets buckets-number ] [ intervalseconds ] [ owner name ]

no rmon collection history index

Description

Configures a RMON history group of statistics.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specified RMON history group of statistics.

Syntax

Parameter Description

auto-index Automatically identifies the RMON history group of history.

index Identifies the RMON history group of history. (Range: 1-65535)

buckets buckets-number Specifies the maximum number of buckets. (Range: 1-23000)

interval seconds Specifies the number of seconds in each polling cycle. (Range: 1-3600)

owner name Specifies the owner of the RMON group of statistics.

DefaultDefault buckets value is 8 and default interval value is 1800.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure a RMON history group of statistics index 5 on interface ethernet 5. In this

712

Chapter 13. rmon collection history

configuration, the data is sampled every 30 seconds and are saved the maximum number of 8 samples.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#rmon collection history 5 buckets 8 interval 30 owner testDmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show rmon history privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

rmon Configures a RMON.

rmon alarm Configures a RMON alarm.

rmon collection stats Configures a RMON collection of statistics.

rmon event Configures a RMON event.

show rmon alarm Shows the RMON alarm table.

show rmon event Shows the RMON event table.

show rmon history Shows the RMON history table.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show rmon statistics Shows the RMON statistics table.

713

rmon collection stats

rmon collection stats { auto-index | index } [ owner name ]

no rmon collection stats index

Description

Configures a RMON collection of statistics.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specified RMON statistics collection.

Syntax

Parameter Description

auto-index Automatically identifies the RMON history group of statistics.

index Identifies the RMON group of statistics. (Range: 1-65535)

owner name Specifies the owner of the RMON group of statistics.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure a RMON collection of statistics index 5 on interface Ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#rmon collection stats 5 owner testDmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

714

Chapter 13. rmon collection stats

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show rmon statistics privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

rmon Configures a RMON.

rmon alarm Configures a RMON alarm.

rmon collection history Configures a RMON history group of statistics.

rmon event Configures a RMON event.

show rmon alarm Shows the RMON alarm table.

show rmon event Shows the RMON event table.

show rmon history Shows the RMON history table.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show rmon statistics Shows the RMON statistics table.

715

shutdown

shutdown

no shutdown

Description

Use the shutdown command to disable an interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will reenable the interface.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultInterface is enabled.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to shutdown an ethernet interface.

DmSwitch(config)#interface ethernet 5DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/4)#shutdownDmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/4)#

You can verify that the Ethernet interface is down by entering the show interfaces status user EXECcommand.

Related Commands

716

Chapter 13. shutdown

Command Description

show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

717

spanning-tree bpdufilter

spanning-tree bpdufilter

Description

Enables the Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) filter per port.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the BPDU filter in the port.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultBPDU filter is disabled by default.

Command ModesInterface Configuration

Command History

Release Modification

5.4 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesBPDU filtering allows you to avoid transmitting BPDUs on ports that are connected to an end system.

Example

This example shows how to enable BPDU filter per port.

DmSwitch#configureDmSwitch(config)#interface ethernet 1DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/1)#spanning-tree bpdufilter

Related Commands

Command Description

spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.

spanning-tree_bpdufilter(global)

Enables the Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) filter globally.

718

Chapter 13. spanning-tree bpdufilter

Command Descriptionspanning-tree_bpduguard(global)

Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.

spanning-tree_bpduguard(per port)

Enables the Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) guard per port.

spanning-tree instanceforward-delay

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.

spanning-tree instancehello-time

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.

spanning-tree instancemax-age

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.

spanning-tree instancemax-hops

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.

spanning-tree instancepriority

Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.

spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.

spanning-tree instancevlan-group

Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.

spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.

spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

719

spanning-tree bpduguard

spanning-tree bpduguard

Description

Enables the Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) guard per port.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the BPDU guard in the port.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultBPDU filter is disabled by default.

Command ModesInterface Configuration

Command History

Release Modification

5.4 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe BPDU guard is used to prevent BPDU attacks from spanning-tree ports. If an port receives a BPDU whenBPDU guard is enabled, that port is administratively disabled.

Example

This example shows how to enable BPDU guard on an ethernet port.

DmSwitch#configureDmSwitch(config)#interface ethernet 1DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/1)#spanning-tree bpduguard

Related Commands

Command Description

spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.

720

Chapter 13. spanning-tree bpduguard

Command Descriptionspanning-tree_bpdufilter(global)

Enables the Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) filter globally.

spanning-tree_bpdufilter(per port)

Enables the Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) filter per port.

spanning-tree_bpduguard(global)

Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.

spanning-tree instanceforward-delay

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.

spanning-tree instancehello-time

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.

spanning-tree instancemax-age

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.

spanning-tree instancemax-hops

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.

spanning-tree instancepriority

Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.

spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.

spanning-tree instancevlan-group

Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.

spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.

spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

721

spanning-tree edge-port

spanning-tree edge-port

no spanning-tree edge-port

Description

Use the spanning-tree edge-port to define the ethernet interface as a spanning-tree edge port.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will undefine the ethernet interface as a spanning-tree edge port.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultDefault value is disabled.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Edge ports are directly moved to the forwarding state in the spanning-tree. However, after a BPDU is receivedon these ports, their state will be controlled by the STP execution.

Enable the edge-port parameter on interfaces directly connected to end stations.

Example

This example shows how to define an ethernet interface as a spanning-tree edge port.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#spanning-tree edge-portDmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was done by entering the show spanning-tree instance ethernetethernet-instance privileged EXEC command.

722

Chapter 13. spanning-tree edge-port

Related Commands

Command Description

spanning-tree instance Configures an ethernet interface in a spanning-tree instance.

spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.

spanning-tree instanceforward-delay

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.

spanning-tree instancehello-time

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.

spanning-tree instancemax-age

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.

spanning-tree instancemax-hops

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.

spanning-tree instancepriority

Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.

spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.

spanning-tree instancevlan-group

Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.

spanning-tree link-type Use the spanning-tree link-type command to specify the type of linkused with spanning-tree.

spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.

spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.

spanning-treerestricted-role

Forbids the interface to become the root port on spanning-tree.

spanning-treerestricted-tcn

Forbids the interface to propagate topology changes to other interfaces.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

723

spanning-tree instance

spanning-tree instance [ cost path-cost | port-priority priority ]

no spanning-tree instance [ cost | port-priority ]

Description

Configures an ethernet interface in a spanning-tree instance.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the ethernet interface from the Spanning-Tree instance,or will remove the cost and port-priority configurations of the interface in the spanning-tree instance.

Syntax

Parameter Description

instance Specifies the spanning-tree instance. (Range: 0-7)

cost (Optional) Specifies spanning-tree cost.

path-cost Value of spanning-tree path cost. (Range: 1-200000000)

port-priority (Optional) Specifies spanning-tree port priority.

priority Values of spanning tree port priority. (Range: 0-240. Granularity: 16)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to set spanning-tree cost and port-priority for interface Ethernet 5.

724

Chapter 13. spanning-tree instance

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#spanning-tree 1DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#spanning-tree 1 cost 1000000DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#spanning-tree 1 port-priority 128DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show spanning-tree instance ethernetethernet-instance privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.

spanning-tree edge-port Defines the Ethernet interface as the spanning-tree edge port.

spanning-tree instanceforward-delay

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.

spanning-tree instancehello-time

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.

spanning-tree instancemax-age

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.

spanning-tree instancemax-hops

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.

spanning-tree instancepriority

Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.

spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.

spanning-tree instancevlan-group

Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.

spanning-tree link-type Use the spanning-tree link-type command to specify the type of linkused with spanning-tree.

spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.

spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.

spanning-treerestricted-role

Forbids the interface to become the root port on spanning-tree.

spanning-treerestricted-tcn

Forbids the interface to propagate topology changes to other interfaces.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

725

spanning-tree link-type

spanning-tree link-type { auto | point-to-point | shared }

no spanning-tree link-type

Description

Use the spanning-tree link-type command to specify the type of link used with spanning-tree.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return the link-type configuration to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

auto Specifies spanning tree link-type as auto. The link type will be derived from thecurrent duplex mode for this interface. If full-duplex is used, the link type willbe point-to-point. If half-duplex is used, the link type will be shared.

point-to-point Specifies spanning tree link-type as point-to-point.

shared Specifies spanning tree link-type as shared.

DefaultLink type is configured as auto.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to define the spanning-tree link-type in interface Ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#spanning-tree link-type point-to-pointDmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

726

Chapter 13. spanning-tree link-type

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show spanning-tree instance ethernetethernet-instance privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.

spanning-tree edge-port Defines the Ethernet interface as the spanning-tree edge port.

spanning-tree instanceforward-delay

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.

spanning-tree instancehello-time

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.

spanning-tree instancemax-age

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.

spanning-tree instancemax-hops

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.

spanning-tree instancepriority

Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.

spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.

spanning-tree instancevlan-group

Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.

spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.

spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.

spanning-treerestricted-role

Forbids the interface to become the root port on spanning-tree.

spanning-treerestricted-tcn

Forbids the interface to propagate topology changes to other interfaces.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

727

spanning-tree restricted-role

spanning-tree restricted-role

no spanning-tree restricted-role

Description

Forbids the interface to become the root port on spanning-tree.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will make it possible for the interface to become the root port.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultRestricted-role is disabled by default.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If restricted-role is enabled for an interface that would be choosen as the root port, the interface will become analternate port instead.

Use this command to prevent bridges that are not under your control from becoming the root bridge or being inthe path to the root bridge. Incorrectly using this command may cause lack of spanning-tree connectivity.

Example

This example shows how to enable restricted-role in interface ethernet 5

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#spanning-tree restricted-roleDmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was done by entering the show spanning-tree instance ethernetethernet-instance privileged EXEC command.

728

Chapter 13. spanning-tree restricted-role

Related Commands

Command Description

spanning-tree instance Configures an ethernet interface in a spanning-tree instance.

spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.

spanning-tree edge-port Defines the Ethernet interface as the spanning-tree edge port.

spanning-tree instanceforward-delay

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.

spanning-tree instancehello-time

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.

spanning-tree instancemax-age

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.

spanning-tree instancemax-hops

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.

spanning-tree instancepriority

Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.

spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.

spanning-tree instancevlan-group

Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.

spanning-tree link-type Use the spanning-tree link-type command to specify the type of linkused with spanning-tree.

spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.

spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.

spanning-treerestricted-tcn

Forbids the interface to propagate topology changes to other interfaces.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

729

spanning-tree restricted-tcn

spanning-tree restricted-tcn

no spanning-tree restricted-tcn

Description

Forbids the interface to propagate topology changes to other interfaces.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will make it possible for the interface to propagate topology changes.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultRestricted-tcn is disabled by default.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If restricted-tcn is enabled for an interface it will not propagate topology changes due to received messages orport state changes.

Use this command to prevent bridges that are not under your control from causing address flushing in thenetwork core. Incorrectly using this command may cause temporary loss of connectivity after topology changes.

Example

This example shows how to enable restricted-tcn in interface ethernet 5

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#spanning-tree restricted-tcnDmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was done by entering the show spanning-tree instance ethernetethernet-instance privileged EXEC command.

730

Chapter 13. spanning-tree restricted-tcn

Related Commands

Command Description

spanning-tree instance Configures an ethernet interface in a spanning-tree instance.

spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.

spanning-tree edge-port Defines the Ethernet interface as the spanning-tree edge port.

spanning-tree instanceforward-delay

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.

spanning-tree instancehello-time

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.

spanning-tree instancemax-age

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.

spanning-tree instancemax-hops

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.

spanning-tree instancepriority

Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.

spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.

spanning-tree instancevlan-group

Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.

spanning-tree link-type Use the spanning-tree link-type command to specify the type of linkused with spanning-tree.

spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.

spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.

spanning-treerestricted-role

Forbids the interface to become the root port on spanning-tree.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

731

speed-duplex

speed-duplex { 10full | 10half | 100full | 100half }

no speed-duplex

Description

Configures forced speed and duplex modes.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset speed and duplex modes to the default values.

Syntax

Parameter Description

10full Force 10Mbps full-duplex operation.

10half Force 10Mbps half-duplex operation.

100full Force 100Mbps full-duplex operation.

100half Force 100Mbps half-duplex operation.

Default

100half for electrical Fast Ethernet ports.

100full for optical Fast Ethernet ports.

100half for Gigabit Ethernet ports.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe forced mode configuration is only used when autonegotiation is disabled.

732

Chapter 13. speed-duplex

Example

This example shows how to configure speed and duplex operation for interface Ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#speed-duplex 10fullDmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show interfaces status user EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

negotiation Use the negotiation command to enable or disableautonegotiation.

show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

show interfaces table configuration Shows the interface average utilization table.

733

switchport backup-link

switchport backup-link { interface { ethernet port-number | port-channelportchannel-number } | preemption { delay seconds | mode { forced | off } } }

no switchport backup-link interface

no switchport backup-link preemption { delay | mode }

Description

Configure an alternative link for this interface. If an interface is down/blocked, the other one is unblocked. Onlyone interface is unblocked at a given time. If preemption is forced and both interfaces are error free, this interfacewill be unblocked after a configurable delay and the alternative interface will be blocked.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will disable the default priority.

Syntax

Parameter Description

interface ethernetport-number

Specifies the alternative ethernet port.

interfaceport-channelportchannel-number

Specifies the alternative port channel interface.

preemption mode Configures preemption mode.

forced Turns on preemption.

off Turns off preemption.

preemption delayseconds

Configures seconds as the delay for forced preemption from backup interface to maininterface. Forced preemption mode must be configured. (Range: 1-300)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

734

Chapter 13. switchport backup-link

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure ethernet 3 as the alternative interface for ethernet 2. Ethernet 2 is the maininterface. The preemption mode is configured as forced; if both interfaces are error free, ethernet 2 is preferred:it will be unblocked and ethernet 3 will be blocked after 45 seconds.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/2)#switchport backup-link interface ethernet 3DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#switchport bcakup-link preemption mode forcedDmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#switchport bcakup-link preemption delay 45

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces switchport Shows switchport information.

show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

735

switchport bpdu-block

switchport bpdu-block

no switchport bpdu-block

Description

Use the switchport bpdu-block to block reception of BPDUs for an interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will disable the switchport bpdu-block.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultBpdu-block is disable.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable bpdu-block for interface ethernet 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface ethernet 1DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/1)#swichtport bpdu-blockDmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/1)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show interfaces switchport userEXEC command.

Related Commands

736

Chapter 13. switchport bpdu-block

Command Description

show interfaces switchport Shows switchport information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

737

switchport bpdu-protect

switchport bpdu-protect { block-time seconds | enable | limit limit-value | mode {block-all | block-bpdu | log } }

no switchport bpdu-protect { block-time | enable | limit | mode }

DescriptionUse the switchport bpdu-protect to protect configuration for an interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description

block-time seconds Specifies the blocking time. (Range: 10-3600)

enable Enables BPDU protection.

limit limit-value Configures the maximum number of BPDU’s per second. (Range: 5-1000)

mode Configures notification and action mode

block-all Blocks BPDUs and data when limit is reached.

block-bpdu Blocks BPDUs when limit is reached.

log Log when limit is reached.

Default

BPDU-protect: Disable

Limit: 30 BPDUs per second

Block-time: 10 seconds

Mode: Block all

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.0 This command was introduced.

738

Chapter 13. switchport bpdu-protect

Usage GuidelinesThis command can be used to prevent problems in protocols when there is flood of BPDUs in this interface.When ocurr a flood of BPDUs block interface, unblock after time configurated in command bpdu-block-timereached. Block again if flood not stop and limit reached.

Example

This example shows how to enable bpdu-limit for interface ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config)#interface ethernet 5DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#swichtport bpdu-protect enableDmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show interfaces switchportethernet 1 user EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

cpu protocol bpdu-protect Control BPDU packets per second.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show interfaces switchport Shows switchport information.

show interfaces_status Shows interface configuration status.

739

switchport egress-block ethernet

switchport egress-block { ethernet { port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } } | port-channel portchannel-number }

no switchport egress-block ethernet { ethernet { port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } } | port-channel portchannel-number }

Description

Blocks traffic from a specified interface to a set of interfaces. The traffic source interface is the interface beingcurrently configured. The destination interfaces are specified on the command parameters.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the egress-block configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

port-number Blocks traffic to a specific ethernet port. (Range: 1-8)

port-channel portchannel-number Blocks traffic to a specific port-channel interface. (Range:1-8)

range { first-port-number last-port-number } Blocks traffic to a range of ethernet ports. (Range: 1-8)

DefaultEgress-block is disabled.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to set interface ethernet 5 for blocking egress to ethernet 6.

740

Chapter 13. switchport egress-block ethernet

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#switchport egress-block ethernet 6DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show running-config privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show interfacesswitchport

Shows switchport information.

cpu egress-block Configures the switch to block CPU traffic from a specified Ethernetinterface to another for a set of VLAN IDs.

741

switchport mtu

switchport mtu value

no switchport mtu

Description

Use the switchport mtu command to configure maximum transmission unit for the specified interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return the maximum transmission unit to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

value Specifies the maximum transmission unit in bytes. (Range: 64-9198)

DefaultThe default MTU value is 9198 bytes.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to set the maximum transmission unit for interface ethernet 5 to 1024 bytes.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#switchport mtu 1024DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was done by entering the show interfaces switchport userEXEC command.

742

Chapter 13. switchport mtu

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces switchport Shows switchport information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

743

switchport native vlan

switchport native vlan { vlan-id }

no switchport native vlan

Description

Use the switchport native vlan command to configure PVID, the default VLAN ID for untagged frames.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will remove the configuration that specifies which is the nativeVLAN for the interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description

vlan-id Specifies the Port VLAN ID. (Range: 1-4094)

DefaultPVID is 1, the default VLAN ID.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe specified VLAN should exist, otherwise the command will return an error.

Example

This example shows how to create a VLAN with ID 3 and set interface Ethernet 5 as native from VLAN 3.

DmSwitch(config)#interface vlan 3DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-3)#interface ethernet 5DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#switchport native vlan 3DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

744

Chapter 13. switchport native vlan

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show interfaces ’1 switchport userEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces switchport Shows switchport information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

745

switchport port-security

switchport port-security maximum { num-of-macs }

no switchport port-security

Description

Use the switchport port-security to enable port security and configure the maximum number of MAC addressesper port.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable port-security.

Syntax

Parameter Description

maximum Configures maximum number of MAC addresses.

num-of-macs Specifies the maximum number of MAC addresses for this interface. (Range: 0-8191)

DefaultMAC address limit is disabled.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable port-security for interface ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#switchport port-security maximum 10DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

746

Chapter 13. switchport port-security

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show interfaces switchport userEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces switchport Shows switchport information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

747

switchport priority default

switchport priority default { value }

no switchport priority default

Description

Use the switchport priority default command to configure 802.1p priorities for the specified interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will disable the default priority.

Syntax

Parameter Description

value Specifies the priority value for untagged frames. (Range: 0-7)

DefaultDefault value is 0.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to set the default priority for untagged frames to 3.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#switchport priority default 3DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was done by entering the show interfaces switchport userEXEC command.

748

Chapter 13. switchport priority default

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces switchport Shows switchport information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

749

switchport qinq

switchport qinq { external [ inner-tag vlan [ priority prio ] ] | internal }

no switchport qinq

Description

Use the switchport qinq command to configure double tagging mode for the specified interface. Also configuresthe double tagging mode for untagged packets.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will remove the Double Tagging mode configuration for the speci-fied interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description

external Configures double tagging external mode. A VLAN tag is always inserted on receivedpackets.

internal Configures double tagging internal mode. A VLAN tag is only inserted if the packetdoes not have a TPID which matches the TPID configured on this interface.

inner-tag vlan (Optional) Specifies the VLAN that will be used by inner tag in double tagging modefor untagged packets. (Range: 1 - 4094)

priority prio (Optional) Specifies the priority that will be used by inner tag in double tagging modefor untagged packets. (Range: 0 - 7)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

5.6 Added inner-tag command.

5.6 Added priority command.

750

Chapter 13. switchport qinq

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to configure tagging behaviour for interfaces on service provider switches.

The external mode is recommended for client ports so that a provider tag is always inserted.

The internal mode is recommended for uplink ports so that duplicated tags are not inserted on these interfaces.

Example

This example shows how to set double tagging external mode for interface ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#switchport qinq externalDmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show interfaces switchport userEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces switchport Shows switchport information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

751

switchport storm-control

switchport storm-control { broadcast | dlf | multicast } [ pps pps-value ]

no switchport storm-control { broadcast | dlf | multicast } [ pps pps-value ]

Description

Use the switchport storm-control to configure rate storm control for the specified interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will remove a broadcast, dlf or multicast storm-control configura-tion.

An action is triggered after software recognizes an increase in number of (broadcast or multicast) ingress packetsat given interface. Option "limit" is default behavior, limiting at hardware ingress. "Notify" generates a log entryand an SNMP trap. "Shutdown" will shutdown this port, disrupting any traffic passing it. Being "shutdown" anaggressive action, it is triggered only after configured a timer. This timer ranges from 10 to 600 seconds.

Syntax

Parameter Description

broadcast Configures broadcast storm-control.

dlf Configures dlf storm-control.

multicast Configures multicast storm-control.

pps pps-value (Optional) Sets maximum packets per second. (Range: 0-262143)

action Configures an action to be taken after ingress packet rate at given interface exceededconfigured maxvalue. Rate is measured and normalized in a time function.

action limit Limit at hardware ingress.

action notify Limit at hardware ingress, notify using log and SNMP trap infrastructure.

action shutdown Limit at hardware ingress, notify using log and SNMP trap infrastructure andshutdown port if port goes under storm for more than configured time. Shutdown mustbe removed manually by administrator.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

752

Chapter 13. switchport storm-control

Release Modification1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to set broadcast storm-control to 1024 Kbps for interface Ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#switchport storm-control broadcast rate 1024DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was done by entering the show interfaces switchport userEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces switchport Shows switchport information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

753

switchport tpid

switchport tpid ether-type-field

no switchport tpid

Description

Use the switchport tpid command to configure Tag Protocol ID for an interface. The TPID is the first two bytesin the VLAN tag which also corresponds to the Ethertype field on untagged packets.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove a Tag Protocol ID configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ether-type-field Tag Protocol ID. (Range: 0x0000-0xFFFF)

DefaultTPID default value is 0x8100.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

3.1 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesYou can use this command in double tagging (qinq) network setups in order to have distinct tag types for clientsand service provider or in order to interoperate with switches that use different values of TPID.

Example

This example shows how to set the tag protocol ID to 0x9100 on interface ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#switchport tpid 0x9100DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

754

Chapter 13. switchport tpid

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show interfaces switchport userEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces switchport Shows switchport information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

755

switchport vlan-translate

switchport vlan-translate [ egress ingress ]

no switchport vlan-translate [ egress ingress ]

Description

Use the switchport vlan-translate to enable egress or ingress vlan translation for an interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will disable the switchport vlan-translate.

Syntax

Parameter Description

egress Enable egress VLAN tranlation in the interface.

ingress Enable ingress VLAN translation in the interface.

DefaultEgress and ingress is disabled.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable switchport vlan-translate egress for interface ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config)#interface ethernet 5DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#swichtport vlan-translate egressDmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

756

Chapter 13. switchport vlan-translate

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show interfaces switchport userEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces switchport Shows switchport information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

757

trap-enable

trap-enable [ dying-gasp-received | link-up-down |non-homologated-transceiver | transceiver-presence | unidir-link-detected |unidir-link-recovered ]

no trap-enable [ dying-gasp-received | link-up-down |non-homologated-transceiver | transceiver-presence | unidir-link-detected |unidir-link-recovered ]

Description

Enable traps by each port.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the specified trap.

Syntax

Parameter Description

dying-gasp-received Issues dying-gasp-received traps.

link-up-down Issues link-up or link-down traps.

non-homologated-transceiver Issues non-homologated-transceiver traps.

transceiver-presence Issue transceiver-presence traps.

unidir-link-detected Issue unidirectional link detected traps.

unidir-link-recovered Issue unidirectional link recovered traps.

DefaultAll supported traps enabled.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesPressing enter it will issue all traps.

758

Chapter 13. trap-enable

Example

This example shows how to disable a trap for interface ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#no trap-enable transceiver-presenceDmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the information was set by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC com-mand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip snmp-server traps Shows the SNMP traps status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

759

Chapter 14. Interface Loopback Commands

ip address

ip address { ip-address/mask }

no ip address

Description

Sets an IP address for the selected loopback.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will delete the IP address from the selected loopback.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address/mask Specifies the IP address and network mask to the selected loopback.

DefaultNo IP addres is defined to selected loopback.

Command ModesInterface loopback configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot avaliable.

Example

This example shows how to specify a static IP address to the loopback 0.

DmSwitch#config

760

Chapter 14. ip address

DmSwitch(config)#interface loopback 0DmSwitch(config-if-loop-0)#ip address 100.100.100.1/32DmSwitch(config-if-loop-0)#endDmSwitch#

You can verify that the IP address was specified by entering the show running-config user EXEC com-mand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

761

shutdown

shutdown

no shutdown

Description

Deactivates the selected loopback interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reactivate the selected loopback interface.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultThe interface loopback is in shutdown by default.

Command ModesLoopback interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to deactivate the selected loopback interface.

DmSwitch(config-if-lo-0)#shutdownDmSwitch(config-if-lo-0)#

You can verify that the loopback interface was deactived by entering the show interfaces loopbackprivileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

762

Chapter 14. shutdown

Command Descriptionshow running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show interfaces loopback Shows the interfaces loopback.

763

Chapter 15. Interface MGMT EthernetCommands

ip address

ip address { ip-address/mask }

no ip address

Description

Sets an IP address for the management interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will delete the IP address from the management interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address/mask Specifies the IP address and network mask to the management interface.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

764

Chapter 15. ip address

Example

This example shows how to specify a static IP address to the management interface.

DmSwitch(config)interface mgmt-ethDmSwitch(config-if-mgmt-eth)#ip address 10.5.1.2/24DmSwitch(config-if-mgmt-eth)#

You can verify that the IP address was specified by entering the show running config privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

765

lldp admin-status

lldp admin-status { disable | rx-only | tx-only | tx-and-rx }

no lldp admin-status

Description

Configures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agent for management interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, will set lldp admin status to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

disable Specifies that the transmit and receive mode are disabled.

rx-only Specifies that only the receive mode is enabled.

tx-only Specifies that only the transmit mode is enabled.

tx-and-rx Specifies that the transmit and receive mode are enabled.

DefaultThe default is tx-and-rx.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable only the LLDP receive mode for management interface.

DmSwitch(config)interface mgmt-ethDmSwitch(config-if-mgmt-eth)#lldp admin-status rx-onlyDmSwitch(config-if-mgmt-eth)#

766

Chapter 15. lldp admin-status

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show runnnig-config privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

lldp notification Configures speed and duplex operation for management interface.

lldp tlvs-tx-enable Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

767

lldp notification

lldp notification

no lldp notification

Description

Enables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it disables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultBy default notification sending is disable.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable LLDP SNMP trap for management interface.

DmSwitch(config)interface mgmt-ethDmSwitch(config-if-mgmt-eth)#lldp notificationDmSwitch(config-if-mgmt-eth)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show running-config privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

768

Chapter 15. lldp notification

Command Description

lldp admin-status Configures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agentfor management interface.

lldp tlvs-tx-enable Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

769

lldp tlvs-tx-enable

lldp tlvs-tx-enable { all | management-address | port-description |system-capabilities | system-description | system-name }

no lldp tlvs-tx-enable { all | management-address | port-description |system-capabilities | system-description | system-name }

Description

Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it disable the specified TLV sending.

Syntax

Parameter Description

all Enables all TLVs sending.

management-address Enables the Management Address TLV sending.

port-description Enables the Port Description TLV sending.

system-capabilities Enables the System Capabilities TLV sending.

system-description Enables the System Description TLV sending.

system-name Enables the System Name TLV sending.

DefaultAll optional TLVS sending are enabled.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

770

Chapter 15. lldp tlvs-tx-enable

Example

This example shows how to enable the System Name TLV sending for interface Ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#lldp tlvs-tx-enable system-nameDmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show running-config privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

lldp Enables the LLDP operation in the DmSwitch.

lldp admin-status Configures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agentfor management interface.

lldp notification Configures speed and duplex operation for management interface.

lldpnotification-interval

Configures the allowed interval at which Simple Network ManagementProtocol (SNMP) notifications can be sent.

lldp reinitialize-delay Configures the delay that applies to a re-initialization attempt afterLLDP ports were disabled or the link went down.

lldp transmit-delay Configures the delay time between successive frame transmissions.

lldp transmit-hold Configures the transmit-hold.

lldp transmit-interval Configures the periodic transmit interval for LLDP protocol data units(PDUs).

show lldp Shows LLDP configuration information.

show lldp neighbor Shows LLDP neighbor information.

771

Chapter 16. Interface Port-channel Commands

load-balance

load-balance { dst-ip | dst-mac | src-dst-ip | src-dst-mac | src-ip | src-mac }

no load-balance

Description

Configures load distribution method among the ports.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the load balancing to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

dst-ip Destination IP address.

dst-mac Destination MAC address.

src-dst-ip Source and destination IP addresses.

src-dst-mac Source and destination MAC addresses.

src-ip Source IP address.

src-mac Source MAC address.

DefaultLoad-balance: source and destination MAC addresses.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

772

Chapter 16. load-balance

Example

This example shows how to change the load distribution method.

DmSwitch(config)interface port-channel 1DmSwitch(config-if-port-ch-1)#load-balance src-ipDmSwitch(config-if-port-ch-1)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show interfaces status user EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

773

set-member ethernet

set-member ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } }

no set-member ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } }

Description

Adds Ethernet ports to selected port-channel.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove ports from selected port-channel.

Syntax

Parameter Description

all Adds all ports.

port-number Adds a specific unit and port.

range first-port-number last-port-number Adds a range of units and ports.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesRemote devices management must be disable to configure port channel.

Example

This example shows how to add the ethernet port 1 to selected port-channel.

DmSwitch(config)interface port-channel 1DmSwitch(config-if-port-ch-1)#set-member ethernet 1DmSwitch(config-if-port-ch-1)#

774

Chapter 16. set-member ethernet

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show interfaces status privilegedEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

775

Chapter 17. Interface PW Commands

idle-byte

idle-byte { value }

no idle-byte

DescriptionConfigures idle-byte value. Inserting no as a prefix of this command will reset idle-byte to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

value Specifies the idle byte value. (Range: 0x00 - 0xFF)

DefaultIdle-byte default value is 0xFF.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.4 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure idle-byte in the pw interface 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface pw 1DmSwitch(config-if-pw-1/1)#idle-byte 0x01DmSwitch(config-if-pw-1/1)#

776

Chapter 17. idle-byte

You can verify that the idle-byte was configured by entering the show interfaces pw user EXEC config-uration command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces pw Shows PW interface configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

777

monitor source

monitor source { rx | tx | all }

no monitor source

Description

Configures the traffic monitor.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable all traffic monitoring.

Syntax

Parameter Description

rx Enables monitor for received traffic.

tx Enables monitor for transmitted traffic.

all Enables minitor for received and transmitted traffic.

DefaultThe default value for monitor is all monitoring disable.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure monitor source to tx.

DmSwitch(config)#interface pw 1DmSwitch(config-if-pw-1/1)#monitor source txDmSwitch(config-if-pw-1/1)#

778

Chapter 17. monitor source

You can verify that the configuration was set by entering show monitor privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces pw Shows PW interface configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

source-ip-address Sets a source IP address for the selected PW interface.

vlan id priority Specifies the vlan id priority and double tagging mode for PW.

779

source-ip-address

source-ip-address { ip-address }

no source-ip-address

Description

Sets a source IP address for the PW interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will delete the source IP address from the selected PW interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address Specifies the source IP address to the selected PW interface.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to specify a source IP address to the PW interface.

DmSwitch(config)#interface pw 1DmSwitch(config-if-pw-1/1)#source-ip-address 10.5.1.2DmSwitch(config-if-pw-1/1)#

You can verify that the source IP address was specified by entering the show interfaces pw user EXECcommand.

780

Chapter 17. source-ip-address

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces pw Shows PW interface configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

monitor source Configure PW monitor source

vlan id priority Specifies the vlan id priority and double tagging mode for PW.

781

vlan id priority

vlan id priority priority-value [ inner-tag vlan [ priority priority-value ] ]

no vlan

Description

Configures the customer vlan id, priority and configures double tagging mode for untagged packets.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return the vlan configuration to disable.

Syntax

Parameter Description

id Specifies the vlan id. (Range: 1 - 4094)

priority-value Specifies the priority value. (Range: 0 - 7)

inner-tag vlan (Optional) Specifies the VLAN that will be used by inner tag in doubletagging mode. (Range: 1 - 4094)

priority priority-value (Optional) Specifies the priority that will be used by inner tag in doubletagging mode. (Range: 0 - 7)

DefaultDisabled.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

5.6 Added inner-tag command.

5.6 Added priority command.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

782

Chapter 17. vlan id priority

Example

This example shows how to configure the PW vlan id and priority.

DmSwitch(config)#interface pw 1DmSwitch(config-if-pw-1/1)#vlan 1 priority 1DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the customer vlan and priority configured by entering the show interfaces pw userEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces pw Shows PW interface configuration.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

monitor source Configure PW monitor source

source-ip-address Sets a source IP address for the selected PW interface.

783

Chapter 18. Interface TDM Commands

line-type

line-type { pcm31 | pcm31-crc | pcm30-cas | pcm30-cas-crc | unframed }

no line-type

Description

Configures the line type for TDM channel.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set the line type to its default configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

unframed Configures an unframed channel with 32 time slots.

pcm31 Configures 31 channels for data.

pcm31-crc Configures 31 channels for data with CRC.

pcm30-cas Configures 30 channels for data besides TS16 forsignaling, with CAS.

pcm30-cas-crc Configure 30 channels for data, TS16 for signaling withCAS and CRC.

DefaultThe default value for line-type is unframed.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

784

Chapter 18. line-type

Example

This example shows how to configure line type to pcm30-cas-crc.

DmSwitch(config)#interface tdm 1DmSwitch(config-if-tdm-1/1)#line-type pcm30-cas-crcDmSwitch(config-if-tdm-1/1)#

You can verify that the configuration was set by entering show interfaces tdm user EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces statustdm

Shows interface configuration status.

show interfaces tdm Shows TDM interfaces information.

shutdown Disables a TDM interface.

test ldl Configure TDM test.

785

shutdown

shutdown

no shutdown

Description

Use the shutdown command to disable a TDM interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will enable the TDM interface.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultTDM interface is disabled.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to shutdown TDM interface 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface tdm 1DmSwitch(config-if-tdm-1/1)#shutdownDmSwitch(config-if-tdm-1/1)#

You can verify that the TDM interface was disabled by entering the show interfaces tdm user EXECcommand.

Related Commands

786

Chapter 18. shutdown

Command Description

show interfaces status tdm Shows interface configuration status.

show interfaces tdm Shows TDM interfaces information.

line-type Configures the line type for TDM channel.

test ldl Configure TDM test.

787

test ldl

test ldl

no test

Description

Enables Local Digital Loop in a specific TDM interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the LDL for a specific TDM interface.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultThe default value for test is disabled.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to set ldl test for TDM.

DmSwitch(config)#interface tdm 1DmSwitch(config-if-tdm-1/1)#test ldlDmSwitch(config-if-tdm-1/1)#

You can verify that the test was enable by entering show interface tdm user EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

788

Chapter 18. test ldl

Command Descriptionshow interfaces statustdm

Shows interface configuration status.

show interfaces tdm Shows TDM interfaces information.

line-type Configures the line type for TDM channel.

shutdown Disables a TDM interface.

789

sync-source

sync-source { adaptive bundle { port-number } | system }

no sync-source

Description

Configures the line type for TDM channel.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set the sync source to its default configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

adaptive Selects adaptive sync source.

bundle Select the bundle interface.

port-number Bundle number. (Range 1-8)

system Uses the configured system clock.

DefaultThe default value for sync-source is system.

Command ModesInterface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.6 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure sync-source to adaptive.

DmSwitch(config)#interface tdm 1DmSwitch(config-if-tdm-1/1)#sync-source adaptive bundle 1DmSwitch(config-if-tdm-1/1)#

790

Chapter 18. sync-source

You can verify that the configuration was set by entering show interfaces status tdm 1 user EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show interfaces statustdm

Shows interface configuration status.

show interfaces tdm Shows TDM interfaces information.

shutdown Disables a TDM interface.

test ldl Configure TDM test.

line-type Configures the line type for TDM channel.

791

Chapter 19. Interface VLAN Commands

internal network

internal network { internal network }

no internal network

Description

Sets the selected VLAN to work as an internal network on the equipment.

When using this command in a VLAN, it wont be possible to execute any other commands like adding membersor setting another IP address for instance.

This command is not presented in any RFC.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will return the selected VLAN to normal operation

Syntax

Parameter Description

internal network Create the VLAN IP address with /31 mask.

DefaultDisabled

Command ModesVLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe internal-network command was designed to interconnect the equipment routing part with the equipment

792

Chapter 19. internal network

management part. Thus, the internal-network command is meant to be used at the same time as the interfaceloopback. When used, it will create an IP address with a /31 mask. This address will be distributed through therouting protocols, for instance, when using BGP, it is necessary to create a route-map to avoid redistributing theinternal-network address and associate the created route-map in the desired BGP neighbor.

Example

This example shows how to specify a static IP address to the VLAN 1.

DmSwitch(config)interface vlan 1DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#internal network 10.10.10.15DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify that the IP address was specified by entering the show ip user EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

interface loopback Enables the interface loopback configuration mode.

ip default-gateway Configures the default gateway for DmSwitch.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show vlan Shows the VLAN settings.

mac-address-table learn Enables MAC address learning on the selected VLAN.

name Specifies the VLAN name.

set-member tagged Adds tagged members to selected VLAN.

set-member untagged Adds untagged members to selected VLAN.

shutdown Deactivates the selected VLAN.

793

ip address

ip address { ip-address/mask }

no ip address

Description

Sets an IP address for the selected VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will delete the IP address from the selected VLAN.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address/mask Specifies the IP address and network mask to the selected VLAN.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesVLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to specify a static IP address to the VLAN 1.

DmSwitch(config)interface vlan 1DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip address 10.10.10.15/24DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify that the IP address was specified by entering the show ip user EXEC command.

794

Chapter 19. ip address

Related Commands

Command Description

ip default-gateway Configures the default gateway for DmSwitch.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show vlan Shows the VLAN settings.

mac-address-table learn Enables MAC address learning on the selected VLAN.

name Specifies the VLAN name.

set-member tagged Adds tagged members to selected VLAN.

set-member untagged Adds untagged members to selected VLAN.

shutdown Deactivates the selected VLAN.

795

ip l3 access-group

ip l3 access-group { access-list-name { in | out } }

no ip l3 access-group { access-list-name { in | out } }

Description

Specifies access control for packets.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will remote the specified access group.

Syntax

Parameter Description

access-list-name Specifies the access list name.

in Specifies inbound packets.

out Specifies outbound packets.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesVLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesAccess list must exists and VLAN must have a layer 3 IP.

Example

This example shows how to specify an access list name to the VLAN 1.

DmSwitch(config)interface vlan 1DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip l3 access-group test inDmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

796

Chapter 19. ip l3 access-group

You can verify that the IP address was specified by entering the show running-config privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

access-list name accept Specifies packets to accept.

access-list name drop Specifies packets to drop.

access-list name insert Specifies packets to insert.

access-list name reject Specifies packets to reject.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

797

ip l3 address

ip l3 address { ip-address/mask } [ secondary ]

no ip l3 address [ ip-address/mask secondary ]

Description

Sets a layer 3 IP address for the selected l3 VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will delete the IP address from the selected l3 VLAN.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address/mask Specifies the layer 3 IP address and network mask to the selected l3 VLAN.

secondary Specifies the layer 3 secondary IP address and network mask to the selected l3VLAN.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesVLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to specify a static layer 3 IP address to the VLAN 1.

DmSwitch(config)interface vlan 1DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip l3 address 10.10.10.15/24DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

798

Chapter 19. ip l3 address

You can verify that the IP address was specified by entering the show ip user EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

ip default-gateway Configures the default gateway for DmSwitch.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show vlan Shows the VLAN settings.

mac-address-table learn Enables MAC address learning on the selected VLAN.

name Specifies the VLAN name.

set-member tagged Adds tagged members to selected VLAN.

set-member untagged Adds untagged members to selected VLAN.

shutdown Deactivates the selected VLAN.

799

ip l3 address

ip l3 nat { rule-name { input | output } }

no ip l3 nat { rule-name { input | output } }

Description

Sets network address translation for the selected l3 VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will remote the specified nat rule.

Syntax

Parameter Description

rule-name Specifies the name of the rule to be applied.

input The rule will be applied at the input.

output The rule will be applied at the output.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesVLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNat rule must exists and VLAN must have a layer 3 IP.

Example

This example shows how to specify a network address translation to the VLAN 1.

DmSwitch(config)interface vlan 1DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip l3 nat test inputDmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

800

Chapter 19. ip l3 address

You can verify that the IP address was specified by entering the show running-config privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

nat-rule Adds network address translation rule.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

801

ip l3 ospf authentication-key

ip l3 ospf authentication-key key

no ip l3 ospf authentication-key

Description

Configures authentication key on a l3 VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, will remove the authentication key configured on the VLAN.

Syntax

Parameter Description

key Specifies the authentication key (OSPF password).

DefaultAuthentication key is disabled by default.

Command ModesVLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis command was available only in models with layer 3 functionality. Defines a password to be used byneighboring OSPF routers on a network segment that is using OSPF simple password authentication.

Example

This example shows how to configure the authentication key on a VLAN.

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip l3 ospf authentication-key key_testDmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

802

Chapter 19. ip l3 ospf authentication-key

Related Commands

Command Description

ip l3 ospf authentication Configures authentication on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf cost Configures the cost of sending a packet on an OSPFinterface.

ip l3 ospf dead-interval Configures dead router detection time on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf hello-interval Configures the hello packet interval on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf message-digest-key Configures message digest key on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf network Configures the OSPF network type.

ip l3 ospf priority Configures the priority for a network.

ip l3 ospf retransmit-interval Configures the link state retransmit interval on a l3VLAN.

ip l3 ospf transmit-delay Configures the link state transmit delay on a l3 VLAN.

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

803

ip l3 ospf authentication

ip l3 ospf authentication [ message-digest | null ]

no ip l3 ospf authentication

Description

Configures authentication on a l3 VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command will disables authentication on the l3 VLAN.

Syntax

Parameter Description

message-digest (Optional) Uses message-digest authentication.

null (Optional) Does not use authentication.

DefaultAuthentication is disabled by default.

Command ModesVLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis command was available only in models with layer 3 functionality.

Example

This example shows how to configure authentication in OSPF packets on a VLAN.

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip l3 ospf authenticationDmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

804

Chapter 19. ip l3 ospf authentication

Related Commands

Command Description

ip l3 ospf authentication-key Configures authentication key on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf cost Configures the cost of sending a packet on an OSPFinterface.

ip l3 ospf dead-interval Configures dead router detection time on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf hello-interval Configures the hello packet interval on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf message-digest-key Configures message digest key on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf network Configures the OSPF network type.

ip l3 ospf priority Configures the priority for a network.

ip l3 ospf retransmit-interval Configures the link state retransmit interval on a l3VLAN.

ip l3 ospf transmit-delay Configures the link state transmit delay on a l3 VLAN.

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

805

ip l3 ospf cost

ip l3 ospf cost value

no ip l3 ospf cost

Description

Configures the cost of sending a packet on an OSPF interface.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, will reset the cost to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

value Specifies the cost value. (Range: 1-65535)

DefaultCost default value is 0.

Command ModesVLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the cost on a VLAN.

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip l3 ospf cost 5DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

806

Chapter 19. ip l3 ospf cost

Related Commands

Command Description

ip l3 ospf authentication Configures authentication on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospfauthentication-key

Configures authentication key on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf dead-interval Configures dead router detection time on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf hello-interval Configures the hello packet interval on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospfmessage-digest-key

Configures message digest key on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf network Configures the OSPF network type.

ip l3 ospf priority Configures the priority for a network.

ip l3 ospfretransmit-interval

Configures the link state retransmit interval on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf transmit-delay Configures the link state transmit delay on a l3 VLAN.

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

807

ip l3 ospf dead-interval

ip l3 ospf dead-interval value

no l3 ip ospf dead-interval

Description

Configures dead router detection time on a l3 VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, will reset the dead interval to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

value Specifies the dead interval (in seconds). (Range: 1-65535)

DefaultDead interval default value is 0 seconds.

Command ModesVLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesDefines the number of seconds that a device’s hello packets must not have been seen before its neighbors declarethe OSPF router down.

Example

This example shows how to configure the dead router detection time on a VLAN.

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip l3 ospf dead-interval 20DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

808

Chapter 19. ip l3 ospf dead-interval

Related Commands

Command Description

ip l3 ospf authentication Configures authentication on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf authentication-key Configures authentication key on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf cost Configures the cost of sending a packet on an OSPFinterface.

ip l3 ospf hello-interval Configures the hello packet interval on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf message-digest-key Configures message digest key on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf network Configures the OSPF network type.

ip l3 ospf priority Configures the priority for a network.

ip l3 ospf retransmit-interval Configures the link state retransmit interval on a l3VLAN.

ip l3 ospf transmit-delay Configures the link state transmit delay on a l3 VLAN.

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

809

ip l3 ospf hello-interval

ip l3 ospf hello-interval value

no ip l3 ospf hello-interval

Description

Configures the hello packet interval on a l3 VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, will reset the hello interval to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

value Specifies the hello interval value. (Range: 1-65535)

DefaultHello interval default value is 0 seconds.

Command ModesVLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesDefines the time between the hello packets that the DmSwitch sends on an OSPF interface.

Example

This example shows how to configure the hello packet interval on a VLAN.

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip l3 ospf hello-interval 20DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

810

Chapter 19. ip l3 ospf hello-interval

Related Commands

Command Description

ip l3 ospf authentication Configures authentication on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospfauthentication-key

Configures authentication key on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf cost Configures the cost of sending a packet on an OSPF interface.

ip l3 ospf dead-interval Configures dead router detection time on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospfmessage-digest-key

Configures message digest key on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf network Configures the OSPF network type.

ip l3 ospf priority Configures the priority for a network.

ip l3 ospfretransmit-interval

Configures the link state retransmit interval on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf transmit-delay Configures the link state transmit delay on a l3 VLAN.

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

811

ip l3 ospf message-digest-key

ip l3 ospf message-digest-key { key-id md5 key-text }

no ip l3 ospf message-digest-key { key-id }

Description

Configures message digest key on a l3 VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, will remove the specified message digest key configured on the VLAN.

Syntax

Parameter Description

key-id Specifies the key ID. (Range: 1-255)

md5 Uses the MD5 algorithm.

key-text Specifies the key string (OSPF password).

DefaultNo message digest key is configured.

Command ModesVLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure a message digest key on a VLAN.

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip ospf message-digest-key 1 md5 test_keyDmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

812

Chapter 19. ip l3 ospf message-digest-key

Related Commands

Command Description

ip l3 ospf authentication Configures authentication on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf authentication-key Configures authentication key on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf cost Configures the cost of sending a packet on an OSPFinterface.

ip l3 ospf dead-interval Configures dead router detection time on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf hello-interval Configures the hello packet interval on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf network Configures the OSPF network type.

ip l3 ospf priority Configures the priority for a network.

ip l3 ospf retransmit-interval Configures the link state retransmit interval on a l3VLAN.

ip l3 ospf transmit-delay Configures the link state transmit delay on a l3 VLAN.

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

813

ip l3 ospf network

ip l3 ospf network { broadcast | non-broadcast | point-to-multipoint |point-to-point }

no l3 ip ospf network

Description

Configures the OSPF network type.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, will reset the network to its default type.

Syntax

Parameter Description

broadcast Specifies OSPF broadcast multi-access networks.

non-broadcast Specifies OSPF NBMA networks.

point-to-multipoint Specifies OSPF point-to-multipoint networks.

point-to-point Specifies OSPF point-to-point networks.

DefaultNetwork deafult value is broadcast.

Command ModesVLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesAn OSPF point-to-multipoint interface is defined as a numbered point-to-point interface having one or moreneighbors. It creates multiple host routes.

Example

This example shows how to configure the OSPF network type for a VLAN.

814

Chapter 19. ip l3 ospf network

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip l3 ospf network point-to-multipointDmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

ip l3 ospf authentication Configures authentication on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospfauthentication-key

Configures authentication key on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf cost Configures the cost of sending a packet on an OSPF interface.

ip l3 ospf dead-interval Configures dead router detection time on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf hello-interval Configures the hello packet interval on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospfmessage-digest-key

Configures message digest key on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf priority Configures the priority for a network.

ip l3 ospfretransmit-interval

Configures the link state retransmit interval on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf transmit-delay Configures the link state transmit delay on a l3 VLAN.

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

815

ip l3 ospf priority

ip l3 ospf priority { value }

no ip l3 ospf priority

Description

Configures the priority for a network.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, will reset the priority to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

value Specifies the priority value. (Range: 0-255)

DefaultPriority default value is -1.

Command ModesVLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesDefines the priority to help determine the OSPF designated router for a network.

Example

This example shows how to configure the priority on a VLAN.

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip l3 ospf priority 10DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

816

Chapter 19. ip l3 ospf priority

Related Commands

Command Description

ip l3 ospf authentication Configures authentication on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospfauthentication-key

Configures authentication key on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf cost Configures the cost of sending a packet on an OSPF interface.

ip l3 ospf dead-interval Configures dead router detection time on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf hello-interval Configures the hello packet interval on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospfmessage-digest-key

Configures message digest key on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf network Configures the OSPF network type.

ip l3 ospfretransmit-interval

Configures the link state retransmit interval on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf transmit-delay Configures the link state transmit delay on a l3 VLAN.

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

817

ip l3 ospf retransmit-interval

ip l3 ospf retransmit-interval { value }

no ip l3 ospf retransmit-interval

Description

Configures the link state retransmit interval on a l3 VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command resets the retransmit interval to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

value Specifies the retransmit interval (in seconds). (Range: 3-65535)

DefaultRetransmit interval default value is 0 seconds.

Command ModesVLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesDefines the number of seconds between LSA (link state advertisement) retransmissions for adjacencies belong-ing to an OSPF interface.

Example

This example shows how to configure the link state retransmit interval on a VLAN.

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip l3 ospf retransmit-interval 8DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

818

Chapter 19. ip l3 ospf retransmit-interval

Related Commands

Command Description

ip l3 ospf authentication Configures authentication on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospfauthentication-key

Configures authentication key on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf cost Configures the cost of sending a packet on an OSPF interface.

ip l3 ospf dead-interval Configures dead router detection time on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf hello-interval Configures the hello packet interval on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospfmessage-digest-key

Configures message digest key on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf network Configures the OSPF network type.

ip l3 ospf priority Configures the priority for a network.

ip l3 ospf transmit-delay Configures the link state transmit delay on a l3 VLAN.

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

819

ip l3 ospf transmit-delay

ip l3 ospf transmit-delay { value }

no ip l3 ospf transmit-delay

Description

Configures the link state transmit delay on a l3 VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, will resets the transmit delay to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

value Specifies the transmit delay (in seconds). (Range: 1-65535)

DefaultTransmit delay default value is 0 seconds.

Command ModesVLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesDefines the estimated number of seconds it takes to transmit a link state update packet on an OSPF interface.

Example

This example shows how to configure the link state transmit delay on a VLAN.

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip l3 ospf transmit-delay 2DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

820

Chapter 19. ip l3 ospf transmit-delay

Related Commands

Command Description

ip l3 ospf authentication Configures authentication on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf authentication-key Configures authentication key on a l3VLAN.

ip l3 ospf cost Configures the cost of sending a packeton an OSPF interface.

ip l3 ospf dead-interval Configures dead router detection time ona l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf hello-interval Configures the hello packet interval on al3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf message-digest-key Configures message digest key on a l3VLAN.

ip l3 ospf network Configures the OSPF network type.

ip l3 ospf priority Configures the priority for a network.

ip l3 ospf retransmit-interval Configures the link state retransmitinterval on a l3 VLAN.

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operatingconfiguration.

821

ip l3 rip authentication

ip l3 rip authentication { key-chain name | mode { md5 | text } | string text }

no ip l3 rip authentication { key-chain | mode | string }

Description

Configures RIP authentication on a l3 VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, will remove the specified authentication configured.

Syntax

Parameter Description

key-chain name Specifies the name of key chain.

mode { md5 | text } Specifies the authentication mode, keyed message digestor clear text.

string text Specifies authentication string.

DefaultRIP authentication is disable by default.

Command ModesVLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesAuthentication is only supported in RIP version 2.

Example

This example shows how to specify the set of keys that can be used on a VLAN.

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip l3 rip authentication key-chain key_testDmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

822

Chapter 19. ip l3 rip authentication

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

ip l3 rip receive version Defines the RIP version of the accepted messages.

ip l3 rip send version Defines the RIP version of the sent messages.

ip l3 rip split-horizon Enables the split horizon function.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

823

ip l3 rip receive version

ip rip receive version { 1 [ 2 ] | 2 [ 1 ] }

no ip rip receive version

Description

Defines the reception packets version of RIP protocol by l3 VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, will form removes the configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

1 RIP version 1.

2 RIP version 2.

DefaultReceive version default value is 2.

Command ModesVLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesRIP must be enabled to configure receive version.

Example

This example shows how to define that only received messages of the version 2 of RIP protocol will be acceptedby VLAN 1.

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip l3 rip receive version 2DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

824

Chapter 19. ip l3 rip receive version

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show running-config privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

ip l3 rip authentication Configures RIP authentication on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 rip send version Defines the RIP version of the sent messages.

ip l3 rip split-horizon Enables the split horizon function.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

825

ip l3 rip send version

ip l3 rip send version { 1 [ 2 ] | 2 [ 1 ] }

no ip l3 rip send version

Description

Defines the version of RIP protocol for the sending of messages by a specified l3 VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command form removes the configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

1 RIP version 1.

2 RIP version 2.

DefaultSend version default value is 2.

Command ModesVLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesRIP must be enabled to configure send version.

Example

This example shows how to define that only messages of RIP protocol version 2 will be sent by VLAN 1

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip rip send version 2DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show running-config privileged EXECcommand.

826

Chapter 19. ip l3 rip send version

Related Commands

Command Description

ip l3 rip authentication Configures RIP authentication on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 rip receive version Defines the RIP version of the accepted messages.

ip l3 rip split-horizon Enables the split horizon function.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

827

ip l3 rip split-horizon

ip l3 rip split-horizon [ poisoned-reverse ]

no ip rip split-horizon

Description

Enables the split-horizon function.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, will disables split-horizon.

Syntax

Parameter Description

poisoned-reverse (Optional) Enables the poisoned-reverse functionality.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesVLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesEnabling the split-horizon algorithm, the DmSwitch does not send the routes to the same network that it learned.The poisoned-reverse functionality sends the routes to the same network that it learned, but it set the metric valueto 16 (unreachable route).

Example

This example shows how to enable the split horizon with poisoned-reverse functionality.

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip rip split-horizon poisoned-reverseDmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

828

Chapter 19. ip l3 rip split-horizon

You can verify that the function was enabled by entering the show running-config privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

ip l3 rip authentication Configures RIP authentication on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 rip receive version Defines the RIP version of the accepted messages.

ip l3 rip send version Defines the RIP version of the sent messages.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

829

mgmt-inner-vlan

mgmt-inner-vlan { vlan-id }

no mgmt-inner-vlan

Description

Sets inner management VLAN for the selected VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will delete the inner management VLAN from the selected VLAN.

Syntax

Parameter Description

vlan-id Specifies the inner VLAN to the selected VLAN.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesVLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.16 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to specify a management inner VLAN to the VLAN 100.

DmSwitch(config)interface vlan 100DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-100)#mgmt-inner-vlan 10 priority 5DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-100)#

You can verify that the management inner VLAN was specified by entering the show vlan user EXEC com-mand.

830

Chapter 19. mgmt-inner-vlan

Related Commands

Command Description

ip default-gateway Configures the default gateway for DmSwitch.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show vlan Shows the VLAN settings.

mac-address-table learn Enables MAC address learning on the selected VLAN.

name Specifies the VLAN name.

set-member tagged Adds tagged members to selected VLAN.

set-member untagged Adds untagged members to selected VLAN.

shutdown Deactivates the selected VLAN.

831

mac-address-table learn

mac-address-table learn

no mac-address-table learn

Description

Enable MAC address learning on the selected VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable VLAN MAC address learning.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultVLAN MAC address learning is enabled for all VLANs.

Command ModesVLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable the VLAN MAC address learning for a specific VLAN interface.

DmSwitch(config)#interface vlan 1DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#mac-address-table learnDmSwitch(config)#

To verify the VLAN configuration enter the show vlan privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

832

Chapter 19. mac-address-table learn

Command Descriptionshow vlan Shows the VLAN settings.

ip address Sets an IP address for the selected VLAN.

name Specifies the VLAN name.

set-member tagged Adds tagged members to selected VLAN.

set-member untagged Adds untagged members to selected VLAN.

shutdown Deactivates the selected VLAN.

833

name

name { name }

no name

Description

Specifies the VLAN name.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will remove the VLAN name.

Syntax

Parameter Description

name Specifies a VLAN name.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesVLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to specify a VLAN name.

DmSwitch(config)interface vlan 1DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#name testDmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify that the name was saved by entering the show vlan privileged EXEC command.

834

Chapter 19. name

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show vlan Shows the VLAN settings.

ip address Sets an IP address for the selected VLAN.

mac-address-table learn Enables MAC address learning on the selected VLAN.

set-member tagged Adds tagged members to selected VLAN.

set-member untagged Adds untagged members to selected VLAN.

shutdown Deactivates the selected VLAN.

835

set-member tagged

set-member tagged { ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } } }

set-member tagged { port-channel interface-number }

no set-member [ ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } }]

no set-member [ port-channel interface-number ]

Description

Adds tagged members to selected VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command will removes selected tagged members from selected VLAN.

Syntax

Parameter Description

all Adds all ports.

port-number Adds a specific port.

range { first-port-number last-port-number } Adds a range of specific ports.

port-channel interface-number Adds a specific port channel. The port channel must bespecified in accordance with the port channel configuredin the switch (Range: 1 - 8).

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesVLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

836

Chapter 19. set-member tagged

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to add a ethernet port range with tagged members to VLAN 1.

DmSwitch(config)interface vlan 1DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#set-member tagged ethernet range 5 6DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify that the members was added by entering the show vlan table privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show vlan Shows the VLAN settings.

ip address Sets an IP address for the selected VLAN.

mac-address-table learn Enables MAC address learning on the selected VLAN.

set-member tagged Adds tagged members to selected VLAN.

name Specifies the VLAN name.

shutdown Deactivates the selected VLAN.

837

set-member untagged

set-member untagged { ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } } }

set-member untagged { port-channel interface-number }

no set-member [ ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } }]

no set-member [ port-channel interface-number ]

Description

Adds untagged members to selected VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will removes selected untagged members from selected VLAN.

Syntax

Parameter Description

all Adds all ports.

port-number Adds a specific port.

range { first-port-number last-port-number } Adds a range of specific ports.

port-channel interface-number Adds a specific port channel. The port channel must bespecified in accordance with the port channel configuredin the switch (Range: 1 - 8).

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesVLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

838

Chapter 19. set-member untagged

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to add a ethernet port range with untagged members to VLAN 1.

DmSwitch(config)interface vlan 1DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#set-member untagged ethernet range 5 6DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify that the members was added by entering the show vlan table privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show vlan Shows the VLAN settings.

ip address Sets an IP address for the selected VLAN.

mac-address-table learn Enables MAC address learning on the selected VLAN.

name Specifies the VLAN name.

set-member tagged Adds tagged members to selected VLAN.

shutdown Deactivates the selected VLAN.

839

shutdown

shutdown

no shutdown

Description

Deactivates the selected VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will reactivate the selected VLAN.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesVLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesYou can not deactive the VLAN 1 since it is the default VLAN.

Example

This example shows how to deactive the selected VLAN.

DmSwitch(config)interface vlan 1DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#shutdownDmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify that the VLAN was deactived by entering the show vlan privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

840

Chapter 19. shutdown

Command Descriptionshow vlan Shows the VLAN settings.

ip address Sets an IP address for the selected VLAN.

mac-address-table learn Enables MAC address learning on the selected VLAN.

name Specifies the VLAN name.

set-member tagged Adds tagged members to selected VLAN.

set-member untagged Adds untagged members to selected VLAN.

841

Chapter 20. Key Chain

key

key { id }

no key { id }

Description

Specifies a key identifier.

The no command removes the configured key identifier.

Syntax

Parameter Description

id Specifies the key identifier.

DefaultNo key identifier is configured.

Command ModesKeychain configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to creates a key for the keychain.

DmSwitch(config-keychain)#key 1

842

Chapter 20. key

DmSwitch(config-keychain-key)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

key chain Configures a key chain.

key-string Configures the text string for a key identifier.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

843

Chapter 21. Key

key-string

key-string { text }

no key-string

Description

Configures the text string for a key identifier.

The no command removes the configured key string.

Syntax

Parameter Description

text Specifies the text string for the key.

DefaultNo key string is configured.

Command ModesKey configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to specify the text string for the key.

DmSwitch(config-keychain-key)#key-string string_test

844

Chapter 21. key-string

DmSwitch(config-keychain-key)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

key chain Configures a key chain.

key Specifies a key identifier.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

845

Chapter 22. Route-map Commands

continue

continue sequence-number

no continue

DescriptionAllows the configuration and organization of more modular policy definitions to reduce the number of policyconfigurations that are repeated within the same route map.

Syntax

Parameter Description

sequence-number Specifies the route-maps’s sequence to be executed.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesRoute-map configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesUsing a continue clause allows the route map continue evaluating and executing match clauses in the specifiedroute-map entry after a successful match occurs. The clause can be configured to jump to a specific route-mapentry by specifying the sequence number. If a match clause exists, the continue clause is executed only if amatch occurs. If no successful matches occur, the continue clause is ignored.

Example

The following example shows that the routes matching ip prefix-list IN_A will enable ’continue’ clause to go to

846

Chapter 22. continue

route-map sequence 30.

DmSwitch(config-route-map)#route-map set_weight 10 permitDmSwitch(config-route-map)#match ip address prefix-list IN_ADmSwitch(config-route-map)#set weight 50DmSwitch(config-route-map)#continue 30

You can verify the configurations by entering the show route-map command.

Related Commands

Command Description

route-map Create route-map or enter route-map command mode.

match as-path Matches as-path values from routing table.

match ip addressprefix-list

Matches ip address by prefix-list values from routing table.

match ip next-hopprefix-list

Matches next-hop ip values from routing table.

match ip route-sourceprefix-list

Matches route-source ip values from routing table.

match metric Matches metric values from routing table.

set as-path Sets as-path values in destination routing protocol.

set local-preference Sets local-preference value in destination routing protocol.

set metric Sets metric value in destination routing protocol.

set next-hop Sets next_hop value in destination routing protocol.

set origin Sets origin value in destination routing protocol.

set weight Sets weight value in destination routing protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

847

match as-path

match as-path as-path access-list

no match as-path

Description

Match as-path values from routing table.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the previous configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

as-path access-list Entry that matches the desired BGP AS-path list.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesROUTE-MAP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesDefine condition to be checked in route map. The match commands specify the conditions under which redis-tribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The commands may be given in any order, and allmatch commands must "pass" to cause the route to be redistributed according to the set actions given with theset commands.

Example

The following commands apply access-list to routes inbound from BGP peer 172.16.15.2. AS-Path access-listdefined under match on Route-Map 7 deny routes originating in AS 55.

DmSwitch(config)#ip as-path access-list NO_AS_55 permit _55$DmSwitch(config)#route-map 7 deny 20

848

Chapter 22. match as-path

DmSwitch(config)#match as-path NO_AS_55DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 172.16.15.2 remote-as 55DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 172.16.15.2 route-map 7 inDmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#exitDmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show this command while configuring route-map or entering the show route-map command.

Related Commands

Command Description

route-map Create route-map or enter route-map command mode.

continue Executes additional entries in a route map.

match ip addressprefix-list

Matches ip address by prefix-list values from routing table.

match ip next-hopprefix-list

Matches next-hop ip values from routing table.

match ip route-sourceprefix-list

Matches route-source ip values from routing table.

match metric Matches metric values from routing table.

set as-path Sets as-path values in destination routing protocol.

set local-preference Sets local-preference value in destination routing protocol.

set metric Sets metric value in destination routing protocol.

set next-hop Sets next_hop value in destination routing protocol.

set origin Sets origin value in destination routing protocol.

set weight Sets weight value in destination routing protocol.

ip as-path access-list Configure a AS-Path access-list.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

849

match ip address

match ip address prefix-list prefix-list-name

no match ip address prefix-list

Description

Match ip address values from routing table.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the previous configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

prefix-listprefix-list-name

Name of prefix list containing the desired entries of prefix.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesRoute-map configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Define condition to be checked in route map. The match commands specify the conditions under which redis-tribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The commands may be given in any order, and allmatch commands must "pass" to cause the route to be redistributed according to the set actions given with theset commands.

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show this command while configuring route-map or entering the show route-map command.

Related Commands

850

Chapter 22. match ip address

Command Description

ip prefix-list Configure a prefix list.

route-map Create route-map or enter route-map command mode.

continue Executes additional entries in a route map.

match as-path Matches as-path values from routing table.

match ip next-hopprefix-list

Matches next-hop ip values from routing table.

match ip route-sourceprefix-list

Matches route-source ip values from routing table.

match metric Matches metric values from routing table.

set as-path Sets as-path values in destination routing protocol.

set local-preference Sets local-preference value in destination routing protocol.

set metric Sets metric value in destination routing protocol.

set next-hop Sets next_hop value in destination routing protocol.

set origin Sets origin value in destination routing protocol.

set weight Sets weight value in destination routing protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

851

match ip next-hop

match ip next-hop prefix-list prefix-list-name

no match ip next-hop prefix-list

Description

Match ip next-hop values from routing table.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the previous configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

prefix-listprefix-list-name

Name of prefix list containing the desired entries of prefix.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesROUTE-MAP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Define condition to be checked in route map. The match commands specify the conditions under which redis-tribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The commands may be given in any order, and allmatch commands must "pass" to cause the route to be redistributed according to the set actions given with theset commands.

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show this command while configuring route-map or entering the show route-map command.

Related Commands

852

Chapter 22. match ip next-hop

Command Description

ip prefix-list Configure a prefix list.

route-map Create route-map or enter route-map command mode.

continue Executes additional entries in a route map.

match as-path Matches as-path values from routing table.

match ip addressprefix-list

Matches ip address by prefix-list values from routing table.

match ip route-sourceprefix-list

Matches route-source ip values from routing table.

match metric Matches metric values from routing table.

set as-path Sets as-path values in destination routing protocol.

set local-preference Sets local-preference value in destination routing protocol.

set metric Sets metric value in destination routing protocol.

set next-hop Sets next_hop value in destination routing protocol.

set origin Sets origin value in destination routing protocol.

set weight Sets weight value in destination routing protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

853

match ip route-source

match ip route-source prefix-list prefix-list-name

no match ip source-route prefix-list

Description

Match ip source-route values from routing table.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the previous configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

prefix-listprefix-list-name

Name of prefix list containing the desired entries of prefix.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesROUTE-MAP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Define condition to be checked in route map. The match commands specify the conditions under which redis-tribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The commands may be given in any order, and allmatch commands must "pass" to cause the route to be redistributed according to the set actions given with theset commands.

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show this command while configuring route-map or entering the show route-map command.

Related Commands

854

Chapter 22. match ip route-source

Command Description

ip prefix-list Configure a prefix list.

route-map Create route-map or enter route-map command mode.

continue Executes additional entries in a route map.

match as-path Matches as-path values from routing table.

match ip addressprefix-list

Matches ip address by prefix-list values from routing table.

match ip next-hopprefix-list

Matches next-hop ip values from routing table.

match metric Matches metric values from routing table.

set as-path Sets as-path values in destination routing protocol.

set local-preference Sets local-preference value in destination routing protocol.

set metric Sets metric value in destination routing protocol.

set next-hop Sets next_hop value in destination routing protocol.

set origin Sets origin value in destination routing protocol.

set weight Sets weight value in destination routing protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

855

match metric

match metric value

no match metric

Description

Match metric values from routing table.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the previous configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

value Matches the desired metric of route. (Range: 0-4294967294)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesRoute-map configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesDefine condition to be checked in route-map. The match commands specify the conditions under which redis-tribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The commands may be given in any order, and allmatch commands must "pass" to cause the route to be redistributed according to the set actions given with theset commands.

Example

The following commands apply access list to routes inbound from BGP peer 172.16.15.2. Access list definedunder Route-Map 7 to deny routes originating in AS 55.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 172.16.15.2 remote-as 55DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 172.16.15.2 filter-list 1 in

856

Chapter 22. match metric

DmSwitch(config-router)#exitDmSwitch(config)#route-map 7 deny 20DmSwitch(config)#match as-path 55

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show this command while configuring route-map or entering the show route-map command.

Related Commands

Command Description

route-map Create route-map or enter route-map command mode.

continue Executes additional entries in a route map.

match as-path Matches as-path values from routing table.

match ip addressprefix-list

Matches ip address by prefix-list values from routing table.

match ip next-hopprefix-list

Matches next-hop ip values from routing table.

match ip route-sourceprefix-list

Matches route-source ip values from routing table.

set as-path Sets as-path values in destination routing protocol.

set local-preference Sets local-preference value in destination routing protocol.

set metric Sets metric value in destination routing protocol.

set next-hop Sets next_hop value in destination routing protocol.

set origin Sets origin value in destination routing protocol.

set weight Sets weight value in destination routing protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

857

set as-path

set as-path prepend local-as times

no set as-path

Description

Set as-path value in destination routing protocol.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the previously set configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

prepend local-astimes

Prepend to the as-path the local AS, specifying the number of times. (Range: 1-255)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesRoute-map configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe set as-path command specify the number of times the local-as should be prepended onto route’s as-path ifthe conditions specified by the match commands are met.

Example

In the following example, routes that pass the IP address prefix list list IN_A have the as-path prepended withlocal-as twice.

DmSwitch(config-route-map)#match ip address prefix-list IN_ADmSwitch(config-route-map)#set as-path prepend local-as 2

858

Chapter 22. set as-path

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show this command while configuring route-map or entering the show route-map command.

Related Commands

Command Description

route-map Create route-map or enter route-map command mode.

continue Executes additional entries in a route map.

match as-path Matches as-path values from routing table.

match ip addressprefix-list

Matches ip address by prefix-list values from routing table.

match ip next-hopprefix-list

Matches next-hop ip values from routing table.

match ip route-sourceprefix-list

Matches route-source ip values from routing table.

match metric Matches metric values from routing table.

set local-preference Sets local-preference value in destination routing protocol.

set metric Sets metric value in destination routing protocol.

set next-hop Sets next_hop value in destination routing protocol.

set origin Sets origin value in destination routing protocol.

set weight Sets weight value in destination routing protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

859

set local-preference

set local-preference value

no set local-preference

Description

Set local-preference value in destination routing protocol.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the previously set configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

value Sets a preference value for the BGP local preference path attribute. (Range:0-4294967294)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesRoute-map configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe set local-preference command specify the local-preference value to be applied if the conditions specified bythe match commands are met.

Example

In the following example, routes that pass the IP address prefix list list IN_A have the local-preference set to200.

DmSwitch(config-route-map)#match ip address prefix-list IN_ADmSwitch(config-route-map)#set local-preference 200

860

Chapter 22. set local-preference

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show this command while configuring route-map or entering the show route-map command.

Related Commands

Command Description

route-map Create route-map or enter route-map command mode.

continue Executes additional entries in a route map.

match as-path Matches as-path values from routing table.

match ip addressprefix-list

Matches ip address by prefix-list values from routing table.

match ip next-hopprefix-list

Matches next-hop ip values from routing table.

match ip route-sourceprefix-list

Matches route-source ip values from routing table.

match metric Matches metric values from routing table.

set as-path Sets as-path values in destination routing protocol.

set metric Sets metric value in destination routing protocol.

set next-hop Sets next_hop value in destination routing protocol.

set origin Sets origin value in destination routing protocol.

set weight Sets weight value in destination routing protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

861

set metric

set metric value

no set metric

Description

Set metric value in destination routing protocol.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the previously set configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

value Sets a metric value for destination routing protocol. (Range: 0-4294967294)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesRoute-map configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe set metric command specify the metric value to be applied if the conditions specified by the match com-mands are met.

Example

In the following example, routes that pass the IP address prefix-list IN_A have the metric set to 555.

DmSwitch(config-route-map)#match ip address prefix-list IN_ADmSwitch(config-route-map)#set metric 555

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show this command while configuring route-map or entering the show route-map command.

862

Chapter 22. set metric

Related Commands

Command Description

route-map Create route-map or enter route-map command mode.

continue Executes additional entries in a route map.

match as-path Matches as-path values from routing table.

match ip addressprefix-list

Matches ip address by prefix-list values from routing table.

match ip next-hopprefix-list

Matches next-hop ip values from routing table.

match ip route-sourceprefix-list

Matches route-source ip values from routing table.

match metric Matches metric values from routing table.

set as-path Sets as-path values in destination routing protocol.

set local-preference Sets local-preference value in destination routing protocol.

set next-hop Sets next_hop value in destination routing protocol.

set origin Sets origin value in destination routing protocol.

set weight Sets weight value in destination routing protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

863

set next-hop

set next-hop ip-address

no set next-hop

Description

Set next-hop values in destination routing protocol.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the previously set configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address IP address of next-hop.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesRoute-map configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe set next-hop command specify the next-hop address to be applied if the conditions specified by the matchcommands are met.

Example

In the following example, routes that pass the IP address prefix list list IN_A have the next-hop set to192.168.1.1.

DmSwitch(config-route-map)#match ip address prefix-list IN_ADmSwitch(config-route-map)#set next-hop 192.168.1.1

864

Chapter 22. set next-hop

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show this command while configuring route-map or entering the show route-map command.

Related Commands

Command Description

route-map Create route-map or enter route-map command mode.

continue Executes additional entries in a route map.

match as-path Matches as-path values from routing table.

match ip addressprefix-list

Matches ip address by prefix-list values from routing table.

match ip next-hopprefix-list

Matches next-hop ip values from routing table.

match ip route-sourceprefix-list

Matches route-source ip values from routing table.

match metric Matches metric values from routing table.

set as-path Sets as-path values in destination routing protocol.

set local-preference Sets local-preference value in destination routing protocol.

set metric Sets metric value in destination routing protocol.

set origin Sets origin value in destination routing protocol.

set weight Sets weight value in destination routing protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

865

set origin

set origin { egp | igp | incomplete }

no set origin

Description

Set origin value in destination routing protocol.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the previously set configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

egp Remote EGP.

igp Local IGP.

incomplete Unknown heritage.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesRoute-map configuration.

Command History

Release

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe set origin command specify the origin to be applied if the conditions specified by the match commands aremet.

Example

In the following example, routes that pass the IP address prefix list list IN_A have the origin set to egp.

DmSwitch(config-route-map)#match ip address prefix-list IN_ADmSwitch(config-route-map)#set origin egp

866

Chapter 22. set origin

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show this command while configuring route-map or entering the show route-map command.

Related Commands

Command Description

route-map Create route-map or enter route-map command mode.

continue Executes additional entries in a route map.

match as-path Matches as-path values from routing table.

match ip addressprefix-list

Matches ip address by prefix-list values from routing table.

match ip next-hopprefix-list

Matches next-hop ip values from routing table.

match ip route-sourceprefix-list

Matches route-source ip values from routing table.

match metric Matches metric values from routing table.

set as-path Sets as-path values in destination routing protocol.

set local-preference Sets local-preference value in destination routing protocol.

set metric Sets metric value in destination routing protocol.

set next-hop Sets next_hop value in destination routing protocol.

set weight Sets weight value in destination routing protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

867

set weight

set weight value

no set weight

Description

Set weight value in destination routing protocol.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the previously set configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

value Sets a BGP weight value for routing table. (Range: 0-4294967294)

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesRoute-map configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe set weight command specify the weight to be applied if the conditions specified by the match commandsare met.

Example

In the following example, routes that pass the IP address prefix list list IN_A have the weight set to 999.

DmSwitch(config-route-map)#match ip address prefix-list IN_ADmSwitch(config-route-map)#set weight 999

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show this command while configuring route-map or entering the show route-map command.

868

Chapter 22. set weight

Related Commands

Command Description

route-map Create route-map or enter route-map command mode.

continue Executes additional entries in a route map.

match as-path Matches as-path values from routing table.

match ip addressprefix-list

Matches ip address by prefix-list values from routing table.

match ip next-hopprefix-list

Matches next-hop ip values from routing table.

match ip route-sourceprefix-list

Matches route-source ip values from routing table.

match metric Matches metric values from routing table.

set as-path Sets as-path values in destination routing protocol.

set local-preference Sets local-preference value in destination routing protocol.

set metric Sets metric value in destination routing protocol.

set next-hop Sets next_hop value in destination routing protocol.

set origin Sets origin value in destination routing protocol.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

869

Chapter 23. Router BGP

aggregate-address

aggregate-address ip-address/mask [ do-as-set ] [ do-summary-only ]

no aggregate-address ip-address/mask

Description

This command allows to announce routes from other AS using pre-defined rules.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will revert aggregate-address configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address/mask Specifies the network.

do-as-set (Optional) Generates AS set path information.

do-summary-only (Optional) Filters all more-specific routes from updates.

DefaultNo aggregate routes are created.

Command ModesRouter BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

870

Chapter 23. aggregate-address

Example

The following example shows how to configure aggregate-address.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#aggregate-address 10.10.10.10/24

You can verify the fill here by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip bgp Shows BGP information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

871

bgp always-compare-med

bgp always-compare-med

no bgp always-compare-med

Description

This command allows comparison of multi exit discriminator (MED) for paths from peers in different AS.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will revert always-compare-med configuration.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultBy default, the equipment only compares the MED for paths from the same AS.

Command ModesRouter BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe MED is used for selecting the best path among alternative paths. Its comparison becomes necessary whenthe paths belong to the same AS. However, the command always-compare-med enforces the comparisonindependently of the AS from which the paths are received.

Example

The following example shows how to configure the MED comparison.

DmSwitch(config)#router bgp 62551DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#bgp always-compare-med

You can verify the fill here by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

872

Chapter 23. bgp always-compare-med

Command Description

show ip bgp Shows BGP information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

873

bgp client-to-client reflection

bgp client-to-client reflection

no bgp client-to-client reflection

Description

Use bgp client-to-client reflection to enable or restore route reflection from a BGP route re-flector to clients.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will revert client-to-client reflection configuration.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultBGP client-to-client reflection is enable by default. When a route reflector is configured, it reflects routes fromone client to other clients.

Command ModesRouter BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

When the route reflector (RR) is enabled, it reflects routes from one client to other clients. This is useful becauseclients do not need to be fully meshed in order to distribute their routes.

If the clients are fully meshed, route reflection is not required.

Example

The following example illustrates how to enable client to client reflection.

DmSwitch(config)#router bgp 1DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#bgp client-to-client reflectionDmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify the fill here by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

874

Chapter 23. bgp client-to-client reflection

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

neighbor ip-addressroute-reflector-client

Configure a neighbor as Route Reflector client.

875

bgp cluster-id

bgp cluster-id { router-id | ip-address }

no bgp cluster-id

Description

Set cluster ID on a route reflector in a route reflector cluster.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, it will remove the bgp cluster ID.

Syntax

Parameter Description

router-id Cluster ID of the router acting as a route reflector.

ip-address Cluster IP of the router acting as a route reflector.

DefaultThe local router ID of the route reflector is used as the cluster ID by default.

Command ModesRouter BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

The following example illustrates a local router as one of the route reflectors serving the cluster. It is configuredwith the cluster ID to indentify the cluster.

DmSwitch(config)#router bgp 1DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#bgp cluster-id 10.10.10.10DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

876

Chapter 23. bgp cluster-id

You can verify the fill here by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip bgp Shows BGP information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

877

bgp confederation identifier

bgp confederation identifier as-number

no bgp confederation identifier

Description

Sets BGP confederation identifier.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, it will destroy the BGP confederation.

Syntax

Parameter Description

as-number AS number to be configured as the BGP confederation identifier.

DefaultNo default value is defined.

Command ModesRouter BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

BGP protocol requires that all BGP routers within a given AS are fully-meshed. Such requirement leads toserious scalability problems. AS confederations for BGP avoid such problems by breaking down a large AS intoa set of smaller AS’s (sub-AS), which are still seen from the outside as a single AS, thus neutralizing the BGPfully-meshed routers requirement. The present command defines a confederation and its identifier to group a setof sub-AS’s.

Just one confederation is allowed in a router. The identifier can be overwritten by repeating this command witha different identifier.

Please, notice that a BGP stack process restart is required upon configuration.

878

Chapter 23. bgp confederation identifier

Example

This examples shows how to configure an AS confederation for BGP. The confederation is identified by the ASnumber 200.

DmSwitch(config)#router bgp 1DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#bgp confederation identifier 200% Warning:This command changes an attribute which maycause a flap of BGP process.Do you wish to continue? <y/N> yDmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#DmSwitch#

You can verify configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip bgp Shows BGP information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

879

bgp confederation peers

bgp confederation peers as-number [ as-number ]

no bgp confederation peers as-number [ as-number ]

Description

Sets BGP confederation peers.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, it will remove a sub-AS from the BGP confederation.

Syntax

Parameter Description

as-number AS number for BGP peers that will belong to the BGP confederation.

DefaultNo default value is defined.

Command ModesRouter BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

BGP protocol requires that all BGP routers within a given AS are fully-meshed. Such requirement leads toserious scalability problems. AS confederations for BGP avoid such problems by breaking down a large ASinto a set of smaller AS’s (sub-AS), which are still seen from the outside as a single AS, thus neutralizing theBGP fully-meshed routers requirement. The present command defines peers (sub-AS’s) to be grouped into theconfederation.

A confederation must have been previouly configured, in order to be able to set a peer (sub-AS). For furtherinformation, please consult bgp confederation identifier.

880

Chapter 23. bgp confederation peers

Example

This examples shows how to configure peers (sub-AS’s) into the confederation for BGP. The confederation isidentified by the AS number 200, and the sub-AS’s being configured are identified by the AS numbers 20, 21and 22.

DmSwitch(config)#router bgp 1DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#bgp confederation peers 20 21 22% Warning:

This command changes an attribute which maycause a flap of BGP process.Do you wish to continue? <y/N> y

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip bgp Shows BGP information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

881

bgp dampening

bgp dampening { half-life-time start-reusing start-suppressing max-duration }

no bgp dampening

Description

This command enables BGP route dampening. The router assesses a penalty each time a route flaps and addsthis to any previously accumulated penalty value. Penalties are cumulative.

Insertingno as a prefix of this command, it will disables bgp dampening.

Syntax

Parameter Description

half-life-time Half-life time for the penalty. (Range: 1-45)

start-reusing Value to start reusing a route. (Range: 1-20000)

start-suppressing Value to start suppressing a route. (Range: 1-20000)

max-duration Maximum duration to suppress a stable route. (Range: 1-255)

DefaultBGP Dampening is disabled by default.

Command ModesRouter BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesUse this command to enable the BGP dampening to an already created route-map.

Example

This example shows how to activate BGP dampening using the default values.

DmSwitch(config)#router bgp 1

882

Chapter 23. bgp dampening

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#bgp dampening 10 20 20 30

You can verify the configuration by entering the show ip bgp dampening parameters privilegedEXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip bgp Shows BGP information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

883

bgp default local-preference

bgp default local-preference number

no bgp default local-preference

Description

This command changes de default local-preference number.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set the local-preference number to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

number Local preference value. (Range: 0-2147483647)

DefaultBy default, the local preference value is 0.

Command ModesRouter BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe local preference attribute sets the degree of preference to a route during the BGP best path selection process.This attribute is exchanged only between BGP peers and is used to determine local policy. The route with thehighest local preference is preferred.

Example

The following example shows how to configure the local preference.

DmSwitch(config)#router bgp 1DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#bgp default local-preference 200DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

884

Chapter 23. bgp default local-preference

You can verify the fill here by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip bgp Shows BGP information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

885

bgp deterministic-med

bgp deterministic-med

no bgp deterministic-med

Description

This command establishes the deterministic multi exit discriminator (MED) comparison for paths received in-side the same AS.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the comparison.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultBy default, deterministic MED comparison is active.

Command ModesRouter BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe MED is used for selecting the best path among alternative paths. Its comparison becomes necessary whenthe paths belong to the same AS. The command deterministic-med enforces the comparison between routesfrom the same AS.

Example

The following example shows how to configure the deterministic MED comparison:

DmSwitch(config)#router bgp 1DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#bgp deterministic-medDmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify the fill here by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

886

Chapter 23. bgp deterministic-med

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip bgp Shows BGP information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

887

bgp log-neighbor-changes

bgp log-neighbor-changes

no bgp log-neighbor-changes

Description

Enables logging of BGP neighbor state changes.

To configure the router to send a syslog message when an BGP neighbor status changes, use thelog-neighbot-changes command in router configuration mode. To turn off this function, use the noform of this command. Through this command you can see all neighbor status trasitions.

The no command cancel the logging.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultThe command is disabled.

Command ModesRouter BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to log neighbor changes for BGP.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#bgp log-neighbor-changesDmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

888

Chapter 23. bgp log-neighbor-changes

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip bgp Shows BGP information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

889

bgp router-id

bgp router-id ip-address

no bgp router-id ip-address

Description

Configures a static BGP router ID.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, it restores the router ID to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address IP address of the router.

DefaultThe IP address configured on the loopback interface or the highest IP address configured on a VLAN interface.

Command ModesRouter BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesUse this command to configure a static router ID as an identifier of the BGP process. A configured loopbackinterface is a better identifier than a fixed interface, since there is no physical link to go down.

Example

This example shows how to configure a fixed router ID for BGP.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#bgp router-id 10.10.10.10DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show ip bgp user EXEC command.

890

Chapter 23. bgp router-id

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip bgp Shows BGP information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

891

neighbor advertisement-interval

neighbor ip address advertisement-interval seconds

no neighbor ip address advertisement-interval

Description

Configures the advertisement interval of update message to BGP neighbor.

The no command resets the interval value to default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address IP address of the router.

advertisement-interval seconds Advertisement interval of UPDATE message to BGPneighbor. (Range: 0-600)

DefaultNo default value is defined.

Command ModesRouter BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure an advirtesement interval of 60 seconds for BGP update messages.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.10.10.10 advertisement-interval 60DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show ip bgp user EXEC command.

892

Chapter 23. neighbor advertisement-interval

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip bgp Shows BGP information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

893

neighbor description

neighbor ip-address description text

no neighbor ip-address description

Description

Associates a description to the specified BGP neighbor.

The no command removes the neighbor description.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address IP address of the neighbor router.

text Textual description associated with the neighbor router.

DefaultNo description.

Command ModesRouter BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesUse this command to configure a textual description for a BGP neighbor. The neighbor must exist in an alreadyestablished BGP session.

Example

This example shows how to configure a description for a BGP neighbor.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.10.10.10 description Remote_DmSwitchDmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

894

Chapter 23. neighbor description

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip bgp Shows BGP information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

895

neighbor ebgp-multihop

neighbor ip-address ebgp-multihop [ hop-count ]

no neighbor ip-address ebgp-multihop

Description

Allows EBGP neighbors not on directly connected networks.

The no command disallow EBGP neighbors not on directly connected networks.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address IP address of the neighbor router.

hop-count Optional. Specify a maximum hop count for EBGPneighbors not on directly connected networks. If omitted,maximum value 255 is assumed. (Range: 1-255)

DefaultOnly directly connected EBGP neighbors.

Command ModesRouter BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure non-adjacent EBGP neighbors with maximum 125 hop count.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.10.10.10 ebgp-multihop 125DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

896

Chapter 23. neighbor ebgp-multihop

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip bgp Shows BGP information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

897

neighbor maximum-prefix

neighbor ip-address maximum-prefix number [ warning-only ]

no neighbor ip-address maximum-prefix

Description

Specifies maximum number of prefixes accepted from this neighbor.

The no command disable maximum number of prefixes accepted from this neighbor.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address IP address of the neighbor router.

number Number of prefixes accepted from this neighbor. (Range:1-2147483647)

warning-only (Optional) Allows the router to generate a log messagewhen the maximum-prefix limit is exceeded, instead ofterminating the peering session.

DefaultNo limit of prefixes.

Command ModesRouter BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesAllows the configuration of a maximum number of prefixes a BGP router is allowed to receive from a peer. Itadds another mechanism (in addition to distribute lists, filter lists, and route maps) to control prefixes receivedfrom a peer. In the case the number of received prefixes exceeds the maximum number configured, the routerterminates the peering. The warning-only parameter is not used to terminate the peering but rather to reporta warning message into the system log.

898

Chapter 23. neighbor maximum-prefix

Example

This example shows how to configure a maximum number of prefixes for a neighbor.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.10.10.10 maximum-prefix 1500 warning-onlyDmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip bgp Shows BGP information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

899

neighbor next-hop-self

neighbor ip-address next-hop-self

no neighbor ip-address next-hop-self

Description

Disables next hop calculation and configures the switch as the next hop for a neighbor.

The no command restores next hop calculation.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address IP address of the neighbor router.

DefaultNext hop calculation enabled.

Command ModesRouter BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis command is useful in non mashed networks where BGP neighbors might have no direct access to allneighbors in the same subnetwork.

Example

This example shows how to disable next hop calculation and configure switch as next hop for a neighbor.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.10.10.10 next-hop-selfDmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

900

Chapter 23. neighbor next-hop-self

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip bgp Shows BGP information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

901

neighbor passive

neighbor ip-address passive

no neighbor ip-address passive

Description

Configures the relationship with a neighbor as passive, that is, do not advertise routes to a neighbor.

The no command enables routes advertisement.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address IP address of the neighbor router.

DefaultRoutes advertisement is enabled by default.

Command ModesRouter BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure a neighbor as passive.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.10.10.10 passiveDmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

902

Chapter 23. neighbor passive

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip bgp Shows BGP information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

903

neighbor remote-as

neighbor ip-address remote-as AS-number

no neighbor ip-address remote-as AS-number

Description

Creates a BGP neighbor.

The no command deletes the BGP neighbor.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address IP address of the neighbor router.

AS-number Autonomous system of the neighbor router. (Range:1-65535)

DefaultNo neighbors created.

Command ModesRouter BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesA neighbor with an autonomous system number that matches the autonomous system number specified inthe router bgp global configuration command identifies the neighbor as internal to the local au-tonomous system.

Example

This example shows how to create a neighbor.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.10.10.10 remote-as 10DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

904

Chapter 23. neighbor remote-as

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip bgp Shows BGP information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

905

neighbor remove-private-as

neighbor ip-address remove-private-as

no neighbor ip-address remove-private-as

Description

Removes private AS from outbound updates to a neighbor.

The no command keeps private AS from outbound updates to a neighbor.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address IP address of the neighbor router.

DefaultKeep private AS.

Command ModesRouter BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis feature is available for EBGP neighbors only. When an update message is advertised to the external neigh-bor, the software will drop the private autonomous system numbers if the AS-path includes private autonomoussystem numbers. If the AS-path contains the autonomous system number of the EBGP neighbor, the privateautonomous system numbers will not be removed. The private autonomous system values are from 64512 to65535.

Example

This example shows how to remove private AS from outbound update to a neighbor.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.10.10.10 remove-private-asDmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

906

Chapter 23. neighbor remove-private-as

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip bgp Shows BGP information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

907

neighbor route-reflector-client

neighbor ip-address route-reflector-client

no neighbor ip-address route-reflector-client

Description

Configures the router as route reflector server and register a neighbor as client.

The no command disables route reflector server and unregister neighbor as client.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address IP address of the neighbor router.

DefaultRoute reflector server disabled with no clients.

Command ModesRouter BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesTo configure the router as a BGP route reflector and configure the specified neighbor as its client, use thiscommand in router configuration mode. If there is not at least one registered client, the local router does not actas route reflector.

Example

This example shows how to enable Route Reflector and register a neighbor as client.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.10.10.10 route-reflector-clientDmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

908

Chapter 23. neighbor route-reflector-client

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip bgp Shows BGP information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

909

neighbor shutdown

neighbor ip-address shutdown

no neighbor ip-address shutdown

Description

Administratively shut down this neighbor BGP session and remove all associated routes.

The no command administratively bring up this neighbor BGP session.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address IP address of the neighbor router.

DefaultNeighbors BGP sessions are created administratively up.

Command ModesRouter BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis command terminates any active session for the specified neighbor and removes all associated routinginformation.

Example

This example shows how to shut down a neighbor BGP session.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.10.10.10 shutdownDmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

910

Chapter 23. neighbor shutdown

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip bgp Shows BGP information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

911

neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound

neighbor ip-address soft-reconfiguration inbound

no neighbor ip-address soft-reconfiguration inbound

Description

Allows storage of UPDATE messages needed for reconfiguration and policies to be configured and activatedwithout clearing the BGP session.

The no command disables soft reconfiguration.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address IP address of the neighbor router.

DefaultSoft reconfiguration is disabled.

Command ModesRouter BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis is memory intensive and should be avoided. On the other hand, outbound soft reconfiguration does not haveany memory overhead.

Example

This example shows how to enable soft reconfiguration.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.10.10.10 soft-reconfiguration inboundDmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

912

Chapter 23. neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip bgp Shows BGP information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

913

neighbor timers

neighbor ip-address timers keepalive-interval holdtime-interval

no neighbor ip-address timers

Description

Configures keep alive and hold time intervals for a BGP neighbor. Per neighbor timers settings prevail overglobal BGP timers values for the specified neighbor.

The no command set timers to default values.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address IP address of the neighbor router.

keepalive-interval Interval in seconds which keep alive messages are sent tothe neighbor. (Range: 0-21845)

holdtime-interval Interval in seconds without receiving keep alive messagesbefore considering a neighbor down. (Range: 0-65535).

DefaultDefault value is not defined.

Command ModesRouter BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to set BGP timers to a neighbor.

914

Chapter 23. neighbor timers

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.10.10.10 timers 45 150DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip bgp neighbors Shows BGP information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

915

network

network { ip-address/mask }

no network { ip-address/mask }

Description

Specify a network to announce via BGP.

Entering with no command, it dissociates a network of the BGP protocol.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address/mask Specifies the network.

DefaultNo network is defined.

Command ModesRouter BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to associate a network with the BGP protocol.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#network 10.10.10.10/24DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify that the network was associated by entering the show running-config privileged EXECcommand.

916

Chapter 23. network

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip bgp Shows BGP information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

917

redistribute

redistribute { connected | ospf | rip | static } [ metric metric-value ]

no redistribute { connected | ospf | rip | static }

Description

Redistributes connected, OSPF, RIP or static routes, with a specific or default metric.

Entering no command, it stops the redistribution of the specified routes types.

Syntax

Parameter Description

connected Redistributes connected routes.

ospf Redistributes OSPF routes.

rip Redistributes RIP routes.

static Redistributes configured static routes.

metric metric-value (Optional) Specifies a metric. (Range: 1-16)

DefaultNo redistribution routes are defined.

Command ModesRouter BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to redistribute connected routes configured with a specific metric.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#redistribute connected metric 5

918

Chapter 23. redistribute

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show running-config privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip bgp Shows BGP information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

919

timers bgp

timers bgp { keepalive-time } { hold-time }

no timers bgp

Description

Configures the keepalive interval and hold down BGP timers.

The no command resets the BGP timers to default values.

Syntax

Parameter Description

keepalive-time Specifies the amount of time to wait before running an BGP after receiving a databasechange. (Range: 3-21845)

hold-time Specifies the amount of time to wait between consecutive BGP runs. (Range:3-65535)

Default

Delay time default value is 0.

Hold time default value is 0.

Command ModesRouter BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to change the BGP timers.

920

Chapter 23. timers bgp

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#timers bgp 5 10DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify this configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC commands.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip ospf Shows BGP information.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

921

Chapter 24. Router OSPF

abr-type

abr-type { cisco | ibm | shortcut | standard }

no abr-type

Description

Configures OSPF ABR type.

The no command resets the ABR type to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

cisco Alternative ABR, cisco implementation.

ibm Alternative ABR, ibm implementation.

shortcut Shortcut ABR.

standard Standard behavior (RFC2328).

DefaultCisco ABR type.

Command ModesRouter OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

922

Chapter 24. abr-type

Example

This example shows how to change the OSPF ABR type.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#abr-type shortcutDmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

923

area id/ip-address_id authentication

area { id | ip-address_id } authentication [ message-digest ]

no area { id | ip-address_id } authentication

Description

Configures authentication for the specified OSPF area ID.

The no command disables authentication for the area.

Syntax

Parameter Description

id Specifies the OSPF area ID as a decimal value. (Range: 0-4294967295)

ip-address_id Specifies the OSPF area ID in IP address format.

message-digest (Optional) Uses message-digest authentication.

DefaultAuthentication is disabled.

Command ModesRouter OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesDo not specify the message-digest option to use simple authentication (plain text).

Example

This example shows how to enable simple authentication for area 0.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#area 0 authenticationDmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

924

Chapter 24. area id/ip-address_id authentication

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

925

area id/ip-address_id default-cost

area { id | ip-address_id } default-cost default-cost-value

no area { id | ip-address_id } default-cost

Description

Configures the default cost of a NSSA or a stub area ID.

The no command resets the cost to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

id Specifies the OSPF area ID as a decimal value. (Range: 0-4294967295)

ip-address_id Specifies the OSPF area ID in IP address format.

default-cost default-cost-value Specifies stub’s advertised default summary cost. (Range: 0-16777215)

DefaultDefault cost default value is -1.

Command ModesRouter OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesIt is not possible to configure default cost for area ID 0 (IP 0.0.0.0). To configure a default cost, it is necessaryto define a NSSA or a stub configuration in the same area (except area ID 0). If a NSSA or a stub configurationis removed in an area, the default cost returns to its default value.

Example

This example shows how to change the default cost for area 1.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#area 1 default-cost 200DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

926

Chapter 24. area id/ip-address_id default-cost

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

927

area id/ip-address_id range

area { id | ip-address_id } range ip-address/mask { advertise | not-advertise }

no area { id | ip-address_id } range ip-address/mask

Description

Summarizes routes matching IP address/mask at an area boundary.

The no command removes the range configuration in the area.

Syntax

Parameter Description

id Specifies the OSPF area ID as a decimal value. (Range: 0-4294967295)

ip-address_id Specifies the OSPF area ID in IP address format.

ip-address/mask Area range IP address to match.

advertise (Optional) Advertise the range.

not-advertise (Optional) Does not advertise the range.

DefaultArea range is not configured.

Command ModesRouter OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe default action is to advertise the range. Area range configuration is available for border routers only.

Example

This example shows how to summarize a route matching address/mask.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#area 0 range 10.10.10.10/24

928

Chapter 24. area id/ip-address_id range

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

929

area id/ip-address_id stub

area { id | ip-address_id } stub [ no-summary ]

no area { id | ip-address_id } stub

Description

Configures an area as stub.

The no command removes the stub configuration in the area, or removes the no-summary option.

Syntax

Parameter Description

id Specifies the OSPF area ID as a decimal value. (Range: 0-4294967295)

ip-address_id Specifies the OSPF area ID in IP address format.

no-summary (Optional) Prevents from sending summary LSA into the stub area.

DefaultStub area is not configured.

Command ModesRouter OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To further reduce the number of link state advertisements (LSAs) sent into a stub area, you can configureno-summary on the DmSwitch to prevent it from sending summary LSA into the stub area.

It is not possible to configure the area ID 0 (IP 0.0.0.0) as stub. It is not allowed to set an area as stub if it has avirtual link configured in it.

If a stub configuration is removed in an area, the default cost returns to its default value.

930

Chapter 24. area id/ip-address_id stub

Example

This example shows how to configure an area as stub.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#area 1 stubDmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

931

area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-addressauthentication-key

area { id | ip-address_id } virtual-link ip-address authentication-key { key }

no area { id | ip-address_id } virtual-link ip-address [ authentication-key ]

Description

Configures authentication key on a virtual link.

The no command removes the authentication key configured on the virtual link.

Syntax

Parameter Description

id Specifies the OSPF area ID as a decimal value. (Range: 0-4294967295)

ip-address_id Specifies the OSPF area ID in IP address format.

ip-address Specifies the IP address associated with virtual link neighbor.

key Specifies the authentication key.

DefaultVirtual link is not configured.

Command ModesRouter OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the authentication key on a virtual link.

932

Chapter 24. area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address authentication-key

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#area 1 virtual-link 10.10.10.10 authentication-key key_testDmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

933

area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-addressdead-interval

area { id | ip-address_id } virtual-link ip-address dead-interval value

no area { id | ip-address_id } virtual-link ip-address [ dead-interval ]

Description

Configures dead router detection time on a virtual link.

The no command resets the dead interval to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

id Specifies the OSPF area ID as a decimal value. (Range: 0-4294967295)

ip-address_id Specifies the OSPF area ID in IP address format.

ip-address Specifies the IP address associated with virtual link neighbor.

value Specifies the dead interval (in seconds). (Range: 3-65535)

DefaultVirtual link is not configured.

Command ModesRouter OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the dead router detection time on a virtual link.

934

Chapter 24. area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address dead-interval

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#area 1 virtual-link 10.10.10.10 dead-interval 20DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

935

area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address

area { id | ip-address_id } virtual-link ip-address

no area { id | ip-address_id } virtual-link ip-address

Description

Configures a virtual link.

The no command removes the virtual link.

Syntax

Parameter Description

id Specifies the OSPF area ID as a decimal value. (Range: 0-4294967295)

ip-address_id Specifies the OSPF area ID in IP address format.

ip-address Specifies the IP address associated with virtual link neighbor.

DefaultVirtual link is not configured.

Command ModesRouter OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesIt is not possible to configure the area ID 0 (IP 0.0.0.0) on a virtual link. It is not allowed to set a virtual link inan area that is a NSSA or a stub area.

Example

This example shows how to configure a virtual link.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#area 1 virtual-link 10.10.10.10DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

936

Chapter 24. area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

937

area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-addresshello-interval

area { id | ip-address_id } virtual-link ip-address hello-interval { value }

no area { id | ip-address_id } virtual-link ip-address [ hello-interval ]

Description

Configures the hello packet interval on a virtual link.

The no command resets the hello interval to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

id Specifies the OSPF area ID as a decimal value. (Range: 0-4294967295)

ip-address_id Specifies the OSPF area ID in IP address format.

ip-address Specifies the IP address associated with virtual link neighbor.

value Specifies the hello interval (in seconds). (Range: 3-65535)

DefaultVirtual link is not configured.

Command ModesRouter OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the hello packet interval on a virtual link.

938

Chapter 24. area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address hello-interval

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#area 1 virtual-link 10.10.10.10 hello-interval 20DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

939

area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-addressmessage-digest-key

area { id | ip-address_id } virtual-link ip-address message-digest-key key-id md5 key-text

no area { id | ip-address_id } virtual-link ip-address message-digest-key key-id

Description

Configures message digest key on a virtual link.

The no command removes the specified message digest key configured on the virtual link.

Syntax

Parameter Description

id Specifies the OSPF area ID as a decimal value. (Range: 0-4294967295)

ip-address_id Specifies the OSPF area ID in IP address format.

ip-address Specifies the IP address associated with virtual link neighbor.

key-id Specifies the key ID. (Range: 1-255)

md5 Uses the MD5 algorithm.

key-text Specifies the key string.

DefaultVirtual link is not configured.

Command ModesRouter OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

940

Chapter 24. area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address message-digest-key

Example

This example shows how to configure a message digest key on a virtual link.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#area 1 virtual-link 10.10.10.10 message-digest-key 1 md5 test_keyDmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

941

area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-addressretransmit-interval

area { id | ip-address_id } virtual-link ip-address retransmit-interval value

no area { id | ip-address_id } virtual-link ip-address [ retransmit-interval ]

Description

Configures the link state retransmit interval on a virtual link.

The no command resets the retransmit interval to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

id Specifies the OSPF area ID as a decimal value. (Range: 0-4294967295)

ip-address_id Specifies the OSPF area ID in IP address format.

ip-address Specifies the IP address associated with virtual link neighbor.

value Specifies the retransmit interval (in seconds). (Range: 3-65535)

DefaultVirtual link is not configured.

Command ModesRouter OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the link state retransmit interval on a virtual link.

942

Chapter 24. area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address retransmit-interval

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#area 1 virtual-link 10.10.10.10 retransmit-interval 20DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

943

area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-addresstransmit-delay

area { id | ip-address_id } virtual-link ip-address transmit-delay value

no area { id | ip-address_id } virtual-link ip-address [ transmit-delay ]

Description

Configures the link state transmit delay on a virtual link.

The no command resets the transmit delay to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

id Specifies the OSPF area ID as a decimal value. (Range: 0-4294967295)

ip-address_id Specifies the OSPF area ID in IP address format.

ip-address Specifies the IP address associated with virtual link neighbor.

value Specifies the transmit delay (in seconds). (Range: 3-65535)

DefaultVirtual link is not configured.

Command ModesRouter OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the link state transmit delay on a virtual link.

944

Chapter 24. area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address transmit-delay

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#area 1 virtual-link 10.10.10.10 transmit-delay 20DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

945

auto-cost reference-bandwidth

auto-cost reference-bandwidth { bandwidth }

no auto-cost reference-bandwidth

Description

Configures OSPF interface cost according to bandwidth.

The no command resets the reference bandwidth to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

reference-bandwidth bandwidth Specifies reference bandwidth (in Mbits/second) methodto assign OSPF cost. (Range: 1-65535)

DefaultBandwidth default value is 0.

Command ModesRouter OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the reference bandwidth.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#auto-cost reference-bandwidth 50DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

946

Chapter 24. auto-cost reference-bandwidth

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

947

compatible rfc1583

compatible rfc1583

no compatible rfc1583

Description

Defines the RFC1583 compatibility.

The no command disables the RFC1583 compatibility.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultRFC1583 compatibility is disabled.

Command ModesRouter OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe RFC2328, the sucessor to RFC1583, suggests a change to the path preference algorithm that preventspossible routing loops that were possible in the old version of OSPFv2. More specifically, it demands thatinter-area paths and intra-area path are now of equal preference but still both preferred to external paths.

Example

This example shows how to define the RFC1583 compatibility.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#compatible rfc1583DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show ip ospf user EXEC commands.

Related Commands

948

Chapter 24. compatible rfc1583

Command Description

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

949

default-metric

default-metric { metric-value }

no default-metric

Description

Defines an OSPF metric of redistribute routes.

The no command resets the metric to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

metric-value Specifies the default metric. (Range: 0-16777214)

DefaultDefault metric is not configured.

Command ModesRouter OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to define the default metric for redistribute.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#default-metric 100DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify that the default metric was defined by entering the show running-config privileged EXECcommand.

950

Chapter 24. default-metric

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

951

log-adjacency-changes

log-adjacency-changes

no log-adjacency-changes

Description

Enables logging of OSPF neighbor state changes.

To configure the router to send a syslog message when an OSPF neighbor status changes, use thelog-adjacency-changes command in router configuration mode. To turn off this function, use the noform of this command. Through this command you can see all neighbor status trasitions.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultOSPF logging adjacency changes disabled.

Command ModesRouter OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis command allows you to know about OSPF neighbors status trasitions (DOWN, INIT, 2WAY, EXSTART,EXCHANGE, FULL).

Example

This example shows how to enable OSPF logging adjacency changes.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#log-adjacency-changesDmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify whether OSPF logging adjacency changes is enabled by entering the show running-config

Once enabled you also can see OSPF logging through command show log ram

952

Chapter 24. log-adjacency-changes

Related Commands

Command Description

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

show log ram Shows log messages.

953

neighbor

neighbor { ip-address } [ priority priority-value ] [ poll-interval polling ]

no neighbor { ip-address }

Description

Defines a static neighbor router.

Entering with no command, it removes a configured neighbor router.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address Specifies the neighbor IP address.

poll-interval polling (Optional) Specifies the dead-router polling interval. (Range: 1-65535)

priority priority-value (Optional) Specifies the priority of non-broadcast neighbor. (Range: 0-255)

DefaultNo neighbor is configured.

Command ModesRouter OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command configures static neighbors routers attached to the network.

A neighbor with priority 0 is considered ineligible for DR (Designated Router) election.

The "poll-interval" is the amount of time an NBMA (Adjacencies on Non-Broadcast Multi-Access) interfacewaits before sending a Hello to a presumably dead neighbor.

954

Chapter 24. neighbor

Example

This example shows how to define a neighbor router IP address.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#neighbor 10.11.12.1DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify that the neighbor was defined by entering the show running-config privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

955

network

network ip-address/mask area { area-id | ip-address_id }

no network ip-address/mask area { area-id | ip-address_id }

Description

Enables OSPF routing on an IP network.

The no command disables OSPF routing on the specified network.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address/mask Specifies the network.

area OSPF area ID.

area-id Specifies the OSPF area ID as a decimal value. (Range: 0-4294967295)

ip-address_id Specifies the OSPF area ID in IP address format.

DefaultNo network is configured.

Command ModesRouter OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe OSPF process will act only over associated networks.

Example

This example shows how to associate a network with the OSPF routing.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#network 10.11.12.0/24 area 1DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

956

Chapter 24. network

You can verify that the network was associated by entering the show running-config privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

957

passive-interface

passive-interface { index | range { first-index last-index } }

no passive-interface { index | range { first-index last-index } }

Description

Disables routing updates on specified VLAN interfaces.

Entering with no command, it re-enables the sending of routing updates on the specified VLAN interfaces.

Syntax

Parameter Description

index Suppresses for a specific VLAN index. (Range: 2-4094)

range { first-index last-index } Suppresses for a range of VLANs. (Range: 2-4094)

DefaultRouting updates are sent on the VLANs.

Command ModesRouter OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If you disable the sending of routing updates on a VLAN, the particular subnet will continue to be advertised toother VLANs (if these are created), and updates from other routers on that VLAN continue to be received andprocessed.

OSPF routing information is neither sent nor received through the specified VLAN. The specified VLAN addressappears as a stub network in the OSPF domain.

Example

This example shows how to supress routing updates on a specific VLAN interface.

958

Chapter 24. passive-interface

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#passive-interface 2DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show running-config privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

959

redistribute

redistribute { bgp | connected | rip | static } [ metric metric-value ] [ metric-typemetric-type-value ]

no redistribute { bgp | connected | rip | static }

Description

Redistributes BGP, connected, RIP or static routes, with a specific metric and metric type.

Entering with no command, it stops the redistribution of the specified routes types.

Syntax

Parameter Description

bgp Redistributes BGP routes.

connected Redistributes connected routes.

rip Redistributes RIP routes.

static Redistributes configured static routes.

metric metric-value (Optional) Defines a metric for a specified redistributeroute. (Range: 0-16777214)

metric-type metric-type-value (Optional) Defines OSPF exterior metric type for aspecified redistribute route. (Range: 1-2)

DefaultNo redistribution routes are defined.

Command ModesRouter OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

960

Chapter 24. redistribute

Example

This example shows how to redistribute connected routes configured with a specific metric.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#redistribute connected metric 5DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

961

router-id

router-id ip-address

DescriptionDefines a router ID for the OSPF process.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address Specifies the OSPF router ID in IP address format.

DefaultRouter ID default value is 20.20.20.20.

Command ModesRouter OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe router ID is the highest IP address on the box, calculated at boot time or whenever the OSPF process isrestarted. This command defines a static router ID.

Example

This example shows how to configure a static router ID.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#router-id 10.10.10.10DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify the router ID configured by entering the show ip ospf privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

962

Chapter 24. router-id

963

timers spf

timers spf { delay-time hold-time }

no timers spf

Description

Configures the delay and hold down SPF timers.

The no command resets the SPF timers to its default values.

Syntax

Parameter Description

delay-time Specifies the amount of time to wait before running an SPF after receiving a databasechange (in seconds). (Range: 1-600)

hold-time Specifies the amount of time to wait between consecutive SPF runs (in seconds).(Range: 0-600)

Default

Delay time is not set by default.

Hold time is not set by default.

Command ModesRouter OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

5.4 Change delay-time range to (1-600) and hold-time range to (0-600).

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

964

Chapter 24. timers spf

Example

This example shows how to change the SPF timers.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#timers spf 2 10DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify this configuration by entering the show ip ospf user EXEC commands.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

965

Chapter 25. Router RIP

default-information

default-information originate

no default-information originate

Description

Controls distribution of default route.

Entering with no command, it disables the default information.

SyntaxNo parameters accepted.

DefaultDefault information is disabled by default.

Command ModesRouter RIP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to enable default information.

DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#default-information originateDmSwitch(config-router-rip)#

You can verify that the default information was enabled by entering the show running-config or theshow ip rip user EXEC commands.

966

Chapter 25. default-information

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip rip Shows RIP process parameters and statistics.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

967

default-metric

default-metric { metric-value }

no default-metric

Description

Defines the default metric of RIP protocol.

Entering with no command, it resets the default metric to default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

metric-value Specifies the default metric. (Range: 1-16)

DefaultDefault metric default value is 1.

Command ModesRouter RIP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to define the default metric.

DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#default-metric 10DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#

You can verify that the default metric was defined by entering the show ip rip user EXEC command.

968

Chapter 25. default-metric

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip rip Shows RIP process parameters and statistics.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

969

neighbor

neighbor { ip-address }

no neighbor { ip-address }

Description

Defines a neighbor router to exchange routing information.

Entering with no command, it deletes a neighbor router.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address Specifies the neighbor IP address.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesRouter RIP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe DmSwitch send RIP updates by unicast packets with the neighbor routers specified. This feature may benecessary in networks where there are not support to multicast and broadcast packets.

Example

This example shows how to define a neighbor router IP address.

DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#neighbor 10.10.10.10DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#

You can verify that the neighbor was defined by entering the show ip rip user EXEC command.

970

Chapter 25. neighbor

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip rip Shows RIP process parameters and statistics.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

971

network

network { ip-address/mask }

no network { ip-address/mask }

Description

Associates a network with a RIP routing process.

Entering with no command, it dissociates a network of a RIP routing process.

Syntax

Parameter Description

ip-address/mask Specifies the network.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesRouter RIP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThe RIP process will act only over associated networks, where they will advertise and listen for RIP updates.

Example

This example shows how to associate a network with the RIP protocol.

DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#network 10.10.10.10/24DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#

You can verify that the network was associated by entering the show ip rip user EXEC command.

972

Chapter 25. network

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip rip Shows RIP process parameters and statistics.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

973

passive-interface

passive-interface { index | range first-index last-index }

no passive-interface { index | range first-index last-index }

Description

Suppresses RIP routing updates on specified VLAN interfaces.

Entering with no command, it enables routing updates on the specified VLAN interfaces.

Syntax

Parameter Description

index Suppresses for a specific VLAN index. (Range: 1-4094)

range { first-index last-index } Suppresses for a range of specific VLANs index. (Range: 1-4094)

DefaultRouting updates are sent on the VLANs.

Command ModesRouter RIP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesThis command suppresses the sending of RIP messages by broadcast (RIP version 1) and multicast (RIP version2) packets. However, it is possible to exchange RIP messages by unicast packets with the neighbor routes,specified by the neighbor router RIP command.

Example

This example shows how to suppress routing updates on a specific VLAN interface.

DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#passive-interface 2DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#

974

Chapter 25. passive-interface

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show running-config privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip rip Shows RIP process parameters and statistics.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

975

redistribute

redistribute { bgp | connected | ospf | static } [ metric metric-value ]

no redistribute { connected | ospf | static }

Description

Redistributes connected, OSPF or static routes, with a specific or default metric of RIP protocol.

Entering with no command, it stops the redistribution of the specified routes types.

Syntax

Parameter Description

bgp Redistributes Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routes.

connected Redistributes connected routes.

ospf Redistributes OSPF routes.

static Redistributes configured static routes.

metric metric-value (Optional) Specifies a metric. (Range: 1-16)

DefaultNo redistribution routes are defined.

Command ModesRouter RIP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to redistribute connected routes configured with a specific metric.

DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#redistribute connected metric 5

976

Chapter 25. redistribute

DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show running-config privileged EXECcommand.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip rip Shows RIP process parameters and statistics.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

977

timers basic

timers basic { update-time timeout-time garbage-time }

no timers basic

Description

Defines the basic timers of RIP protocol.

Entering with no command, it resets the basic timers to default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

update-time Specifies the time that de RIP router send your complete routing table to all neighborRIP router. (Range: 5-2000000000)

timeout-time Specifies the timeout of entries in the routing table. After this time, the entries withouta update are marked as invalid. (Range: 5-2000000000)

garbage-time Specifies the time where the entries are removed from the routing table after itstimeout. (Range: 5-2000000000)

Default

Update time: 30.

Timeout time: 180.

Garbage time: 120.

Command ModesRouter RIP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

978

Chapter 25. timers basic

Example

This example shows how to define the basic timers.

DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#timers basic 40 190 130DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#

You can verify that the basic timers was defined by entering the show ip route user EXEC command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip rip Shows RIP process parameters and statistics.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

979

version

version { version-number }

no version

Description

Defines the RIP protocol version to be used.

The no command form resets the version.

Syntax

Parameter Description

version-number Specifies version number. (Range: 1-2)

DefaultDefault is to send RIP version 2 packets and receive versions 1 and 2 messages.

Command ModesRouter RIP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example shows how to change the RIP protocol version.

DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#version 1DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#

You can verify that the version was changed by entering the show ip rip user EXEC commands.

980

Chapter 25. version

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip rip Shows RIP process parameters and statistics.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

981

Chapter 26. Obsolete Commands

Root Commands

show ip aging-time

show ip aging-time

DescriptionShow Global L3 aging time.

SyntaxNo parameter accepted.

DefaultNo default is defined.

Command ModesPrivileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

5.2 This command was renamed to show ip host-table aging-time.

Usage GuidelinesNot available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the ARP aging time configuration.

DmSwitch#show ip aging-timeGlobal L3 ARP aging-time: 300 sec.DmSwitch#

982

Chapter 26. show ip aging-time

Related Commands

Command Description

arp aging-time Defines the aging time of all entries in the Global L3 ARP table.

983

Configure Commands

arp aging-time

arp aging-time seconds

no arp aging-time

Description

Defines the aging time of all entries in the Global L3 ARP table.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the aging time to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description

seconds Specifies the aging time in seconds. (Range: 60-1000000)

Default300 seconds.

Command ModesGlobal configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

1.0 This command was introduced.

5.2 This command was renamed to ip host-table aging-time.

Usage Guidelines

ARP aging time is used to remove from the ARP table entries that are not in used anymore. Since it’s globallyconfigured, whenever ARP aging timer expires the whole table is verified and updated.

While the ARP table is being refreshed, there are two different behaviors depending on the entry. Entries that arenext-hop to routes: a new ARP request is sent and the entry is never removed. All other entries: will be removedif it’s not hit between two consecutive agings. No new ARP requests will be generated for this type of entry.

984

Chapter 26. arp aging-time

Note that this command affects only the L3 Forwarding Tables. Control plane has its own ARP table and itsbehavior is out of the scope of this command. Depending on the L3 protocols that are running on the system,one may see extra ARP Requests to maintain the control plane’s ARP Table.

Example

This example shows how to change the aging time to 1000 seconds.

DmSwitch#arp aging-time 1000DmSwitch#

You can verify that the value was changed by entering the show arp aging-time privileged EXEC con-figuration command.

Related Commands

Command Description

show ip aging-time Show Global L3 aging time.

985